xref: /llvm-project/clang/lib/Sema/SemaChecking.cpp (revision 6e720df1ae23c715aefc36476ab46284a96e9371)
1 //===- SemaChecking.cpp - Extra Semantic Checking -------------------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements extra semantic analysis beyond what is enforced
10 //  by the C type system.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "CheckExprLifetime.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/APValue.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/AttrIterator.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Decl.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclBase.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
29 #include "clang/AST/FormatString.h"
30 #include "clang/AST/IgnoreExpr.h"
31 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
32 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
33 #include "clang/AST/OperationKinds.h"
34 #include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
35 #include "clang/AST/Stmt.h"
36 #include "clang/AST/TemplateBase.h"
37 #include "clang/AST/Type.h"
38 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
39 #include "clang/AST/UnresolvedSet.h"
40 #include "clang/Basic/AddressSpaces.h"
41 #include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
42 #include "clang/Basic/IdentifierTable.h"
43 #include "clang/Basic/LLVM.h"
44 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
45 #include "clang/Basic/OpenCLOptions.h"
46 #include "clang/Basic/OperatorKinds.h"
47 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
48 #include "clang/Basic/SourceLocation.h"
49 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
50 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
51 #include "clang/Basic/SyncScope.h"
52 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
53 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
54 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
55 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
56 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
57 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
58 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
59 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
60 #include "clang/Sema/Sema.h"
61 #include "clang/Sema/SemaAMDGPU.h"
62 #include "clang/Sema/SemaARM.h"
63 #include "clang/Sema/SemaBPF.h"
64 #include "clang/Sema/SemaHLSL.h"
65 #include "clang/Sema/SemaHexagon.h"
66 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLoongArch.h"
67 #include "clang/Sema/SemaMIPS.h"
68 #include "clang/Sema/SemaNVPTX.h"
69 #include "clang/Sema/SemaObjC.h"
70 #include "clang/Sema/SemaOpenCL.h"
71 #include "clang/Sema/SemaPPC.h"
72 #include "clang/Sema/SemaRISCV.h"
73 #include "clang/Sema/SemaSystemZ.h"
74 #include "clang/Sema/SemaWasm.h"
75 #include "clang/Sema/SemaX86.h"
76 #include "llvm/ADT/APFloat.h"
77 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
78 #include "llvm/ADT/APSInt.h"
79 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
80 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
81 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
82 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
83 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
84 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
85 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
86 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
87 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
88 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
89 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
90 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
91 #include "llvm/Support/AtomicOrdering.h"
92 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
93 #include "llvm/Support/ConvertUTF.h"
94 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
95 #include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
96 #include "llvm/Support/Locale.h"
97 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
98 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
99 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
100 #include "llvm/TargetParser/RISCVTargetParser.h"
101 #include "llvm/TargetParser/Triple.h"
102 #include <algorithm>
103 #include <cassert>
104 #include <cctype>
105 #include <cstddef>
106 #include <cstdint>
107 #include <functional>
108 #include <limits>
109 #include <optional>
110 #include <string>
111 #include <tuple>
112 #include <utility>
113 
114 using namespace clang;
115 using namespace sema;
116 
117 SourceLocation Sema::getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
118                                                     unsigned ByteNo) const {
119   return SL->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo, getSourceManager(), LangOpts,
120                                Context.getTargetInfo());
121 }
122 
123 static constexpr unsigned short combineFAPK(Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind A,
124                                             Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind B) {
125   return (A << 8) | B;
126 }
127 
128 bool Sema::checkArgCountAtLeast(CallExpr *Call, unsigned MinArgCount) {
129   unsigned ArgCount = Call->getNumArgs();
130   if (ArgCount >= MinArgCount)
131     return false;
132 
133   return Diag(Call->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
134          << 0 /*function call*/ << MinArgCount << ArgCount
135          << /*is non object*/ 0 << Call->getSourceRange();
136 }
137 
138 bool Sema::checkArgCountAtMost(CallExpr *Call, unsigned MaxArgCount) {
139   unsigned ArgCount = Call->getNumArgs();
140   if (ArgCount <= MaxArgCount)
141     return false;
142   return Diag(Call->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
143          << 0 /*function call*/ << MaxArgCount << ArgCount
144          << /*is non object*/ 0 << Call->getSourceRange();
145 }
146 
147 bool Sema::checkArgCountRange(CallExpr *Call, unsigned MinArgCount,
148                               unsigned MaxArgCount) {
149   return checkArgCountAtLeast(Call, MinArgCount) ||
150          checkArgCountAtMost(Call, MaxArgCount);
151 }
152 
153 bool Sema::checkArgCount(CallExpr *Call, unsigned DesiredArgCount) {
154   unsigned ArgCount = Call->getNumArgs();
155   if (ArgCount == DesiredArgCount)
156     return false;
157 
158   if (checkArgCountAtLeast(Call, DesiredArgCount))
159     return true;
160   assert(ArgCount > DesiredArgCount && "should have diagnosed this");
161 
162   // Highlight all the excess arguments.
163   SourceRange Range(Call->getArg(DesiredArgCount)->getBeginLoc(),
164                     Call->getArg(ArgCount - 1)->getEndLoc());
165 
166   return Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
167          << 0 /*function call*/ << DesiredArgCount << ArgCount
168          << /*is non object*/ 0 << Call->getArg(1)->getSourceRange();
169 }
170 
171 static bool checkBuiltinVerboseTrap(CallExpr *Call, Sema &S) {
172   bool HasError = false;
173 
174   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Call->getNumArgs(); ++I) {
175     Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(I);
176 
177     if (Arg->isValueDependent())
178       continue;
179 
180     std::optional<std::string> ArgString = Arg->tryEvaluateString(S.Context);
181     int DiagMsgKind = -1;
182     // Arguments must be pointers to constant strings and cannot use '$'.
183     if (!ArgString.has_value())
184       DiagMsgKind = 0;
185     else if (ArgString->find('$') != std::string::npos)
186       DiagMsgKind = 1;
187 
188     if (DiagMsgKind >= 0) {
189       S.Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_verbose_trap_arg)
190           << DiagMsgKind << Arg->getSourceRange();
191       HasError = true;
192     }
193   }
194 
195   return !HasError;
196 }
197 
198 static bool convertArgumentToType(Sema &S, Expr *&Value, QualType Ty) {
199   if (Value->isTypeDependent())
200     return false;
201 
202   InitializedEntity Entity =
203       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Ty, false);
204   ExprResult Result =
205       S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Value);
206   if (Result.isInvalid())
207     return true;
208   Value = Result.get();
209   return false;
210 }
211 
212 /// Check that the first argument to __builtin_annotation is an integer
213 /// and the second argument is a non-wide string literal.
214 static bool BuiltinAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
215   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
216     return true;
217 
218   // First argument should be an integer.
219   Expr *ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
220   QualType Ty = ValArg->getType();
221   if (!Ty->isIntegerType()) {
222     S.Diag(ValArg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_first_arg)
223         << ValArg->getSourceRange();
224     return true;
225   }
226 
227   // Second argument should be a constant string.
228   Expr *StrArg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
229   StringLiteral *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(StrArg);
230   if (!Literal || !Literal->isOrdinary()) {
231     S.Diag(StrArg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_annotation_second_arg)
232         << StrArg->getSourceRange();
233     return true;
234   }
235 
236   TheCall->setType(Ty);
237   return false;
238 }
239 
240 static bool BuiltinMSVCAnnotation(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
241   // We need at least one argument.
242   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
243     S.Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
244         << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs() << /*is non object*/ 0
245         << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
246     return true;
247   }
248 
249   // All arguments should be wide string literals.
250   for (Expr *Arg : TheCall->arguments()) {
251     auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenCasts());
252     if (!Literal || !Literal->isWide()) {
253       S.Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_msvc_annotation_wide_str)
254           << Arg->getSourceRange();
255       return true;
256     }
257   }
258 
259   return false;
260 }
261 
262 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_addressof is a glvalue, and set the
263 /// result type to the corresponding pointer type.
264 static bool BuiltinAddressof(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
265   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
266     return true;
267 
268   ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(0));
269   QualType ResultType = S.CheckAddressOfOperand(Arg, TheCall->getBeginLoc());
270   if (ResultType.isNull())
271     return true;
272 
273   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
274   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
275   return false;
276 }
277 
278 /// Check that the argument to __builtin_function_start is a function.
279 static bool BuiltinFunctionStart(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
280   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
281     return true;
282 
283   ExprResult Arg = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
284   if (Arg.isInvalid())
285     return true;
286 
287   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
288   const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(
289       Arg.get()->getAsBuiltinConstantDeclRef(S.getASTContext()));
290 
291   if (!FD) {
292     S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_function_start_invalid_type)
293         << TheCall->getSourceRange();
294     return true;
295   }
296 
297   return !S.checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(FD, /*Complain=*/true,
298                                               TheCall->getBeginLoc());
299 }
300 
301 /// Check the number of arguments and set the result type to
302 /// the argument type.
303 static bool BuiltinPreserveAI(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
304   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
305     return true;
306 
307   TheCall->setType(TheCall->getArg(0)->getType());
308   return false;
309 }
310 
311 /// Check that the value argument for __builtin_is_aligned(value, alignment) and
312 /// __builtin_aligned_{up,down}(value, alignment) is an integer or a pointer
313 /// type (but not a function pointer) and that the alignment is a power-of-two.
314 static bool BuiltinAlignment(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ID) {
315   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
316     return true;
317 
318   clang::Expr *Source = TheCall->getArg(0);
319   bool IsBooleanAlignBuiltin = ID == Builtin::BI__builtin_is_aligned;
320 
321   auto IsValidIntegerType = [](QualType Ty) {
322     return Ty->isIntegerType() && !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBooleanType();
323   };
324   QualType SrcTy = Source->getType();
325   // We should also be able to use it with arrays (but not functions!).
326   if (SrcTy->canDecayToPointerType() && SrcTy->isArrayType()) {
327     SrcTy = S.Context.getDecayedType(SrcTy);
328   }
329   if ((!SrcTy->isPointerType() && !IsValidIntegerType(SrcTy)) ||
330       SrcTy->isFunctionPointerType()) {
331     // FIXME: this is not quite the right error message since we don't allow
332     // floating point types, or member pointers.
333     S.Diag(Source->getExprLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
334         << SrcTy;
335     return true;
336   }
337 
338   clang::Expr *AlignOp = TheCall->getArg(1);
339   if (!IsValidIntegerType(AlignOp->getType())) {
340     S.Diag(AlignOp->getExprLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_expect_int)
341         << AlignOp->getType();
342     return true;
343   }
344   Expr::EvalResult AlignResult;
345   unsigned MaxAlignmentBits = S.Context.getIntWidth(SrcTy) - 1;
346   // We can't check validity of alignment if it is value dependent.
347   if (!AlignOp->isValueDependent() &&
348       AlignOp->EvaluateAsInt(AlignResult, S.Context,
349                              Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
350     llvm::APSInt AlignValue = AlignResult.Val.getInt();
351     llvm::APSInt MaxValue(
352         llvm::APInt::getOneBitSet(MaxAlignmentBits + 1, MaxAlignmentBits));
353     if (AlignValue < 1) {
354       S.Diag(AlignOp->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignment_too_small) << 1;
355       return true;
356     }
357     if (llvm::APSInt::compareValues(AlignValue, MaxValue) > 0) {
358       S.Diag(AlignOp->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignment_too_big)
359           << toString(MaxValue, 10);
360       return true;
361     }
362     if (!AlignValue.isPowerOf2()) {
363       S.Diag(AlignOp->getExprLoc(), diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two);
364       return true;
365     }
366     if (AlignValue == 1) {
367       S.Diag(AlignOp->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_alignment_builtin_useless)
368           << IsBooleanAlignBuiltin;
369     }
370   }
371 
372   ExprResult SrcArg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(
373       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, SrcTy, false),
374       SourceLocation(), Source);
375   if (SrcArg.isInvalid())
376     return true;
377   TheCall->setArg(0, SrcArg.get());
378   ExprResult AlignArg =
379       S.PerformCopyInitialization(InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
380                                       S.Context, AlignOp->getType(), false),
381                                   SourceLocation(), AlignOp);
382   if (AlignArg.isInvalid())
383     return true;
384   TheCall->setArg(1, AlignArg.get());
385   // For align_up/align_down, the return type is the same as the (potentially
386   // decayed) argument type including qualifiers. For is_aligned(), the result
387   // is always bool.
388   TheCall->setType(IsBooleanAlignBuiltin ? S.Context.BoolTy : SrcTy);
389   return false;
390 }
391 
392 static bool BuiltinOverflow(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned BuiltinID) {
393   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 3))
394     return true;
395 
396   std::pair<unsigned, const char *> Builtins[] = {
397     { Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow, "ckd_add" },
398     { Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow, "ckd_sub" },
399     { Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow, "ckd_mul" },
400   };
401 
402   bool CkdOperation = llvm::any_of(Builtins, [&](const std::pair<unsigned,
403     const char *> &P) {
404     return BuiltinID == P.first && TheCall->getExprLoc().isMacroID() &&
405          Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(TheCall->getExprLoc(),
406          S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts()) == P.second;
407   });
408 
409   auto ValidCkdIntType = [](QualType QT) {
410     // A valid checked integer type is an integer type other than a plain char,
411     // bool, a bit-precise type, or an enumeration type.
412     if (const auto *BT = QT.getCanonicalType()->getAs<BuiltinType>())
413       return (BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::Short &&
414            BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::Int128) || (
415            BT->getKind() >= BuiltinType::UShort &&
416            BT->getKind() <= BuiltinType::UInt128) ||
417            BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::UChar ||
418            BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::SChar;
419     return false;
420   };
421 
422   // First two arguments should be integers.
423   for (unsigned I = 0; I < 2; ++I) {
424     ExprResult Arg = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(I));
425     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
426     TheCall->setArg(I, Arg.get());
427 
428     QualType Ty = Arg.get()->getType();
429     bool IsValid = CkdOperation ? ValidCkdIntType(Ty) : Ty->isIntegerType();
430     if (!IsValid) {
431       S.Diag(Arg.get()->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_int)
432           << CkdOperation << Ty << Arg.get()->getSourceRange();
433       return true;
434     }
435   }
436 
437   // Third argument should be a pointer to a non-const integer.
438   // IRGen correctly handles volatile, restrict, and address spaces, and
439   // the other qualifiers aren't possible.
440   {
441     ExprResult Arg = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(2));
442     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
443     TheCall->setArg(2, Arg.get());
444 
445     QualType Ty = Arg.get()->getType();
446     const auto *PtrTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>();
447     if (!PtrTy ||
448         !PtrTy->getPointeeType()->isIntegerType() ||
449         (!ValidCkdIntType(PtrTy->getPointeeType()) && CkdOperation) ||
450         PtrTy->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) {
451       S.Diag(Arg.get()->getBeginLoc(),
452              diag::err_overflow_builtin_must_be_ptr_int)
453         << CkdOperation << Ty << Arg.get()->getSourceRange();
454       return true;
455     }
456   }
457 
458   // Disallow signed bit-precise integer args larger than 128 bits to mul
459   // function until we improve backend support.
460   if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow) {
461     for (unsigned I = 0; I < 3; ++I) {
462       const auto Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
463       // Third argument will be a pointer.
464       auto Ty = I < 2 ? Arg->getType() : Arg->getType()->getPointeeType();
465       if (Ty->isBitIntType() && Ty->isSignedIntegerType() &&
466           S.getASTContext().getIntWidth(Ty) > 128)
467         return S.Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(),
468                       diag::err_overflow_builtin_bit_int_max_size)
469                << 128;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   return false;
474 }
475 
476 namespace {
477 struct BuiltinDumpStructGenerator {
478   Sema &S;
479   CallExpr *TheCall;
480   SourceLocation Loc = TheCall->getBeginLoc();
481   SmallVector<Expr *, 32> Actions;
482   DiagnosticErrorTrap ErrorTracker;
483   PrintingPolicy Policy;
484 
485   BuiltinDumpStructGenerator(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall)
486       : S(S), TheCall(TheCall), ErrorTracker(S.getDiagnostics()),
487         Policy(S.Context.getPrintingPolicy()) {
488     Policy.AnonymousTagLocations = false;
489   }
490 
491   Expr *makeOpaqueValueExpr(Expr *Inner) {
492     auto *OVE = new (S.Context)
493         OpaqueValueExpr(Loc, Inner->getType(), Inner->getValueKind(),
494                         Inner->getObjectKind(), Inner);
495     Actions.push_back(OVE);
496     return OVE;
497   }
498 
499   Expr *getStringLiteral(llvm::StringRef Str) {
500     Expr *Lit = S.Context.getPredefinedStringLiteralFromCache(Str);
501     // Wrap the literal in parentheses to attach a source location.
502     return new (S.Context) ParenExpr(Loc, Loc, Lit);
503   }
504 
505   bool callPrintFunction(llvm::StringRef Format,
506                          llvm::ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs = {}) {
507     SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args;
508     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() >= 2);
509     Args.reserve((TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2) + /*Format*/ 1 + Exprs.size());
510     Args.assign(TheCall->arg_begin() + 2, TheCall->arg_end());
511     Args.push_back(getStringLiteral(Format));
512     Args.insert(Args.end(), Exprs.begin(), Exprs.end());
513 
514     // Register a note to explain why we're performing the call.
515     Sema::CodeSynthesisContext Ctx;
516     Ctx.Kind = Sema::CodeSynthesisContext::BuildingBuiltinDumpStructCall;
517     Ctx.PointOfInstantiation = Loc;
518     Ctx.CallArgs = Args.data();
519     Ctx.NumCallArgs = Args.size();
520     S.pushCodeSynthesisContext(Ctx);
521 
522     ExprResult RealCall =
523         S.BuildCallExpr(/*Scope=*/nullptr, TheCall->getArg(1),
524                         TheCall->getBeginLoc(), Args, TheCall->getRParenLoc());
525 
526     S.popCodeSynthesisContext();
527     if (!RealCall.isInvalid())
528       Actions.push_back(RealCall.get());
529     // Bail out if we've hit any errors, even if we managed to build the
530     // call. We don't want to produce more than one error.
531     return RealCall.isInvalid() || ErrorTracker.hasErrorOccurred();
532   }
533 
534   Expr *getIndentString(unsigned Depth) {
535     if (!Depth)
536       return nullptr;
537 
538     llvm::SmallString<32> Indent;
539     Indent.resize(Depth * Policy.Indentation, ' ');
540     return getStringLiteral(Indent);
541   }
542 
543   Expr *getTypeString(QualType T) {
544     return getStringLiteral(T.getAsString(Policy));
545   }
546 
547   bool appendFormatSpecifier(QualType T, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<char> &Str) {
548     llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Str);
549 
550     // Format 'bool', 'char', 'signed char', 'unsigned char' as numbers, rather
551     // than trying to print a single character.
552     if (auto *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
553       switch (BT->getKind()) {
554       case BuiltinType::Bool:
555         OS << "%d";
556         return true;
557       case BuiltinType::Char_U:
558       case BuiltinType::UChar:
559         OS << "%hhu";
560         return true;
561       case BuiltinType::Char_S:
562       case BuiltinType::SChar:
563         OS << "%hhd";
564         return true;
565       default:
566         break;
567       }
568     }
569 
570     analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier Specifier;
571     if (Specifier.fixType(T, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, /*IsObjCLiteral=*/false)) {
572       // We were able to guess how to format this.
573       if (Specifier.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() ==
574           analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier::sArg) {
575         // Wrap double-quotes around a '%s' specifier and limit its maximum
576         // length. Ideally we'd also somehow escape special characters in the
577         // contents but printf doesn't support that.
578         // FIXME: '%s' formatting is not safe in general.
579         OS << '"';
580         Specifier.setPrecision(analyze_printf::OptionalAmount(32u));
581         Specifier.toString(OS);
582         OS << '"';
583         // FIXME: It would be nice to include a '...' if the string doesn't fit
584         // in the length limit.
585       } else {
586         Specifier.toString(OS);
587       }
588       return true;
589     }
590 
591     if (T->isPointerType()) {
592       // Format all pointers with '%p'.
593       OS << "%p";
594       return true;
595     }
596 
597     return false;
598   }
599 
600   bool dumpUnnamedRecord(const RecordDecl *RD, Expr *E, unsigned Depth) {
601     Expr *IndentLit = getIndentString(Depth);
602     Expr *TypeLit = getTypeString(S.Context.getRecordType(RD));
603     if (IndentLit ? callPrintFunction("%s%s", {IndentLit, TypeLit})
604                   : callPrintFunction("%s", {TypeLit}))
605       return true;
606 
607     return dumpRecordValue(RD, E, IndentLit, Depth);
608   }
609 
610   // Dump a record value. E should be a pointer or lvalue referring to an RD.
611   bool dumpRecordValue(const RecordDecl *RD, Expr *E, Expr *RecordIndent,
612                        unsigned Depth) {
613     // FIXME: Decide what to do if RD is a union. At least we should probably
614     // turn off printing `const char*` members with `%s`, because that is very
615     // likely to crash if that's not the active member. Whatever we decide, we
616     // should document it.
617 
618     // Build an OpaqueValueExpr so we can refer to E more than once without
619     // triggering re-evaluation.
620     Expr *RecordArg = makeOpaqueValueExpr(E);
621     bool RecordArgIsPtr = RecordArg->getType()->isPointerType();
622 
623     if (callPrintFunction(" {\n"))
624       return true;
625 
626     // Dump each base class, regardless of whether they're aggregates.
627     if (const auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
628       for (const auto &Base : CXXRD->bases()) {
629         QualType BaseType =
630             RecordArgIsPtr ? S.Context.getPointerType(Base.getType())
631                            : S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(Base.getType());
632         ExprResult BasePtr = S.BuildCStyleCastExpr(
633             Loc, S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(BaseType, Loc), Loc,
634             RecordArg);
635         if (BasePtr.isInvalid() ||
636             dumpUnnamedRecord(Base.getType()->getAsRecordDecl(), BasePtr.get(),
637                               Depth + 1))
638           return true;
639       }
640     }
641 
642     Expr *FieldIndentArg = getIndentString(Depth + 1);
643 
644     // Dump each field.
645     for (auto *D : RD->decls()) {
646       auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(D);
647       auto *FD = IFD ? IFD->getAnonField() : dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D);
648       if (!FD || FD->isUnnamedBitField() || FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
649         continue;
650 
651       llvm::SmallString<20> Format = llvm::StringRef("%s%s %s ");
652       llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 5> Args = {FieldIndentArg,
653                                            getTypeString(FD->getType()),
654                                            getStringLiteral(FD->getName())};
655 
656       if (FD->isBitField()) {
657         Format += ": %zu ";
658         QualType SizeT = S.Context.getSizeType();
659         llvm::APInt BitWidth(S.Context.getIntWidth(SizeT),
660                              FD->getBitWidthValue(S.Context));
661         Args.push_back(IntegerLiteral::Create(S.Context, BitWidth, SizeT, Loc));
662       }
663 
664       Format += "=";
665 
666       ExprResult Field =
667           IFD ? S.BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
668                     CXXScopeSpec(), Loc, IFD,
669                     DeclAccessPair::make(IFD, AS_public), RecordArg, Loc)
670               : S.BuildFieldReferenceExpr(
671                     RecordArg, RecordArgIsPtr, Loc, CXXScopeSpec(), FD,
672                     DeclAccessPair::make(FD, AS_public),
673                     DeclarationNameInfo(FD->getDeclName(), Loc));
674       if (Field.isInvalid())
675         return true;
676 
677       auto *InnerRD = FD->getType()->getAsRecordDecl();
678       auto *InnerCXXRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(InnerRD);
679       if (InnerRD && (!InnerCXXRD || InnerCXXRD->isAggregate())) {
680         // Recursively print the values of members of aggregate record type.
681         if (callPrintFunction(Format, Args) ||
682             dumpRecordValue(InnerRD, Field.get(), FieldIndentArg, Depth + 1))
683           return true;
684       } else {
685         Format += " ";
686         if (appendFormatSpecifier(FD->getType(), Format)) {
687           // We know how to print this field.
688           Args.push_back(Field.get());
689         } else {
690           // We don't know how to print this field. Print out its address
691           // with a format specifier that a smart tool will be able to
692           // recognize and treat specially.
693           Format += "*%p";
694           ExprResult FieldAddr =
695               S.BuildUnaryOp(nullptr, Loc, UO_AddrOf, Field.get());
696           if (FieldAddr.isInvalid())
697             return true;
698           Args.push_back(FieldAddr.get());
699         }
700         Format += "\n";
701         if (callPrintFunction(Format, Args))
702           return true;
703       }
704     }
705 
706     return RecordIndent ? callPrintFunction("%s}\n", RecordIndent)
707                         : callPrintFunction("}\n");
708   }
709 
710   Expr *buildWrapper() {
711     auto *Wrapper = PseudoObjectExpr::Create(S.Context, TheCall, Actions,
712                                              PseudoObjectExpr::NoResult);
713     TheCall->setType(Wrapper->getType());
714     TheCall->setValueKind(Wrapper->getValueKind());
715     return Wrapper;
716   }
717 };
718 } // namespace
719 
720 static ExprResult BuiltinDumpStruct(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
721   if (S.checkArgCountAtLeast(TheCall, 2))
722     return ExprError();
723 
724   ExprResult PtrArgResult = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
725   if (PtrArgResult.isInvalid())
726     return ExprError();
727   TheCall->setArg(0, PtrArgResult.get());
728 
729   // First argument should be a pointer to a struct.
730   QualType PtrArgType = PtrArgResult.get()->getType();
731   if (!PtrArgType->isPointerType() ||
732       !PtrArgType->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()) {
733     S.Diag(PtrArgResult.get()->getBeginLoc(),
734            diag::err_expected_struct_pointer_argument)
735         << 1 << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << PtrArgType;
736     return ExprError();
737   }
738   QualType Pointee = PtrArgType->getPointeeType();
739   const RecordDecl *RD = Pointee->getAsRecordDecl();
740   // Try to instantiate the class template as appropriate; otherwise, access to
741   // its data() may lead to a crash.
742   if (S.RequireCompleteType(PtrArgResult.get()->getBeginLoc(), Pointee,
743                             diag::err_incomplete_type))
744     return ExprError();
745   // Second argument is a callable, but we can't fully validate it until we try
746   // calling it.
747   QualType FnArgType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
748   if (!FnArgType->isFunctionType() && !FnArgType->isFunctionPointerType() &&
749       !FnArgType->isBlockPointerType() &&
750       !(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FnArgType->isRecordType())) {
751     auto *BT = FnArgType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
752     switch (BT ? BT->getKind() : BuiltinType::Void) {
753     case BuiltinType::Dependent:
754     case BuiltinType::Overload:
755     case BuiltinType::BoundMember:
756     case BuiltinType::PseudoObject:
757     case BuiltinType::UnknownAny:
758     case BuiltinType::BuiltinFn:
759       // This might be a callable.
760       break;
761 
762     default:
763       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(),
764              diag::err_expected_callable_argument)
765           << 2 << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << FnArgType;
766       return ExprError();
767     }
768   }
769 
770   BuiltinDumpStructGenerator Generator(S, TheCall);
771 
772   // Wrap parentheses around the given pointer. This is not necessary for
773   // correct code generation, but it means that when we pretty-print the call
774   // arguments in our diagnostics we will produce '(&s)->n' instead of the
775   // incorrect '&s->n'.
776   Expr *PtrArg = PtrArgResult.get();
777   PtrArg = new (S.Context)
778       ParenExpr(PtrArg->getBeginLoc(),
779                 S.getLocForEndOfToken(PtrArg->getEndLoc()), PtrArg);
780   if (Generator.dumpUnnamedRecord(RD, PtrArg, 0))
781     return ExprError();
782 
783   return Generator.buildWrapper();
784 }
785 
786 static bool BuiltinCallWithStaticChain(Sema &S, CallExpr *BuiltinCall) {
787   if (S.checkArgCount(BuiltinCall, 2))
788     return true;
789 
790   SourceLocation BuiltinLoc = BuiltinCall->getBeginLoc();
791   Expr *Builtin = BuiltinCall->getCallee()->IgnoreImpCasts();
792   Expr *Call = BuiltinCall->getArg(0);
793   Expr *Chain = BuiltinCall->getArg(1);
794 
795   if (Call->getStmtClass() != Stmt::CallExprClass) {
796     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_not_call)
797         << Call->getSourceRange();
798     return true;
799   }
800 
801   auto CE = cast<CallExpr>(Call);
802   if (CE->getCallee()->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
803     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_block_call)
804         << Call->getSourceRange();
805     return true;
806   }
807 
808   const Decl *TargetDecl = CE->getCalleeDecl();
809   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(TargetDecl))
810     if (FD->getBuiltinID()) {
811       S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_builtin_call)
812           << Call->getSourceRange();
813       return true;
814     }
815 
816   if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(CE->getCallee()->IgnoreParens())) {
817     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_first_argument_to_cwsc_pdtor_call)
818         << Call->getSourceRange();
819     return true;
820   }
821 
822   ExprResult ChainResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Chain);
823   if (ChainResult.isInvalid())
824     return true;
825   if (!ChainResult.get()->getType()->isPointerType()) {
826     S.Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_second_argument_to_cwsc_not_pointer)
827         << Chain->getSourceRange();
828     return true;
829   }
830 
831   QualType ReturnTy = CE->getCallReturnType(S.Context);
832   QualType ArgTys[2] = { ReturnTy, ChainResult.get()->getType() };
833   QualType BuiltinTy = S.Context.getFunctionType(
834       ReturnTy, ArgTys, FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo());
835   QualType BuiltinPtrTy = S.Context.getPointerType(BuiltinTy);
836 
837   Builtin =
838       S.ImpCastExprToType(Builtin, BuiltinPtrTy, CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr).get();
839 
840   BuiltinCall->setType(CE->getType());
841   BuiltinCall->setValueKind(CE->getValueKind());
842   BuiltinCall->setObjectKind(CE->getObjectKind());
843   BuiltinCall->setCallee(Builtin);
844   BuiltinCall->setArg(1, ChainResult.get());
845 
846   return false;
847 }
848 
849 namespace {
850 
851 class ScanfDiagnosticFormatHandler
852     : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
853   // Accepts the argument index (relative to the first destination index) of the
854   // argument whose size we want.
855   using ComputeSizeFunction =
856       llvm::function_ref<std::optional<llvm::APSInt>(unsigned)>;
857 
858   // Accepts the argument index (relative to the first destination index), the
859   // destination size, and the source size).
860   using DiagnoseFunction =
861       llvm::function_ref<void(unsigned, unsigned, unsigned)>;
862 
863   ComputeSizeFunction ComputeSizeArgument;
864   DiagnoseFunction Diagnose;
865 
866 public:
867   ScanfDiagnosticFormatHandler(ComputeSizeFunction ComputeSizeArgument,
868                                DiagnoseFunction Diagnose)
869       : ComputeSizeArgument(ComputeSizeArgument), Diagnose(Diagnose) {}
870 
871   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
872                             const char *StartSpecifier,
873                             unsigned specifierLen) override {
874     if (!FS.consumesDataArgument())
875       return true;
876 
877     unsigned NulByte = 0;
878     switch ((FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind())) {
879     default:
880       return true;
881     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::sArg:
882     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::ScanListArg:
883       NulByte = 1;
884       break;
885     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::cArg:
886       break;
887     }
888 
889     analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount FW = FS.getFieldWidth();
890     if (FW.getHowSpecified() !=
891         analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount::HowSpecified::Constant)
892       return true;
893 
894     unsigned SourceSize = FW.getConstantAmount() + NulByte;
895 
896     std::optional<llvm::APSInt> DestSizeAPS =
897         ComputeSizeArgument(FS.getArgIndex());
898     if (!DestSizeAPS)
899       return true;
900 
901     unsigned DestSize = DestSizeAPS->getZExtValue();
902 
903     if (DestSize < SourceSize)
904       Diagnose(FS.getArgIndex(), DestSize, SourceSize);
905 
906     return true;
907   }
908 };
909 
910 class EstimateSizeFormatHandler
911     : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
912   size_t Size;
913   /// Whether the format string contains Linux kernel's format specifier
914   /// extension.
915   bool IsKernelCompatible = true;
916 
917 public:
918   EstimateSizeFormatHandler(StringRef Format)
919       : Size(std::min(Format.find(0), Format.size()) +
920              1 /* null byte always written by sprintf */) {}
921 
922   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
923                              const char *, unsigned SpecifierLen,
924                              const TargetInfo &) override {
925 
926     const size_t FieldWidth = computeFieldWidth(FS);
927     const size_t Precision = computePrecision(FS);
928 
929     // The actual format.
930     switch (FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind()) {
931     // Just a char.
932     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::cArg:
933     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::CArg:
934       Size += std::max(FieldWidth, (size_t)1);
935       break;
936     // Just an integer.
937     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::dArg:
938     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::DArg:
939     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::iArg:
940     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::oArg:
941     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::OArg:
942     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::uArg:
943     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::UArg:
944     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::xArg:
945     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::XArg:
946       Size += std::max(FieldWidth, Precision);
947       break;
948 
949     // %g style conversion switches between %f or %e style dynamically.
950     // %g removes trailing zeros, and does not print decimal point if there are
951     // no digits that follow it. Thus %g can print a single digit.
952     // FIXME: If it is alternative form:
953     // For g and G conversions, trailing zeros are not removed from the result.
954     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::gArg:
955     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::GArg:
956       Size += 1;
957       break;
958 
959     // Floating point number in the form '[+]ddd.ddd'.
960     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::fArg:
961     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::FArg:
962       Size += std::max(FieldWidth, 1 /* integer part */ +
963                                        (Precision ? 1 + Precision
964                                                   : 0) /* period + decimal */);
965       break;
966 
967     // Floating point number in the form '[-]d.ddde[+-]dd'.
968     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::eArg:
969     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::EArg:
970       Size +=
971           std::max(FieldWidth,
972                    1 /* integer part */ +
973                        (Precision ? 1 + Precision : 0) /* period + decimal */ +
974                        1 /* e or E letter */ + 2 /* exponent */);
975       break;
976 
977     // Floating point number in the form '[-]0xh.hhhhp±dd'.
978     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::aArg:
979     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::AArg:
980       Size +=
981           std::max(FieldWidth,
982                    2 /* 0x */ + 1 /* integer part */ +
983                        (Precision ? 1 + Precision : 0) /* period + decimal */ +
984                        1 /* p or P letter */ + 1 /* + or - */ + 1 /* value */);
985       break;
986 
987     // Just a string.
988     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::sArg:
989     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::SArg:
990       Size += FieldWidth;
991       break;
992 
993     // Just a pointer in the form '0xddd'.
994     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::pArg:
995       // Linux kernel has its own extesion for `%p` specifier.
996       // Kernel Document:
997       // https://docs.kernel.org/core-api/printk-formats.html#pointer-types
998       IsKernelCompatible = false;
999       Size += std::max(FieldWidth, 2 /* leading 0x */ + Precision);
1000       break;
1001 
1002     // A plain percent.
1003     case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::PercentArg:
1004       Size += 1;
1005       break;
1006 
1007     default:
1008       break;
1009     }
1010 
1011     Size += FS.hasPlusPrefix() || FS.hasSpacePrefix();
1012 
1013     if (FS.hasAlternativeForm()) {
1014       switch (FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind()) {
1015       // For o conversion, it increases the precision, if and only if necessary,
1016       // to force the first digit of the result to be a zero
1017       // (if the value and precision are both 0, a single 0 is printed)
1018       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::oArg:
1019       // For b conversion, a nonzero result has 0b prefixed to it.
1020       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::bArg:
1021       // For x (or X) conversion, a nonzero result has 0x (or 0X) prefixed to
1022       // it.
1023       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::xArg:
1024       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::XArg:
1025         // Note: even when the prefix is added, if
1026         // (prefix_width <= FieldWidth - formatted_length) holds,
1027         // the prefix does not increase the format
1028         // size. e.g.(("%#3x", 0xf) is "0xf")
1029 
1030         // If the result is zero, o, b, x, X adds nothing.
1031         break;
1032       // For a, A, e, E, f, F, g, and G conversions,
1033       // the result of converting a floating-point number always contains a
1034       // decimal-point
1035       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::aArg:
1036       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::AArg:
1037       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::eArg:
1038       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::EArg:
1039       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::fArg:
1040       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::FArg:
1041       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::gArg:
1042       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::GArg:
1043         Size += (Precision ? 0 : 1);
1044         break;
1045       // For other conversions, the behavior is undefined.
1046       default:
1047         break;
1048       }
1049     }
1050     assert(SpecifierLen <= Size && "no underflow");
1051     Size -= SpecifierLen;
1052     return true;
1053   }
1054 
1055   size_t getSizeLowerBound() const { return Size; }
1056   bool isKernelCompatible() const { return IsKernelCompatible; }
1057 
1058 private:
1059   static size_t computeFieldWidth(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS) {
1060     const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &FW = FS.getFieldWidth();
1061     size_t FieldWidth = 0;
1062     if (FW.getHowSpecified() == analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount::Constant)
1063       FieldWidth = FW.getConstantAmount();
1064     return FieldWidth;
1065   }
1066 
1067   static size_t computePrecision(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS) {
1068     const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &FW = FS.getPrecision();
1069     size_t Precision = 0;
1070 
1071     // See man 3 printf for default precision value based on the specifier.
1072     switch (FW.getHowSpecified()) {
1073     case analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount::NotSpecified:
1074       switch (FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind()) {
1075       default:
1076         break;
1077       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::dArg: // %d
1078       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::DArg: // %D
1079       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::iArg: // %i
1080         Precision = 1;
1081         break;
1082       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::oArg: // %d
1083       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::OArg: // %D
1084       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::uArg: // %d
1085       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::UArg: // %D
1086       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::xArg: // %d
1087       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::XArg: // %D
1088         Precision = 1;
1089         break;
1090       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::fArg: // %f
1091       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::FArg: // %F
1092       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::eArg: // %e
1093       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::EArg: // %E
1094       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::gArg: // %g
1095       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::GArg: // %G
1096         Precision = 6;
1097         break;
1098       case analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier::pArg: // %d
1099         Precision = 1;
1100         break;
1101       }
1102       break;
1103     case analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount::Constant:
1104       Precision = FW.getConstantAmount();
1105       break;
1106     default:
1107       break;
1108     }
1109     return Precision;
1110   }
1111 };
1112 
1113 } // namespace
1114 
1115 static bool ProcessFormatStringLiteral(const Expr *FormatExpr,
1116                                        StringRef &FormatStrRef, size_t &StrLen,
1117                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1118   if (const auto *Format = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(FormatExpr);
1119       Format && (Format->isOrdinary() || Format->isUTF8())) {
1120     FormatStrRef = Format->getString();
1121     const ConstantArrayType *T =
1122         Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Format->getType());
1123     assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
1124     size_t TypeSize = T->getZExtSize();
1125     // In case there's a null byte somewhere.
1126     StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, FormatStrRef.find(0));
1127     return true;
1128   }
1129   return false;
1130 }
1131 
1132 void Sema::checkFortifiedBuiltinMemoryFunction(FunctionDecl *FD,
1133                                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
1134   if (TheCall->isValueDependent() || TheCall->isTypeDependent() ||
1135       isConstantEvaluatedContext())
1136     return;
1137 
1138   bool UseDABAttr = false;
1139   const FunctionDecl *UseDecl = FD;
1140 
1141   const auto *DABAttr = FD->getAttr<DiagnoseAsBuiltinAttr>();
1142   if (DABAttr) {
1143     UseDecl = DABAttr->getFunction();
1144     assert(UseDecl && "Missing FunctionDecl in DiagnoseAsBuiltin attribute!");
1145     UseDABAttr = true;
1146   }
1147 
1148   unsigned BuiltinID = UseDecl->getBuiltinID(/*ConsiderWrappers=*/true);
1149 
1150   if (!BuiltinID)
1151     return;
1152 
1153   const TargetInfo &TI = getASTContext().getTargetInfo();
1154   unsigned SizeTypeWidth = TI.getTypeWidth(TI.getSizeType());
1155 
1156   auto TranslateIndex = [&](unsigned Index) -> std::optional<unsigned> {
1157     // If we refer to a diagnose_as_builtin attribute, we need to change the
1158     // argument index to refer to the arguments of the called function. Unless
1159     // the index is out of bounds, which presumably means it's a variadic
1160     // function.
1161     if (!UseDABAttr)
1162       return Index;
1163     unsigned DABIndices = DABAttr->argIndices_size();
1164     unsigned NewIndex = Index < DABIndices
1165                             ? DABAttr->argIndices_begin()[Index]
1166                             : Index - DABIndices + FD->getNumParams();
1167     if (NewIndex >= TheCall->getNumArgs())
1168       return std::nullopt;
1169     return NewIndex;
1170   };
1171 
1172   auto ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument =
1173       [&](unsigned Index) -> std::optional<llvm::APSInt> {
1174     std::optional<unsigned> IndexOptional = TranslateIndex(Index);
1175     if (!IndexOptional)
1176       return std::nullopt;
1177     unsigned NewIndex = *IndexOptional;
1178     Expr::EvalResult Result;
1179     Expr *SizeArg = TheCall->getArg(NewIndex);
1180     if (!SizeArg->EvaluateAsInt(Result, getASTContext()))
1181       return std::nullopt;
1182     llvm::APSInt Integer = Result.Val.getInt();
1183     Integer.setIsUnsigned(true);
1184     return Integer;
1185   };
1186 
1187   auto ComputeSizeArgument =
1188       [&](unsigned Index) -> std::optional<llvm::APSInt> {
1189     // If the parameter has a pass_object_size attribute, then we should use its
1190     // (potentially) more strict checking mode. Otherwise, conservatively assume
1191     // type 0.
1192     int BOSType = 0;
1193     // This check can fail for variadic functions.
1194     if (Index < FD->getNumParams()) {
1195       if (const auto *POS =
1196               FD->getParamDecl(Index)->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
1197         BOSType = POS->getType();
1198     }
1199 
1200     std::optional<unsigned> IndexOptional = TranslateIndex(Index);
1201     if (!IndexOptional)
1202       return std::nullopt;
1203     unsigned NewIndex = *IndexOptional;
1204 
1205     if (NewIndex >= TheCall->getNumArgs())
1206       return std::nullopt;
1207 
1208     const Expr *ObjArg = TheCall->getArg(NewIndex);
1209     uint64_t Result;
1210     if (!ObjArg->tryEvaluateObjectSize(Result, getASTContext(), BOSType))
1211       return std::nullopt;
1212 
1213     // Get the object size in the target's size_t width.
1214     return llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(Result).extOrTrunc(SizeTypeWidth);
1215   };
1216 
1217   auto ComputeStrLenArgument =
1218       [&](unsigned Index) -> std::optional<llvm::APSInt> {
1219     std::optional<unsigned> IndexOptional = TranslateIndex(Index);
1220     if (!IndexOptional)
1221       return std::nullopt;
1222     unsigned NewIndex = *IndexOptional;
1223 
1224     const Expr *ObjArg = TheCall->getArg(NewIndex);
1225     uint64_t Result;
1226     if (!ObjArg->tryEvaluateStrLen(Result, getASTContext()))
1227       return std::nullopt;
1228     // Add 1 for null byte.
1229     return llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(Result + 1).extOrTrunc(SizeTypeWidth);
1230   };
1231 
1232   std::optional<llvm::APSInt> SourceSize;
1233   std::optional<llvm::APSInt> DestinationSize;
1234   unsigned DiagID = 0;
1235   bool IsChkVariant = false;
1236 
1237   auto GetFunctionName = [&]() {
1238     StringRef FunctionName = getASTContext().BuiltinInfo.getName(BuiltinID);
1239     // Skim off the details of whichever builtin was called to produce a better
1240     // diagnostic, as it's unlikely that the user wrote the __builtin
1241     // explicitly.
1242     if (IsChkVariant) {
1243       FunctionName = FunctionName.drop_front(std::strlen("__builtin___"));
1244       FunctionName = FunctionName.drop_back(std::strlen("_chk"));
1245     } else {
1246       FunctionName.consume_front("__builtin_");
1247     }
1248     return FunctionName;
1249   };
1250 
1251   switch (BuiltinID) {
1252   default:
1253     return;
1254   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strcpy:
1255   case Builtin::BIstrcpy: {
1256     DiagID = diag::warn_fortify_strlen_overflow;
1257     SourceSize = ComputeStrLenArgument(1);
1258     DestinationSize = ComputeSizeArgument(0);
1259     break;
1260   }
1261 
1262   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strcpy_chk: {
1263     DiagID = diag::warn_fortify_strlen_overflow;
1264     SourceSize = ComputeStrLenArgument(1);
1265     DestinationSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(2);
1266     IsChkVariant = true;
1267     break;
1268   }
1269 
1270   case Builtin::BIscanf:
1271   case Builtin::BIfscanf:
1272   case Builtin::BIsscanf: {
1273     unsigned FormatIndex = 1;
1274     unsigned DataIndex = 2;
1275     if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BIscanf) {
1276       FormatIndex = 0;
1277       DataIndex = 1;
1278     }
1279 
1280     const auto *FormatExpr =
1281         TheCall->getArg(FormatIndex)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1282 
1283     StringRef FormatStrRef;
1284     size_t StrLen;
1285     if (!ProcessFormatStringLiteral(FormatExpr, FormatStrRef, StrLen, Context))
1286       return;
1287 
1288     auto Diagnose = [&](unsigned ArgIndex, unsigned DestSize,
1289                         unsigned SourceSize) {
1290       DiagID = diag::warn_fortify_scanf_overflow;
1291       unsigned Index = ArgIndex + DataIndex;
1292       StringRef FunctionName = GetFunctionName();
1293       DiagRuntimeBehavior(TheCall->getArg(Index)->getBeginLoc(), TheCall,
1294                           PDiag(DiagID) << FunctionName << (Index + 1)
1295                                         << DestSize << SourceSize);
1296     };
1297 
1298     auto ShiftedComputeSizeArgument = [&](unsigned Index) {
1299       return ComputeSizeArgument(Index + DataIndex);
1300     };
1301     ScanfDiagnosticFormatHandler H(ShiftedComputeSizeArgument, Diagnose);
1302     const char *FormatBytes = FormatStrRef.data();
1303     analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(H, FormatBytes,
1304                                             FormatBytes + StrLen, getLangOpts(),
1305                                             Context.getTargetInfo());
1306 
1307     // Unlike the other cases, in this one we have already issued the diagnostic
1308     // here, so no need to continue (because unlike the other cases, here the
1309     // diagnostic refers to the argument number).
1310     return;
1311   }
1312 
1313   case Builtin::BIsprintf:
1314   case Builtin::BI__builtin___sprintf_chk: {
1315     size_t FormatIndex = BuiltinID == Builtin::BIsprintf ? 1 : 3;
1316     auto *FormatExpr = TheCall->getArg(FormatIndex)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1317 
1318     StringRef FormatStrRef;
1319     size_t StrLen;
1320     if (ProcessFormatStringLiteral(FormatExpr, FormatStrRef, StrLen, Context)) {
1321       EstimateSizeFormatHandler H(FormatStrRef);
1322       const char *FormatBytes = FormatStrRef.data();
1323       if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(
1324               H, FormatBytes, FormatBytes + StrLen, getLangOpts(),
1325               Context.getTargetInfo(), false)) {
1326         DiagID = H.isKernelCompatible()
1327                      ? diag::warn_format_overflow
1328                      : diag::warn_format_overflow_non_kprintf;
1329         SourceSize = llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(H.getSizeLowerBound())
1330                          .extOrTrunc(SizeTypeWidth);
1331         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___sprintf_chk) {
1332           DestinationSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(2);
1333           IsChkVariant = true;
1334         } else {
1335           DestinationSize = ComputeSizeArgument(0);
1336         }
1337         break;
1338       }
1339     }
1340     return;
1341   }
1342   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memcpy_chk:
1343   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memmove_chk:
1344   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memset_chk:
1345   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcat_chk:
1346   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strlcpy_chk:
1347   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncat_chk:
1348   case Builtin::BI__builtin___strncpy_chk:
1349   case Builtin::BI__builtin___stpncpy_chk:
1350   case Builtin::BI__builtin___memccpy_chk:
1351   case Builtin::BI__builtin___mempcpy_chk: {
1352     DiagID = diag::warn_builtin_chk_overflow;
1353     SourceSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2);
1354     DestinationSize =
1355         ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(TheCall->getNumArgs() - 1);
1356     IsChkVariant = true;
1357     break;
1358   }
1359 
1360   case Builtin::BI__builtin___snprintf_chk:
1361   case Builtin::BI__builtin___vsnprintf_chk: {
1362     DiagID = diag::warn_builtin_chk_overflow;
1363     SourceSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(1);
1364     DestinationSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(3);
1365     IsChkVariant = true;
1366     break;
1367   }
1368 
1369   case Builtin::BIstrncat:
1370   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strncat:
1371   case Builtin::BIstrncpy:
1372   case Builtin::BI__builtin_strncpy:
1373   case Builtin::BIstpncpy:
1374   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stpncpy: {
1375     // Whether these functions overflow depends on the runtime strlen of the
1376     // string, not just the buffer size, so emitting the "always overflow"
1377     // diagnostic isn't quite right. We should still diagnose passing a buffer
1378     // size larger than the destination buffer though; this is a runtime abort
1379     // in _FORTIFY_SOURCE mode, and is quite suspicious otherwise.
1380     DiagID = diag::warn_fortify_source_size_mismatch;
1381     SourceSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(TheCall->getNumArgs() - 1);
1382     DestinationSize = ComputeSizeArgument(0);
1383     break;
1384   }
1385 
1386   case Builtin::BImemcpy:
1387   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcpy:
1388   case Builtin::BImemmove:
1389   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memmove:
1390   case Builtin::BImemset:
1391   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memset:
1392   case Builtin::BImempcpy:
1393   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mempcpy: {
1394     DiagID = diag::warn_fortify_source_overflow;
1395     SourceSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(TheCall->getNumArgs() - 1);
1396     DestinationSize = ComputeSizeArgument(0);
1397     break;
1398   }
1399   case Builtin::BIsnprintf:
1400   case Builtin::BI__builtin_snprintf:
1401   case Builtin::BIvsnprintf:
1402   case Builtin::BI__builtin_vsnprintf: {
1403     DiagID = diag::warn_fortify_source_size_mismatch;
1404     SourceSize = ComputeExplicitObjectSizeArgument(1);
1405     const auto *FormatExpr = TheCall->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1406     StringRef FormatStrRef;
1407     size_t StrLen;
1408     if (SourceSize &&
1409         ProcessFormatStringLiteral(FormatExpr, FormatStrRef, StrLen, Context)) {
1410       EstimateSizeFormatHandler H(FormatStrRef);
1411       const char *FormatBytes = FormatStrRef.data();
1412       if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(
1413               H, FormatBytes, FormatBytes + StrLen, getLangOpts(),
1414               Context.getTargetInfo(), /*isFreeBSDKPrintf=*/false)) {
1415         llvm::APSInt FormatSize =
1416             llvm::APSInt::getUnsigned(H.getSizeLowerBound())
1417                 .extOrTrunc(SizeTypeWidth);
1418         if (FormatSize > *SourceSize && *SourceSize != 0) {
1419           unsigned TruncationDiagID =
1420               H.isKernelCompatible() ? diag::warn_format_truncation
1421                                      : diag::warn_format_truncation_non_kprintf;
1422           SmallString<16> SpecifiedSizeStr;
1423           SmallString<16> FormatSizeStr;
1424           SourceSize->toString(SpecifiedSizeStr, /*Radix=*/10);
1425           FormatSize.toString(FormatSizeStr, /*Radix=*/10);
1426           DiagRuntimeBehavior(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall,
1427                               PDiag(TruncationDiagID)
1428                                   << GetFunctionName() << SpecifiedSizeStr
1429                                   << FormatSizeStr);
1430         }
1431       }
1432     }
1433     DestinationSize = ComputeSizeArgument(0);
1434   }
1435   }
1436 
1437   if (!SourceSize || !DestinationSize ||
1438       llvm::APSInt::compareValues(*SourceSize, *DestinationSize) <= 0)
1439     return;
1440 
1441   StringRef FunctionName = GetFunctionName();
1442 
1443   SmallString<16> DestinationStr;
1444   SmallString<16> SourceStr;
1445   DestinationSize->toString(DestinationStr, /*Radix=*/10);
1446   SourceSize->toString(SourceStr, /*Radix=*/10);
1447   DiagRuntimeBehavior(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall,
1448                       PDiag(DiagID)
1449                           << FunctionName << DestinationStr << SourceStr);
1450 }
1451 
1452 static bool BuiltinSEHScopeCheck(Sema &SemaRef, CallExpr *TheCall,
1453                                  Scope::ScopeFlags NeededScopeFlags,
1454                                  unsigned DiagID) {
1455   // Scopes aren't available during instantiation. Fortunately, builtin
1456   // functions cannot be template args so they cannot be formed through template
1457   // instantiation. Therefore checking once during the parse is sufficient.
1458   if (SemaRef.inTemplateInstantiation())
1459     return false;
1460 
1461   Scope *S = SemaRef.getCurScope();
1462   while (S && !S->isSEHExceptScope())
1463     S = S->getParent();
1464   if (!S || !(S->getFlags() & NeededScopeFlags)) {
1465     auto *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
1466     SemaRef.Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
1467         << DRE->getDecl()->getIdentifier();
1468     return true;
1469   }
1470 
1471   return false;
1472 }
1473 
1474 // In OpenCL, __builtin_alloca_* should return a pointer to address space
1475 // that corresponds to the stack address space i.e private address space.
1476 static void builtinAllocaAddrSpace(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1477   QualType RT = TheCall->getType();
1478   assert((RT->isPointerType() && !(RT->getPointeeType().hasAddressSpace())) &&
1479          "__builtin_alloca has invalid address space");
1480 
1481   RT = RT->getPointeeType();
1482   RT = S.Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(RT, LangAS::opencl_private);
1483   TheCall->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(RT));
1484 }
1485 
1486 namespace {
1487 enum PointerAuthOpKind {
1488   PAO_Strip,
1489   PAO_Sign,
1490   PAO_Auth,
1491   PAO_SignGeneric,
1492   PAO_Discriminator,
1493   PAO_BlendPointer,
1494   PAO_BlendInteger
1495 };
1496 }
1497 
1498 bool Sema::checkPointerAuthEnabled(SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range) {
1499   if (getLangOpts().PointerAuthIntrinsics)
1500     return false;
1501 
1502   Diag(Loc, diag::err_ptrauth_disabled) << Range;
1503   return true;
1504 }
1505 
1506 static bool checkPointerAuthEnabled(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
1507   return S.checkPointerAuthEnabled(E->getExprLoc(), E->getSourceRange());
1508 }
1509 
1510 static bool checkPointerAuthKey(Sema &S, Expr *&Arg) {
1511   // Convert it to type 'int'.
1512   if (convertArgumentToType(S, Arg, S.Context.IntTy))
1513     return true;
1514 
1515   // Value-dependent expressions are okay; wait for template instantiation.
1516   if (Arg->isValueDependent())
1517     return false;
1518 
1519   unsigned KeyValue;
1520   return S.checkConstantPointerAuthKey(Arg, KeyValue);
1521 }
1522 
1523 bool Sema::checkConstantPointerAuthKey(Expr *Arg, unsigned &Result) {
1524   // Attempt to constant-evaluate the expression.
1525   std::optional<llvm::APSInt> KeyValue = Arg->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
1526   if (!KeyValue) {
1527     Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice)
1528         << 0 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1529     return true;
1530   }
1531 
1532   // Ask the target to validate the key parameter.
1533   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().validatePointerAuthKey(*KeyValue)) {
1534     llvm::SmallString<32> Value;
1535     {
1536       llvm::raw_svector_ostream Str(Value);
1537       Str << *KeyValue;
1538     }
1539 
1540     Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ptrauth_invalid_key)
1541         << Value << Arg->getSourceRange();
1542     return true;
1543   }
1544 
1545   Result = KeyValue->getZExtValue();
1546   return false;
1547 }
1548 
1549 static std::pair<const ValueDecl *, CharUnits>
1550 findConstantBaseAndOffset(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
1551   // Must evaluate as a pointer.
1552   Expr::EvalResult Result;
1553   if (!E->EvaluateAsRValue(Result, S.Context) || !Result.Val.isLValue())
1554     return {nullptr, CharUnits()};
1555 
1556   const auto *BaseDecl =
1557       Result.Val.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const ValueDecl *>();
1558   if (!BaseDecl)
1559     return {nullptr, CharUnits()};
1560 
1561   return {BaseDecl, Result.Val.getLValueOffset()};
1562 }
1563 
1564 static bool checkPointerAuthValue(Sema &S, Expr *&Arg, PointerAuthOpKind OpKind,
1565                                   bool RequireConstant = false) {
1566   if (Arg->hasPlaceholderType()) {
1567     ExprResult R = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Arg);
1568     if (R.isInvalid())
1569       return true;
1570     Arg = R.get();
1571   }
1572 
1573   auto AllowsPointer = [](PointerAuthOpKind OpKind) {
1574     return OpKind != PAO_BlendInteger;
1575   };
1576   auto AllowsInteger = [](PointerAuthOpKind OpKind) {
1577     return OpKind == PAO_Discriminator || OpKind == PAO_BlendInteger ||
1578            OpKind == PAO_SignGeneric;
1579   };
1580 
1581   // Require the value to have the right range of type.
1582   QualType ExpectedTy;
1583   if (AllowsPointer(OpKind) && Arg->getType()->isPointerType()) {
1584     ExpectedTy = Arg->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
1585   } else if (AllowsPointer(OpKind) && Arg->getType()->isNullPtrType()) {
1586     ExpectedTy = S.Context.VoidPtrTy;
1587   } else if (AllowsInteger(OpKind) &&
1588              Arg->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
1589     ExpectedTy = S.Context.getUIntPtrType();
1590 
1591   } else {
1592     // Diagnose the failures.
1593     S.Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ptrauth_value_bad_type)
1594         << unsigned(OpKind == PAO_Discriminator  ? 1
1595                     : OpKind == PAO_BlendPointer ? 2
1596                     : OpKind == PAO_BlendInteger ? 3
1597                                                  : 0)
1598         << unsigned(AllowsInteger(OpKind) ? (AllowsPointer(OpKind) ? 2 : 1) : 0)
1599         << Arg->getType() << Arg->getSourceRange();
1600     return true;
1601   }
1602 
1603   // Convert to that type.  This should just be an lvalue-to-rvalue
1604   // conversion.
1605   if (convertArgumentToType(S, Arg, ExpectedTy))
1606     return true;
1607 
1608   if (!RequireConstant) {
1609     // Warn about null pointers for non-generic sign and auth operations.
1610     if ((OpKind == PAO_Sign || OpKind == PAO_Auth) &&
1611         Arg->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
1612       S.Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), OpKind == PAO_Sign
1613                                     ? diag::warn_ptrauth_sign_null_pointer
1614                                     : diag::warn_ptrauth_auth_null_pointer)
1615           << Arg->getSourceRange();
1616     }
1617 
1618     return false;
1619   }
1620 
1621   // Perform special checking on the arguments to ptrauth_sign_constant.
1622 
1623   // The main argument.
1624   if (OpKind == PAO_Sign) {
1625     // Require the value we're signing to have a special form.
1626     auto [BaseDecl, Offset] = findConstantBaseAndOffset(S, Arg);
1627     bool Invalid;
1628 
1629     // Must be rooted in a declaration reference.
1630     if (!BaseDecl)
1631       Invalid = true;
1632 
1633     // If it's a function declaration, we can't have an offset.
1634     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(BaseDecl))
1635       Invalid = !Offset.isZero();
1636 
1637     // Otherwise we're fine.
1638     else
1639       Invalid = false;
1640 
1641     if (Invalid)
1642       S.Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ptrauth_bad_constant_pointer);
1643     return Invalid;
1644   }
1645 
1646   // The discriminator argument.
1647   assert(OpKind == PAO_Discriminator);
1648 
1649   // Must be a pointer or integer or blend thereof.
1650   Expr *Pointer = nullptr;
1651   Expr *Integer = nullptr;
1652   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParens())) {
1653     if (Call->getBuiltinCallee() ==
1654         Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_blend_discriminator) {
1655       Pointer = Call->getArg(0);
1656       Integer = Call->getArg(1);
1657     }
1658   }
1659   if (!Pointer && !Integer) {
1660     if (Arg->getType()->isPointerType())
1661       Pointer = Arg;
1662     else
1663       Integer = Arg;
1664   }
1665 
1666   // Check the pointer.
1667   bool Invalid = false;
1668   if (Pointer) {
1669     assert(Pointer->getType()->isPointerType());
1670 
1671     // TODO: if we're initializing a global, check that the address is
1672     // somehow related to what we're initializing.  This probably will
1673     // never really be feasible and we'll have to catch it at link-time.
1674     auto [BaseDecl, Offset] = findConstantBaseAndOffset(S, Pointer);
1675     if (!BaseDecl || !isa<VarDecl>(BaseDecl))
1676       Invalid = true;
1677   }
1678 
1679   // Check the integer.
1680   if (Integer) {
1681     assert(Integer->getType()->isIntegerType());
1682     if (!Integer->isEvaluatable(S.Context))
1683       Invalid = true;
1684   }
1685 
1686   if (Invalid)
1687     S.Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ptrauth_bad_constant_discriminator);
1688   return Invalid;
1689 }
1690 
1691 static ExprResult PointerAuthStrip(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
1692   if (S.checkArgCount(Call, 2))
1693     return ExprError();
1694   if (checkPointerAuthEnabled(S, Call))
1695     return ExprError();
1696   if (checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[0], PAO_Strip) ||
1697       checkPointerAuthKey(S, Call->getArgs()[1]))
1698     return ExprError();
1699 
1700   Call->setType(Call->getArgs()[0]->getType());
1701   return Call;
1702 }
1703 
1704 static ExprResult PointerAuthBlendDiscriminator(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
1705   if (S.checkArgCount(Call, 2))
1706     return ExprError();
1707   if (checkPointerAuthEnabled(S, Call))
1708     return ExprError();
1709   if (checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[0], PAO_BlendPointer) ||
1710       checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[1], PAO_BlendInteger))
1711     return ExprError();
1712 
1713   Call->setType(S.Context.getUIntPtrType());
1714   return Call;
1715 }
1716 
1717 static ExprResult PointerAuthSignGenericData(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
1718   if (S.checkArgCount(Call, 2))
1719     return ExprError();
1720   if (checkPointerAuthEnabled(S, Call))
1721     return ExprError();
1722   if (checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[0], PAO_SignGeneric) ||
1723       checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[1], PAO_Discriminator))
1724     return ExprError();
1725 
1726   Call->setType(S.Context.getUIntPtrType());
1727   return Call;
1728 }
1729 
1730 static ExprResult PointerAuthSignOrAuth(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call,
1731                                         PointerAuthOpKind OpKind,
1732                                         bool RequireConstant) {
1733   if (S.checkArgCount(Call, 3))
1734     return ExprError();
1735   if (checkPointerAuthEnabled(S, Call))
1736     return ExprError();
1737   if (checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[0], OpKind, RequireConstant) ||
1738       checkPointerAuthKey(S, Call->getArgs()[1]) ||
1739       checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[2], PAO_Discriminator,
1740                             RequireConstant))
1741     return ExprError();
1742 
1743   Call->setType(Call->getArgs()[0]->getType());
1744   return Call;
1745 }
1746 
1747 static ExprResult PointerAuthAuthAndResign(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
1748   if (S.checkArgCount(Call, 5))
1749     return ExprError();
1750   if (checkPointerAuthEnabled(S, Call))
1751     return ExprError();
1752   if (checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[0], PAO_Auth) ||
1753       checkPointerAuthKey(S, Call->getArgs()[1]) ||
1754       checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[2], PAO_Discriminator) ||
1755       checkPointerAuthKey(S, Call->getArgs()[3]) ||
1756       checkPointerAuthValue(S, Call->getArgs()[4], PAO_Discriminator))
1757     return ExprError();
1758 
1759   Call->setType(Call->getArgs()[0]->getType());
1760   return Call;
1761 }
1762 
1763 static ExprResult PointerAuthStringDiscriminator(Sema &S, CallExpr *Call) {
1764   if (checkPointerAuthEnabled(S, Call))
1765     return ExprError();
1766 
1767   // We've already performed normal call type-checking.
1768   const Expr *Arg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
1769 
1770   // Operand must be an ordinary or UTF-8 string literal.
1771   const auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
1772   if (!Literal || Literal->getCharByteWidth() != 1) {
1773     S.Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ptrauth_string_not_literal)
1774         << (Literal ? 1 : 0) << Arg->getSourceRange();
1775     return ExprError();
1776   }
1777 
1778   return Call;
1779 }
1780 
1781 static ExprResult BuiltinLaunder(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1782   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
1783     return ExprError();
1784 
1785   // Compute __builtin_launder's parameter type from the argument.
1786   // The parameter type is:
1787   //  * The type of the argument if it's not an array or function type,
1788   //  Otherwise,
1789   //  * The decayed argument type.
1790   QualType ParamTy = [&]() {
1791     QualType ArgTy = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
1792     if (const ArrayType *Ty = ArgTy->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
1793       return S.Context.getPointerType(Ty->getElementType());
1794     if (ArgTy->isFunctionType()) {
1795       return S.Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
1796     }
1797     return ArgTy;
1798   }();
1799 
1800   TheCall->setType(ParamTy);
1801 
1802   auto DiagSelect = [&]() -> std::optional<unsigned> {
1803     if (!ParamTy->isPointerType())
1804       return 0;
1805     if (ParamTy->isFunctionPointerType())
1806       return 1;
1807     if (ParamTy->isVoidPointerType())
1808       return 2;
1809     return std::optional<unsigned>{};
1810   }();
1811   if (DiagSelect) {
1812     S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_launder_invalid_arg)
1813         << *DiagSelect << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1814     return ExprError();
1815   }
1816 
1817   // We either have an incomplete class type, or we have a class template
1818   // whose instantiation has not been forced. Example:
1819   //
1820   //   template <class T> struct Foo { T value; };
1821   //   Foo<int> *p = nullptr;
1822   //   auto *d = __builtin_launder(p);
1823   if (S.RequireCompleteType(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), ParamTy->getPointeeType(),
1824                             diag::err_incomplete_type))
1825     return ExprError();
1826 
1827   assert(ParamTy->getPointeeType()->isObjectType() &&
1828          "Unhandled non-object pointer case");
1829 
1830   InitializedEntity Entity =
1831       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, ParamTy, false);
1832   ExprResult Arg =
1833       S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), TheCall->getArg(0));
1834   if (Arg.isInvalid())
1835     return ExprError();
1836   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
1837 
1838   return TheCall;
1839 }
1840 
1841 static ExprResult BuiltinIsWithinLifetime(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
1842   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
1843     return ExprError();
1844 
1845   ExprResult Arg = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
1846   if (Arg.isInvalid())
1847     return ExprError();
1848   QualType ParamTy = Arg.get()->getType();
1849   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
1850   TheCall->setType(S.Context.BoolTy);
1851 
1852   // Only accept pointers to objects as arguments, which should have object
1853   // pointer or void pointer types.
1854   if (const auto *PT = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1855     // LWG4138: Function pointer types not allowed
1856     if (PT->getPointeeType()->isFunctionType()) {
1857       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getExprLoc(),
1858              diag::err_builtin_is_within_lifetime_invalid_arg)
1859           << 1;
1860       return ExprError();
1861     }
1862     // Disallow VLAs too since those shouldn't be able to
1863     // be a template parameter for `std::is_within_lifetime`
1864     if (PT->getPointeeType()->isVariableArrayType()) {
1865       S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getExprLoc(), diag::err_vla_unsupported)
1866           << 1 << "__builtin_is_within_lifetime";
1867       return ExprError();
1868     }
1869   } else {
1870     S.Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getExprLoc(),
1871            diag::err_builtin_is_within_lifetime_invalid_arg)
1872         << 0;
1873     return ExprError();
1874   }
1875 
1876   return TheCall;
1877 }
1878 
1879 // Emit an error and return true if the current object format type is in the
1880 // list of unsupported types.
1881 static bool CheckBuiltinTargetNotInUnsupported(
1882     Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
1883     ArrayRef<llvm::Triple::ObjectFormatType> UnsupportedObjectFormatTypes) {
1884   llvm::Triple::ObjectFormatType CurObjFormat =
1885       S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getObjectFormat();
1886   if (llvm::is_contained(UnsupportedObjectFormatTypes, CurObjFormat)) {
1887     S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_target_unsupported)
1888         << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1889     return true;
1890   }
1891   return false;
1892 }
1893 
1894 // Emit an error and return true if the current architecture is not in the list
1895 // of supported architectures.
1896 static bool
1897 CheckBuiltinTargetInSupported(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
1898                               ArrayRef<llvm::Triple::ArchType> SupportedArchs) {
1899   llvm::Triple::ArchType CurArch =
1900       S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch();
1901   if (llvm::is_contained(SupportedArchs, CurArch))
1902     return false;
1903   S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_target_unsupported)
1904       << TheCall->getSourceRange();
1905   return true;
1906 }
1907 
1908 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S, const Expr *ArgExpr,
1909                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
1910 
1911 bool Sema::CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(const TargetInfo &TI, unsigned BuiltinID,
1912                                       CallExpr *TheCall) {
1913   switch (TI.getTriple().getArch()) {
1914   default:
1915     // Some builtins don't require additional checking, so just consider these
1916     // acceptable.
1917     return false;
1918   case llvm::Triple::arm:
1919   case llvm::Triple::armeb:
1920   case llvm::Triple::thumb:
1921   case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
1922     return ARM().CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1923   case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
1924   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_32:
1925   case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be:
1926     return ARM().CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1927   case llvm::Triple::bpfeb:
1928   case llvm::Triple::bpfel:
1929     return BPF().CheckBPFBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
1930   case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
1931     return Hexagon().CheckHexagonBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
1932   case llvm::Triple::mips:
1933   case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
1934   case llvm::Triple::mips64:
1935   case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
1936     return MIPS().CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1937   case llvm::Triple::systemz:
1938     return SystemZ().CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
1939   case llvm::Triple::x86:
1940   case llvm::Triple::x86_64:
1941     return X86().CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1942   case llvm::Triple::ppc:
1943   case llvm::Triple::ppcle:
1944   case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
1945   case llvm::Triple::ppc64le:
1946     return PPC().CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1947   case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
1948     return AMDGPU().CheckAMDGCNBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
1949   case llvm::Triple::riscv32:
1950   case llvm::Triple::riscv64:
1951     return RISCV().CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1952   case llvm::Triple::loongarch32:
1953   case llvm::Triple::loongarch64:
1954     return LoongArch().CheckLoongArchBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID,
1955                                                          TheCall);
1956   case llvm::Triple::wasm32:
1957   case llvm::Triple::wasm64:
1958     return Wasm().CheckWebAssemblyBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1959   case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
1960   case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
1961     return NVPTX().CheckNVPTXBuiltinFunctionCall(TI, BuiltinID, TheCall);
1962   }
1963 }
1964 
1965 // Check if \p Ty is a valid type for the elementwise math builtins. If it is
1966 // not a valid type, emit an error message and return true. Otherwise return
1967 // false.
1968 static bool checkMathBuiltinElementType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1969                                         QualType ArgTy, int ArgIndex) {
1970   if (!ArgTy->getAs<VectorType>() &&
1971       !ConstantMatrixType::isValidElementType(ArgTy)) {
1972     return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
1973            << ArgIndex << /* vector, integer or float ty*/ 0 << ArgTy;
1974   }
1975 
1976   return false;
1977 }
1978 
1979 static bool checkFPMathBuiltinElementType(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1980                                           QualType ArgTy, int ArgIndex) {
1981   QualType EltTy = ArgTy;
1982   if (auto *VecTy = EltTy->getAs<VectorType>())
1983     EltTy = VecTy->getElementType();
1984 
1985   if (!EltTy->isRealFloatingType()) {
1986     return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
1987            << ArgIndex << /* vector or float ty*/ 5 << ArgTy;
1988   }
1989 
1990   return false;
1991 }
1992 
1993 /// BuiltinCpu{Supports|Is} - Handle __builtin_cpu_{supports|is}(char *).
1994 /// This checks that the target supports the builtin and that the string
1995 /// argument is constant and valid.
1996 static bool BuiltinCpu(Sema &S, const TargetInfo &TI, CallExpr *TheCall,
1997                        const TargetInfo *AuxTI, unsigned BuiltinID) {
1998   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_cpu_supports ||
1999           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_cpu_is) &&
2000          "Expecting __builtin_cpu_...");
2001 
2002   bool IsCPUSupports = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_cpu_supports;
2003   const TargetInfo *TheTI = &TI;
2004   auto SupportsBI = [=](const TargetInfo *TInfo) {
2005     return TInfo && ((IsCPUSupports && TInfo->supportsCpuSupports()) ||
2006                      (!IsCPUSupports && TInfo->supportsCpuIs()));
2007   };
2008   if (!SupportsBI(&TI) && SupportsBI(AuxTI))
2009     TheTI = AuxTI;
2010 
2011   if ((!IsCPUSupports && !TheTI->supportsCpuIs()) ||
2012       (IsCPUSupports && !TheTI->supportsCpuSupports()))
2013     return S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
2014                   TI.getTriple().isOSAIX()
2015                       ? diag::err_builtin_aix_os_unsupported
2016                       : diag::err_builtin_target_unsupported)
2017            << SourceRange(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getEndLoc());
2018 
2019   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2020   // Check if the argument is a string literal.
2021   if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg))
2022     return S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
2023            << Arg->getSourceRange();
2024 
2025   // Check the contents of the string.
2026   StringRef Feature = cast<StringLiteral>(Arg)->getString();
2027   if (IsCPUSupports && !TheTI->validateCpuSupports(Feature)) {
2028     S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_invalid_cpu_supports)
2029         << Arg->getSourceRange();
2030     return false;
2031   }
2032   if (!IsCPUSupports && !TheTI->validateCpuIs(Feature))
2033     return S.Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_cpu_is)
2034            << Arg->getSourceRange();
2035   return false;
2036 }
2037 
2038 /// Checks that __builtin_popcountg was called with a single argument, which is
2039 /// an unsigned integer.
2040 static bool BuiltinPopcountg(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
2041   if (S.checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
2042     return true;
2043 
2044   ExprResult ArgRes = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
2045   if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
2046     return true;
2047 
2048   Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get();
2049   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg);
2050 
2051   QualType ArgTy = Arg->getType();
2052 
2053   if (!ArgTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
2054     S.Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2055         << 1 << /*unsigned integer ty*/ 7 << ArgTy;
2056     return true;
2057   }
2058   return false;
2059 }
2060 
2061 /// Checks that __builtin_{clzg,ctzg} was called with a first argument, which is
2062 /// an unsigned integer, and an optional second argument, which is promoted to
2063 /// an 'int'.
2064 static bool BuiltinCountZeroBitsGeneric(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall) {
2065   if (S.checkArgCountRange(TheCall, 1, 2))
2066     return true;
2067 
2068   ExprResult Arg0Res = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
2069   if (Arg0Res.isInvalid())
2070     return true;
2071 
2072   Expr *Arg0 = Arg0Res.get();
2073   TheCall->setArg(0, Arg0);
2074 
2075   QualType Arg0Ty = Arg0->getType();
2076 
2077   if (!Arg0Ty->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
2078     S.Diag(Arg0->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2079         << 1 << /*unsigned integer ty*/ 7 << Arg0Ty;
2080     return true;
2081   }
2082 
2083   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() > 1) {
2084     ExprResult Arg1Res = S.UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(1));
2085     if (Arg1Res.isInvalid())
2086       return true;
2087 
2088     Expr *Arg1 = Arg1Res.get();
2089     TheCall->setArg(1, Arg1);
2090 
2091     QualType Arg1Ty = Arg1->getType();
2092 
2093     if (!Arg1Ty->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Int)) {
2094       S.Diag(Arg1->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2095           << 2 << /*'int' ty*/ 8 << Arg1Ty;
2096       return true;
2097     }
2098   }
2099 
2100   return false;
2101 }
2102 
2103 ExprResult
2104 Sema::CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, unsigned BuiltinID,
2105                                CallExpr *TheCall) {
2106   ExprResult TheCallResult(TheCall);
2107 
2108   // Find out if any arguments are required to be integer constant expressions.
2109   unsigned ICEArguments = 0;
2110   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2111   Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error, &ICEArguments);
2112   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
2113     ICEArguments = 0;  // Don't diagnose previously diagnosed errors.
2114 
2115   // If any arguments are required to be ICE's, check and diagnose.
2116   for (unsigned ArgNo = 0; ICEArguments != 0; ++ArgNo) {
2117     // Skip arguments not required to be ICE's.
2118     if ((ICEArguments & (1 << ArgNo)) == 0) continue;
2119 
2120     llvm::APSInt Result;
2121     // If we don't have enough arguments, continue so we can issue better
2122     // diagnostic in checkArgCount(...)
2123     if (ArgNo < TheCall->getNumArgs() &&
2124         BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNo, Result))
2125       return true;
2126     ICEArguments &= ~(1 << ArgNo);
2127   }
2128 
2129   FPOptions FPO;
2130   switch (BuiltinID) {
2131   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cpu_supports:
2132   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cpu_is:
2133     if (BuiltinCpu(*this, Context.getTargetInfo(), TheCall,
2134                    Context.getAuxTargetInfo(), BuiltinID))
2135       return ExprError();
2136     break;
2137   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cpu_init:
2138     if (!Context.getTargetInfo().supportsCpuInit()) {
2139       Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_target_unsupported)
2140           << SourceRange(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getEndLoc());
2141       return ExprError();
2142     }
2143     break;
2144   case Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString:
2145     // CFStringMakeConstantString is currently not implemented for GOFF (i.e.,
2146     // on z/OS) and for XCOFF (i.e., on AIX). Emit unsupported
2147     if (CheckBuiltinTargetNotInUnsupported(
2148             *this, BuiltinID, TheCall,
2149             {llvm::Triple::GOFF, llvm::Triple::XCOFF}))
2150       return ExprError();
2151     assert(TheCall->getNumArgs() == 1 &&
2152            "Wrong # arguments to builtin CFStringMakeConstantString");
2153     if (ObjC().CheckObjCString(TheCall->getArg(0)))
2154       return ExprError();
2155     break;
2156   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ms_va_start:
2157   case Builtin::BI__builtin_stdarg_start:
2158   case Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start:
2159     if (BuiltinVAStart(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2160       return ExprError();
2161     break;
2162   case Builtin::BI__va_start: {
2163     switch (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().getArch()) {
2164     case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
2165     case llvm::Triple::arm:
2166     case llvm::Triple::thumb:
2167       if (BuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(TheCall))
2168         return ExprError();
2169       break;
2170     default:
2171       if (BuiltinVAStart(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2172         return ExprError();
2173       break;
2174     }
2175     break;
2176   }
2177 
2178   // The acquire, release, and no fence variants are ARM and AArch64 only.
2179   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandset_acq:
2180   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandset_rel:
2181   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandset_nf:
2182   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandreset_acq:
2183   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandreset_rel:
2184   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandreset_nf:
2185     if (CheckBuiltinTargetInSupported(
2186             *this, TheCall,
2187             {llvm::Triple::arm, llvm::Triple::thumb, llvm::Triple::aarch64}))
2188       return ExprError();
2189     break;
2190 
2191   // The 64-bit bittest variants are x64, ARM, and AArch64 only.
2192   case Builtin::BI_bittest64:
2193   case Builtin::BI_bittestandcomplement64:
2194   case Builtin::BI_bittestandreset64:
2195   case Builtin::BI_bittestandset64:
2196   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandreset64:
2197   case Builtin::BI_interlockedbittestandset64:
2198     if (CheckBuiltinTargetInSupported(
2199             *this, TheCall,
2200             {llvm::Triple::x86_64, llvm::Triple::arm, llvm::Triple::thumb,
2201              llvm::Triple::aarch64, llvm::Triple::amdgcn}))
2202       return ExprError();
2203     break;
2204 
2205   case Builtin::BI__builtin_set_flt_rounds:
2206     if (CheckBuiltinTargetInSupported(
2207             *this, TheCall,
2208             {llvm::Triple::x86, llvm::Triple::x86_64, llvm::Triple::arm,
2209              llvm::Triple::thumb, llvm::Triple::aarch64, llvm::Triple::amdgcn,
2210              llvm::Triple::ppc, llvm::Triple::ppc64, llvm::Triple::ppcle,
2211              llvm::Triple::ppc64le}))
2212       return ExprError();
2213     break;
2214 
2215   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreater:
2216   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isgreaterequal:
2217   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isless:
2218   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessequal:
2219   case Builtin::BI__builtin_islessgreater:
2220   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered:
2221     if (BuiltinUnorderedCompare(TheCall, BuiltinID))
2222       return ExprError();
2223     break;
2224   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fpclassify:
2225     if (BuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 6, BuiltinID))
2226       return ExprError();
2227     break;
2228   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfpclass:
2229     if (BuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 2, BuiltinID))
2230       return ExprError();
2231     break;
2232   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite:
2233   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf:
2234   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign:
2235   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan:
2236   case Builtin::BI__builtin_issignaling:
2237   case Builtin::BI__builtin_isnormal:
2238   case Builtin::BI__builtin_issubnormal:
2239   case Builtin::BI__builtin_iszero:
2240   case Builtin::BI__builtin_signbit:
2241   case Builtin::BI__builtin_signbitf:
2242   case Builtin::BI__builtin_signbitl:
2243     if (BuiltinFPClassification(TheCall, 1, BuiltinID))
2244       return ExprError();
2245     break;
2246   case Builtin::BI__builtin_shufflevector:
2247     return BuiltinShuffleVector(TheCall);
2248     // TheCall will be freed by the smart pointer here, but that's fine, since
2249     // BuiltinShuffleVector guts it, but then doesn't release it.
2250   case Builtin::BI__builtin_prefetch:
2251     if (BuiltinPrefetch(TheCall))
2252       return ExprError();
2253     break;
2254   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_with_align:
2255   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_with_align_uninitialized:
2256     if (BuiltinAllocaWithAlign(TheCall))
2257       return ExprError();
2258     [[fallthrough]];
2259   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca:
2260   case Builtin::BI__builtin_alloca_uninitialized:
2261     Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_alloca)
2262         << TheCall->getDirectCallee();
2263     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
2264       builtinAllocaAddrSpace(*this, TheCall);
2265     }
2266     break;
2267   case Builtin::BI__arithmetic_fence:
2268     if (BuiltinArithmeticFence(TheCall))
2269       return ExprError();
2270     break;
2271   case Builtin::BI__assume:
2272   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume:
2273     if (BuiltinAssume(TheCall))
2274       return ExprError();
2275     break;
2276   case Builtin::BI__builtin_assume_aligned:
2277     if (BuiltinAssumeAligned(TheCall))
2278       return ExprError();
2279     break;
2280   case Builtin::BI__builtin_dynamic_object_size:
2281   case Builtin::BI__builtin_object_size:
2282     if (BuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, 3))
2283       return ExprError();
2284     break;
2285   case Builtin::BI__builtin_longjmp:
2286     if (BuiltinLongjmp(TheCall))
2287       return ExprError();
2288     break;
2289   case Builtin::BI__builtin_setjmp:
2290     if (BuiltinSetjmp(TheCall))
2291       return ExprError();
2292     break;
2293   case Builtin::BI__builtin_classify_type:
2294     if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
2295       return true;
2296     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
2297     break;
2298   case Builtin::BI__builtin_complex:
2299     if (BuiltinComplex(TheCall))
2300       return ExprError();
2301     break;
2302   case Builtin::BI__builtin_constant_p: {
2303     if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
2304       return true;
2305     ExprResult Arg = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
2306     if (Arg.isInvalid()) return true;
2307     TheCall->setArg(0, Arg.get());
2308     TheCall->setType(Context.IntTy);
2309     break;
2310   }
2311   case Builtin::BI__builtin_launder:
2312     return BuiltinLaunder(*this, TheCall);
2313   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_within_lifetime:
2314     return BuiltinIsWithinLifetime(*this, TheCall);
2315   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
2316   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
2317   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
2318   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
2319   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
2320   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
2321   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
2322   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
2323   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
2324   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
2325   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
2326   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
2327   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
2328   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
2329   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
2330   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
2331   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
2332   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
2333   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
2334   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
2335   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
2336   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
2337   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
2338   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
2339   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
2340   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
2341   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
2342   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
2343   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
2344   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
2345   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
2346   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
2347   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
2348   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
2349   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
2350   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
2351   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
2352   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
2353   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
2354   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
2355   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
2356   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
2357   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
2358   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
2359   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
2360   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
2361   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
2362   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
2363   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
2364   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
2365   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
2366   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
2367   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
2368   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
2369   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
2370   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
2371   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
2372   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
2373   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
2374   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
2375   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
2376   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
2377   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
2378   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
2379   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
2380   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
2381   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
2382   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
2383   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
2384   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
2385   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
2386   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
2387   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
2388   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
2389   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
2390   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
2391   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
2392   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
2393   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
2394   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
2395   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
2396   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
2397   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
2398   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
2399   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
2400   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
2401   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
2402   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
2403   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
2404   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
2405   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
2406   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
2407   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
2408   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
2409   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
2410   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
2411   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
2412   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
2413   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
2414   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
2415   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
2416   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
2417     return BuiltinAtomicOverloaded(TheCallResult);
2418   case Builtin::BI__sync_synchronize:
2419     Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst)
2420         << TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange();
2421     break;
2422   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load:
2423   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store:
2424     return BuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(TheCallResult);
2425   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memcpy_inline: {
2426     clang::Expr *SizeOp = TheCall->getArg(2);
2427     // We warn about copying to or from `nullptr` pointers when `size` is
2428     // greater than 0. When `size` is value dependent we cannot evaluate its
2429     // value so we bail out.
2430     if (SizeOp->isValueDependent())
2431       break;
2432     if (!SizeOp->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context).isZero()) {
2433       CheckNonNullArgument(*this, TheCall->getArg(0), TheCall->getExprLoc());
2434       CheckNonNullArgument(*this, TheCall->getArg(1), TheCall->getExprLoc());
2435     }
2436     break;
2437   }
2438   case Builtin::BI__builtin_memset_inline: {
2439     clang::Expr *SizeOp = TheCall->getArg(2);
2440     // We warn about filling to `nullptr` pointers when `size` is greater than
2441     // 0. When `size` is value dependent we cannot evaluate its value so we bail
2442     // out.
2443     if (SizeOp->isValueDependent())
2444       break;
2445     if (!SizeOp->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context).isZero())
2446       CheckNonNullArgument(*this, TheCall->getArg(0), TheCall->getExprLoc());
2447     break;
2448   }
2449 #define BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)
2450 #define ATOMIC_BUILTIN(ID, TYPE, ATTRS)                                        \
2451   case Builtin::BI##ID:                                                        \
2452     return AtomicOpsOverloaded(TheCallResult, AtomicExpr::AO##ID);
2453 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.inc"
2454   case Builtin::BI__annotation:
2455     if (BuiltinMSVCAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
2456       return ExprError();
2457     break;
2458   case Builtin::BI__builtin_annotation:
2459     if (BuiltinAnnotation(*this, TheCall))
2460       return ExprError();
2461     break;
2462   case Builtin::BI__builtin_addressof:
2463     if (BuiltinAddressof(*this, TheCall))
2464       return ExprError();
2465     break;
2466   case Builtin::BI__builtin_function_start:
2467     if (BuiltinFunctionStart(*this, TheCall))
2468       return ExprError();
2469     break;
2470   case Builtin::BI__builtin_is_aligned:
2471   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_up:
2472   case Builtin::BI__builtin_align_down:
2473     if (BuiltinAlignment(*this, TheCall, BuiltinID))
2474       return ExprError();
2475     break;
2476   case Builtin::BI__builtin_add_overflow:
2477   case Builtin::BI__builtin_sub_overflow:
2478   case Builtin::BI__builtin_mul_overflow:
2479     if (BuiltinOverflow(*this, TheCall, BuiltinID))
2480       return ExprError();
2481     break;
2482   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_new:
2483   case Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete: {
2484     bool IsDelete = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_operator_delete;
2485     ExprResult Res =
2486         BuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(TheCallResult, IsDelete);
2487     if (Res.isInvalid())
2488       CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(TheCallResult.get());
2489     return Res;
2490   }
2491   case Builtin::BI__builtin_dump_struct:
2492     return BuiltinDumpStruct(*this, TheCall);
2493   case Builtin::BI__builtin_expect_with_probability: {
2494     // We first want to ensure we are called with 3 arguments
2495     if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 3))
2496       return ExprError();
2497     // then check probability is constant float in range [0.0, 1.0]
2498     const Expr *ProbArg = TheCall->getArg(2);
2499     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
2500     Expr::EvalResult Eval;
2501     Eval.Diag = &Notes;
2502     if ((!ProbArg->EvaluateAsConstantExpr(Eval, Context)) ||
2503         !Eval.Val.isFloat()) {
2504       Diag(ProbArg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_probability_not_constant_float)
2505           << ProbArg->getSourceRange();
2506       for (const PartialDiagnosticAt &PDiag : Notes)
2507         Diag(PDiag.first, PDiag.second);
2508       return ExprError();
2509     }
2510     llvm::APFloat Probability = Eval.Val.getFloat();
2511     bool LoseInfo = false;
2512     Probability.convert(llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble(),
2513                         llvm::RoundingMode::Dynamic, &LoseInfo);
2514     if (!(Probability >= llvm::APFloat(0.0) &&
2515           Probability <= llvm::APFloat(1.0))) {
2516       Diag(ProbArg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_probability_out_of_range)
2517           << ProbArg->getSourceRange();
2518       return ExprError();
2519     }
2520     break;
2521   }
2522   case Builtin::BI__builtin_preserve_access_index:
2523     if (BuiltinPreserveAI(*this, TheCall))
2524       return ExprError();
2525     break;
2526   case Builtin::BI__builtin_call_with_static_chain:
2527     if (BuiltinCallWithStaticChain(*this, TheCall))
2528       return ExprError();
2529     break;
2530   case Builtin::BI__exception_code:
2531   case Builtin::BI_exception_code:
2532     if (BuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHExceptScope,
2533                              diag::err_seh___except_block))
2534       return ExprError();
2535     break;
2536   case Builtin::BI__exception_info:
2537   case Builtin::BI_exception_info:
2538     if (BuiltinSEHScopeCheck(*this, TheCall, Scope::SEHFilterScope,
2539                              diag::err_seh___except_filter))
2540       return ExprError();
2541     break;
2542   case Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo:
2543     if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
2544       return ExprError();
2545 
2546     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(
2547             TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
2548             Context.getExceptionObjectType(FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType()),
2549             TheCall))
2550       return ExprError();
2551 
2552     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
2553     break;
2554   case Builtin::BIaddressof:
2555   case Builtin::BI__addressof:
2556   case Builtin::BIforward:
2557   case Builtin::BIforward_like:
2558   case Builtin::BImove:
2559   case Builtin::BImove_if_noexcept:
2560   case Builtin::BIas_const: {
2561     // These are all expected to be of the form
2562     //   T &/&&/* f(U &/&&)
2563     // where T and U only differ in qualification.
2564     if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
2565       return ExprError();
2566     QualType Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
2567     QualType Result = FDecl->getReturnType();
2568     bool ReturnsPointer = BuiltinID == Builtin::BIaddressof ||
2569                           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__addressof;
2570     if (!(Param->isReferenceType() &&
2571           (ReturnsPointer ? Result->isAnyPointerType()
2572                           : Result->isReferenceType()) &&
2573           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Param->getPointeeType(),
2574                                          Result->getPointeeType()))) {
2575       Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_move_forward_unsupported)
2576           << FDecl;
2577       return ExprError();
2578     }
2579     break;
2580   }
2581   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_strip:
2582     return PointerAuthStrip(*this, TheCall);
2583   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_blend_discriminator:
2584     return PointerAuthBlendDiscriminator(*this, TheCall);
2585   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_constant:
2586     return PointerAuthSignOrAuth(*this, TheCall, PAO_Sign,
2587                                  /*RequireConstant=*/true);
2588   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_unauthenticated:
2589     return PointerAuthSignOrAuth(*this, TheCall, PAO_Sign,
2590                                  /*RequireConstant=*/false);
2591   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_auth:
2592     return PointerAuthSignOrAuth(*this, TheCall, PAO_Auth,
2593                                  /*RequireConstant=*/false);
2594   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_sign_generic_data:
2595     return PointerAuthSignGenericData(*this, TheCall);
2596   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_auth_and_resign:
2597     return PointerAuthAuthAndResign(*this, TheCall);
2598   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ptrauth_string_discriminator:
2599     return PointerAuthStringDiscriminator(*this, TheCall);
2600   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.16 - Pipe functions
2601   case Builtin::BIread_pipe:
2602   case Builtin::BIwrite_pipe:
2603     // Since those two functions are declared with var args, we need a semantic
2604     // check for the argument.
2605     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinRWPipe(TheCall))
2606       return ExprError();
2607     break;
2608   case Builtin::BIreserve_read_pipe:
2609   case Builtin::BIreserve_write_pipe:
2610   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_read_pipe:
2611   case Builtin::BIwork_group_reserve_write_pipe:
2612     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinReserveRWPipe(TheCall))
2613       return ExprError();
2614     break;
2615   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_read_pipe:
2616   case Builtin::BIsub_group_reserve_write_pipe:
2617     if (OpenCL().checkSubgroupExt(TheCall) ||
2618         OpenCL().checkBuiltinReserveRWPipe(TheCall))
2619       return ExprError();
2620     break;
2621   case Builtin::BIcommit_read_pipe:
2622   case Builtin::BIcommit_write_pipe:
2623   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_read_pipe:
2624   case Builtin::BIwork_group_commit_write_pipe:
2625     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinCommitRWPipe(TheCall))
2626       return ExprError();
2627     break;
2628   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_read_pipe:
2629   case Builtin::BIsub_group_commit_write_pipe:
2630     if (OpenCL().checkSubgroupExt(TheCall) ||
2631         OpenCL().checkBuiltinCommitRWPipe(TheCall))
2632       return ExprError();
2633     break;
2634   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_num_packets:
2635   case Builtin::BIget_pipe_max_packets:
2636     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinPipePackets(TheCall))
2637       return ExprError();
2638     break;
2639   case Builtin::BIto_global:
2640   case Builtin::BIto_local:
2641   case Builtin::BIto_private:
2642     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinToAddr(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2643       return ExprError();
2644     break;
2645   // OpenCL v2.0, s6.13.17 - Enqueue kernel functions.
2646   case Builtin::BIenqueue_kernel:
2647     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinEnqueueKernel(TheCall))
2648       return ExprError();
2649     break;
2650   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_work_group_size:
2651   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_preferred_work_group_size_multiple:
2652     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinKernelWorkGroupSize(TheCall))
2653       return ExprError();
2654     break;
2655   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_max_sub_group_size_for_ndrange:
2656   case Builtin::BIget_kernel_sub_group_count_for_ndrange:
2657     if (OpenCL().checkBuiltinNDRangeAndBlock(TheCall))
2658       return ExprError();
2659     break;
2660   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format:
2661     Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
2662     [[fallthrough]];
2663   case Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size:
2664     if (BuiltinOSLogFormat(TheCall))
2665       return ExprError();
2666     break;
2667   case Builtin::BI__builtin_frame_address:
2668   case Builtin::BI__builtin_return_address: {
2669     if (BuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 0, 0, 0xFFFF))
2670       return ExprError();
2671 
2672     // -Wframe-address warning if non-zero passed to builtin
2673     // return/frame address.
2674     Expr::EvalResult Result;
2675     if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isValueDependent() &&
2676         TheCall->getArg(0)->EvaluateAsInt(Result, getASTContext()) &&
2677         Result.Val.getInt() != 0)
2678       Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_frame_address)
2679           << ((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_return_address)
2680                   ? "__builtin_return_address"
2681                   : "__builtin_frame_address")
2682           << TheCall->getSourceRange();
2683     break;
2684   }
2685 
2686   case Builtin::BI__builtin_nondeterministic_value: {
2687     if (BuiltinNonDeterministicValue(TheCall))
2688       return ExprError();
2689     break;
2690   }
2691 
2692   // __builtin_elementwise_abs restricts the element type to signed integers or
2693   // floating point types only.
2694   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_abs: {
2695     if (PrepareBuiltinElementwiseMathOneArgCall(TheCall))
2696       return ExprError();
2697 
2698     QualType ArgTy = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
2699     QualType EltTy = ArgTy;
2700 
2701     if (auto *VecTy = EltTy->getAs<VectorType>())
2702       EltTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2703     if (EltTy->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
2704       Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(),
2705            diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2706           << 1 << /* signed integer or float ty*/ 3 << ArgTy;
2707       return ExprError();
2708     }
2709     break;
2710   }
2711 
2712   // These builtins restrict the element type to floating point
2713   // types only.
2714   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_acos:
2715   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_asin:
2716   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_atan:
2717   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_ceil:
2718   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_cos:
2719   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_cosh:
2720   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_exp:
2721   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_exp2:
2722   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_floor:
2723   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_log:
2724   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_log2:
2725   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_log10:
2726   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_roundeven:
2727   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_round:
2728   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_rint:
2729   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_nearbyint:
2730   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sin:
2731   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sinh:
2732   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sqrt:
2733   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_tan:
2734   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_tanh:
2735   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_trunc:
2736   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_canonicalize: {
2737     if (PrepareBuiltinElementwiseMathOneArgCall(TheCall))
2738       return ExprError();
2739 
2740     QualType ArgTy = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
2741     if (checkFPMathBuiltinElementType(*this, TheCall->getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(),
2742                                       ArgTy, 1))
2743       return ExprError();
2744     break;
2745   }
2746   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_fma: {
2747     if (BuiltinElementwiseTernaryMath(TheCall))
2748       return ExprError();
2749     break;
2750   }
2751 
2752   // These builtins restrict the element type to floating point
2753   // types only, and take in two arguments.
2754   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_minimum:
2755   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_maximum:
2756   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_atan2:
2757   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_fmod:
2758   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_pow: {
2759     if (BuiltinElementwiseMath(TheCall, /*FPOnly=*/true))
2760       return ExprError();
2761     break;
2762   }
2763 
2764   // These builtins restrict the element type to integer
2765   // types only.
2766   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_add_sat:
2767   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_sub_sat: {
2768     if (BuiltinElementwiseMath(TheCall))
2769       return ExprError();
2770 
2771     const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2772     QualType ArgTy = Arg->getType();
2773     QualType EltTy = ArgTy;
2774 
2775     if (auto *VecTy = EltTy->getAs<VectorType>())
2776       EltTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2777 
2778     if (!EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
2779       Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2780           << 1 << /* integer ty */ 6 << ArgTy;
2781       return ExprError();
2782     }
2783     break;
2784   }
2785 
2786   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_min:
2787   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_max:
2788     if (BuiltinElementwiseMath(TheCall))
2789       return ExprError();
2790     break;
2791   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_popcount:
2792   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_bitreverse: {
2793     if (PrepareBuiltinElementwiseMathOneArgCall(TheCall))
2794       return ExprError();
2795 
2796     const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2797     QualType ArgTy = Arg->getType();
2798     QualType EltTy = ArgTy;
2799 
2800     if (auto *VecTy = EltTy->getAs<VectorType>())
2801       EltTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2802 
2803     if (!EltTy->isIntegerType()) {
2804       Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2805           << 1 << /* integer ty */ 6 << ArgTy;
2806       return ExprError();
2807     }
2808     break;
2809   }
2810 
2811   case Builtin::BI__builtin_elementwise_copysign: {
2812     if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
2813       return ExprError();
2814 
2815     ExprResult Magnitude = UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(0));
2816     ExprResult Sign = UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(1));
2817     if (Magnitude.isInvalid() || Sign.isInvalid())
2818       return ExprError();
2819 
2820     QualType MagnitudeTy = Magnitude.get()->getType();
2821     QualType SignTy = Sign.get()->getType();
2822     if (checkFPMathBuiltinElementType(*this, TheCall->getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(),
2823                                       MagnitudeTy, 1) ||
2824         checkFPMathBuiltinElementType(*this, TheCall->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(),
2825                                       SignTy, 2)) {
2826       return ExprError();
2827     }
2828 
2829     if (MagnitudeTy.getCanonicalType() != SignTy.getCanonicalType()) {
2830       return Diag(Sign.get()->getBeginLoc(),
2831                   diag::err_typecheck_call_different_arg_types)
2832              << MagnitudeTy << SignTy;
2833     }
2834 
2835     TheCall->setArg(0, Magnitude.get());
2836     TheCall->setArg(1, Sign.get());
2837     TheCall->setType(Magnitude.get()->getType());
2838     break;
2839   }
2840   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_max:
2841   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_min: {
2842     if (PrepareBuiltinReduceMathOneArgCall(TheCall))
2843       return ExprError();
2844 
2845     const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2846     const auto *TyA = Arg->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
2847 
2848     QualType ElTy;
2849     if (TyA)
2850       ElTy = TyA->getElementType();
2851     else if (Arg->getType()->isSizelessVectorType())
2852       ElTy = Arg->getType()->getSizelessVectorEltType(Context);
2853 
2854     if (ElTy.isNull()) {
2855       Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2856           << 1 << /* vector ty*/ 4 << Arg->getType();
2857       return ExprError();
2858     }
2859 
2860     TheCall->setType(ElTy);
2861     break;
2862   }
2863   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_maximum:
2864   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_minimum: {
2865     if (PrepareBuiltinReduceMathOneArgCall(TheCall))
2866       return ExprError();
2867 
2868     const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2869     const auto *TyA = Arg->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
2870 
2871     QualType ElTy;
2872     if (TyA)
2873       ElTy = TyA->getElementType();
2874     else if (Arg->getType()->isSizelessVectorType())
2875       ElTy = Arg->getType()->getSizelessVectorEltType(Context);
2876 
2877     if (ElTy.isNull() || !ElTy->isFloatingType()) {
2878       Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2879           << 1 << /* vector of floating points */ 9 << Arg->getType();
2880       return ExprError();
2881     }
2882 
2883     TheCall->setType(ElTy);
2884     break;
2885   }
2886 
2887   // These builtins support vectors of integers only.
2888   // TODO: ADD/MUL should support floating-point types.
2889   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_add:
2890   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_mul:
2891   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_xor:
2892   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_or:
2893   case Builtin::BI__builtin_reduce_and: {
2894     if (PrepareBuiltinReduceMathOneArgCall(TheCall))
2895       return ExprError();
2896 
2897     const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2898     const auto *TyA = Arg->getType()->getAs<VectorType>();
2899 
2900     QualType ElTy;
2901     if (TyA)
2902       ElTy = TyA->getElementType();
2903     else if (Arg->getType()->isSizelessVectorType())
2904       ElTy = Arg->getType()->getSizelessVectorEltType(Context);
2905 
2906     if (ElTy.isNull() || !ElTy->isIntegerType()) {
2907       Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
2908           << 1  << /* vector of integers */ 6 << Arg->getType();
2909       return ExprError();
2910     }
2911 
2912     TheCall->setType(ElTy);
2913     break;
2914   }
2915 
2916   case Builtin::BI__builtin_matrix_transpose:
2917     return BuiltinMatrixTranspose(TheCall, TheCallResult);
2918 
2919   case Builtin::BI__builtin_matrix_column_major_load:
2920     return BuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(TheCall, TheCallResult);
2921 
2922   case Builtin::BI__builtin_matrix_column_major_store:
2923     return BuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(TheCall, TheCallResult);
2924 
2925   case Builtin::BI__builtin_verbose_trap:
2926     if (!checkBuiltinVerboseTrap(TheCall, *this))
2927       return ExprError();
2928     break;
2929 
2930   case Builtin::BI__builtin_get_device_side_mangled_name: {
2931     auto Check = [](CallExpr *TheCall) {
2932       if (TheCall->getNumArgs() != 1)
2933         return false;
2934       auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getArg(0)->IgnoreImpCasts());
2935       if (!DRE)
2936         return false;
2937       auto *D = DRE->getDecl();
2938       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && !isa<VarDecl>(D))
2939         return false;
2940       return D->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>() || D->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
2941              D->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>() || D->hasAttr<HIPManagedAttr>();
2942     };
2943     if (!Check(TheCall)) {
2944       Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
2945            diag::err_hip_invalid_args_builtin_mangled_name);
2946       return ExprError();
2947     }
2948     break;
2949   }
2950   case Builtin::BI__builtin_popcountg:
2951     if (BuiltinPopcountg(*this, TheCall))
2952       return ExprError();
2953     break;
2954   case Builtin::BI__builtin_clzg:
2955   case Builtin::BI__builtin_ctzg:
2956     if (BuiltinCountZeroBitsGeneric(*this, TheCall))
2957       return ExprError();
2958     break;
2959 
2960   case Builtin::BI__builtin_allow_runtime_check: {
2961     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
2962     // Check if the argument is a string literal.
2963     if (!isa<StringLiteral>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
2964       Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_string_literal)
2965           << Arg->getSourceRange();
2966       return ExprError();
2967     }
2968     break;
2969   }
2970   case Builtin::BI__builtin_counted_by_ref:
2971     if (BuiltinCountedByRef(TheCall))
2972       return ExprError();
2973     break;
2974   }
2975 
2976   if (getLangOpts().HLSL && HLSL().CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall))
2977     return ExprError();
2978 
2979   // Since the target specific builtins for each arch overlap, only check those
2980   // of the arch we are compiling for.
2981   if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID)) {
2982     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) {
2983       assert(Context.getAuxTargetInfo() &&
2984              "Aux Target Builtin, but not an aux target?");
2985 
2986       if (CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(
2987               *Context.getAuxTargetInfo(),
2988               Context.BuiltinInfo.getAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID), TheCall))
2989         return ExprError();
2990     } else {
2991       if (CheckTSBuiltinFunctionCall(Context.getTargetInfo(), BuiltinID,
2992                                      TheCall))
2993         return ExprError();
2994     }
2995   }
2996 
2997   return TheCallResult;
2998 }
2999 
3000 bool Sema::ValueIsRunOfOnes(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned ArgNum) {
3001   llvm::APSInt Result;
3002   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
3003   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
3004   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
3005     return false;
3006 
3007   // Check constant-ness first.
3008   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
3009     return true;
3010 
3011   // Check contiguous run of 1s, 0xFF0000FF is also a run of 1s.
3012   if (Result.isShiftedMask() || (~Result).isShiftedMask())
3013     return false;
3014 
3015   return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
3016               diag::err_argument_not_contiguous_bit_field)
3017          << ArgNum << Arg->getSourceRange();
3018 }
3019 
3020 bool Sema::getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
3021                                bool IsVariadic, FormatStringInfo *FSI) {
3022   if (Format->getFirstArg() == 0)
3023     FSI->ArgPassingKind = FAPK_VAList;
3024   else if (IsVariadic)
3025     FSI->ArgPassingKind = FAPK_Variadic;
3026   else
3027     FSI->ArgPassingKind = FAPK_Fixed;
3028   FSI->FormatIdx = Format->getFormatIdx() - 1;
3029   FSI->FirstDataArg =
3030       FSI->ArgPassingKind == FAPK_VAList ? 0 : Format->getFirstArg() - 1;
3031 
3032   // The way the format attribute works in GCC, the implicit this argument
3033   // of member functions is counted. However, it doesn't appear in our own
3034   // lists, so decrement format_idx in that case.
3035   if (IsCXXMember) {
3036     if(FSI->FormatIdx == 0)
3037       return false;
3038     --FSI->FormatIdx;
3039     if (FSI->FirstDataArg != 0)
3040       --FSI->FirstDataArg;
3041   }
3042   return true;
3043 }
3044 
3045 /// Checks if a the given expression evaluates to null.
3046 ///
3047 /// Returns true if the value evaluates to null.
3048 static bool CheckNonNullExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *Expr) {
3049   // Treat (smart) pointers constructed from nullptr as null, whether we can
3050   // const-evaluate them or not.
3051   // This must happen first: the smart pointer expr might have _Nonnull type!
3052   if (isa<CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr>(
3053           IgnoreExprNodes(Expr, IgnoreImplicitAsWrittenSingleStep,
3054                           IgnoreElidableImplicitConstructorSingleStep)))
3055     return true;
3056 
3057   // If the expression has non-null type, it doesn't evaluate to null.
3058   if (auto nullability = Expr->IgnoreImplicit()->getType()->getNullability()) {
3059     if (*nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull)
3060       return false;
3061   }
3062 
3063   // As a special case, transparent unions initialized with zero are
3064   // considered null for the purposes of the nonnull attribute.
3065   if (const RecordType *UT = Expr->getType()->getAsUnionType();
3066       UT && UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
3067     if (const auto *CLE = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(Expr))
3068       if (const auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(CLE->getInitializer()))
3069         Expr = ILE->getInit(0);
3070   }
3071 
3072   bool Result;
3073   return (!Expr->isValueDependent() &&
3074           Expr->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, S.Context) &&
3075           !Result);
3076 }
3077 
3078 static void CheckNonNullArgument(Sema &S,
3079                                  const Expr *ArgExpr,
3080                                  SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
3081   if (CheckNonNullExpr(S, ArgExpr))
3082     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(CallSiteLoc, ArgExpr,
3083                           S.PDiag(diag::warn_null_arg)
3084                               << ArgExpr->getSourceRange());
3085 }
3086 
3087 /// Determine whether the given type has a non-null nullability annotation.
3088 static bool isNonNullType(QualType type) {
3089   if (auto nullability = type->getNullability())
3090     return *nullability == NullabilityKind::NonNull;
3091 
3092   return false;
3093 }
3094 
3095 static void CheckNonNullArguments(Sema &S,
3096                                   const NamedDecl *FDecl,
3097                                   const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3098                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3099                                   SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
3100   assert((FDecl || Proto) && "Need a function declaration or prototype");
3101 
3102   // Already checked by constant evaluator.
3103   if (S.isConstantEvaluatedContext())
3104     return;
3105   // Check the attributes attached to the method/function itself.
3106   llvm::SmallBitVector NonNullArgs;
3107   if (FDecl) {
3108     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the function/method declaration itself.
3109     for (const auto *NonNull : FDecl->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
3110       if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
3111         // Easy case: all pointer arguments are nonnull.
3112         for (const auto *Arg : Args)
3113           if (S.isValidPointerAttrType(Arg->getType()))
3114             CheckNonNullArgument(S, Arg, CallSiteLoc);
3115         return;
3116       }
3117 
3118       for (const ParamIdx &Idx : NonNull->args()) {
3119         unsigned IdxAST = Idx.getASTIndex();
3120         if (IdxAST >= Args.size())
3121           continue;
3122         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
3123           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
3124         NonNullArgs.set(IdxAST);
3125       }
3126     }
3127   }
3128 
3129   if (FDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(FDecl) || isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl))) {
3130     // Handle the nonnull attribute on the parameters of the
3131     // function/method.
3132     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*> parms;
3133     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl))
3134       parms = FD->parameters();
3135     else
3136       parms = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->parameters();
3137 
3138     unsigned ParamIndex = 0;
3139     for (ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl*>::iterator I = parms.begin(), E = parms.end();
3140          I != E; ++I, ++ParamIndex) {
3141       const ParmVarDecl *PVD = *I;
3142       if (PVD->hasAttr<NonNullAttr>() || isNonNullType(PVD->getType())) {
3143         if (NonNullArgs.empty())
3144           NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
3145 
3146         NonNullArgs.set(ParamIndex);
3147       }
3148     }
3149   } else {
3150     // If we have a non-function, non-method declaration but no
3151     // function prototype, try to dig out the function prototype.
3152     if (!Proto) {
3153       if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(FDecl)) {
3154         QualType type = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3155         if (auto pointerType = type->getAs<PointerType>())
3156           type = pointerType->getPointeeType();
3157         else if (auto blockType = type->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
3158           type = blockType->getPointeeType();
3159         // FIXME: data member pointers?
3160 
3161         // Dig out the function prototype, if there is one.
3162         Proto = type->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3163       }
3164     }
3165 
3166     // Fill in non-null argument information from the nullability
3167     // information on the parameter types (if we have them).
3168     if (Proto) {
3169       unsigned Index = 0;
3170       for (auto paramType : Proto->getParamTypes()) {
3171         if (isNonNullType(paramType)) {
3172           if (NonNullArgs.empty())
3173             NonNullArgs.resize(Args.size());
3174 
3175           NonNullArgs.set(Index);
3176         }
3177 
3178         ++Index;
3179       }
3180     }
3181   }
3182 
3183   // Check for non-null arguments.
3184   for (unsigned ArgIndex = 0, ArgIndexEnd = NonNullArgs.size();
3185        ArgIndex != ArgIndexEnd; ++ArgIndex) {
3186     if (NonNullArgs[ArgIndex])
3187       CheckNonNullArgument(S, Args[ArgIndex], Args[ArgIndex]->getExprLoc());
3188   }
3189 }
3190 
3191 void Sema::CheckArgAlignment(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *FDecl,
3192                              StringRef ParamName, QualType ArgTy,
3193                              QualType ParamTy) {
3194 
3195   // If a function accepts a pointer or reference type
3196   if (!ParamTy->isPointerType() && !ParamTy->isReferenceType())
3197     return;
3198 
3199   // If the parameter is a pointer type, get the pointee type for the
3200   // argument too. If the parameter is a reference type, don't try to get
3201   // the pointee type for the argument.
3202   if (ParamTy->isPointerType())
3203     ArgTy = ArgTy->getPointeeType();
3204 
3205   // Remove reference or pointer
3206   ParamTy = ParamTy->getPointeeType();
3207 
3208   // Find expected alignment, and the actual alignment of the passed object.
3209   // getTypeAlignInChars requires complete types
3210   if (ArgTy.isNull() || ParamTy->isDependentType() ||
3211       ParamTy->isIncompleteType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteType() ||
3212       ParamTy->isUndeducedType() || ArgTy->isUndeducedType())
3213     return;
3214 
3215   CharUnits ParamAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(ParamTy);
3216   CharUnits ArgAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(ArgTy);
3217 
3218   // If the argument is less aligned than the parameter, there is a
3219   // potential alignment issue.
3220   if (ArgAlign < ParamAlign)
3221     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_param_mismatched_alignment)
3222         << (int)ArgAlign.getQuantity() << (int)ParamAlign.getQuantity()
3223         << ParamName << (FDecl != nullptr) << FDecl;
3224 }
3225 
3226 void Sema::checkLifetimeCaptureBy(FunctionDecl *FD, bool IsMemberFunction,
3227                                   const Expr *ThisArg,
3228                                   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args) {
3229   if (!FD || Args.empty())
3230     return;
3231   auto GetArgAt = [&](int Idx) -> const Expr * {
3232     if (Idx == LifetimeCaptureByAttr::GLOBAL ||
3233         Idx == LifetimeCaptureByAttr::UNKNOWN)
3234       return nullptr;
3235     if (IsMemberFunction && Idx == 0)
3236       return ThisArg;
3237     return Args[Idx - IsMemberFunction];
3238   };
3239   auto HandleCaptureByAttr = [&](const LifetimeCaptureByAttr *Attr,
3240                                  unsigned ArgIdx) {
3241     if (!Attr)
3242       return;
3243 
3244     Expr *Captured = const_cast<Expr *>(GetArgAt(ArgIdx));
3245     for (int CapturingParamIdx : Attr->params()) {
3246       // lifetime_capture_by(this) case is handled in the lifetimebound expr
3247       // initialization codepath.
3248       if (CapturingParamIdx == LifetimeCaptureByAttr::THIS &&
3249           isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
3250         continue;
3251       Expr *Capturing = const_cast<Expr *>(GetArgAt(CapturingParamIdx));
3252       CapturingEntity CE{Capturing};
3253       // Ensure that 'Captured' outlives the 'Capturing' entity.
3254       checkCaptureByLifetime(*this, CE, Captured);
3255     }
3256   };
3257   for (unsigned I = 0; I < FD->getNumParams(); ++I)
3258     HandleCaptureByAttr(FD->getParamDecl(I)->getAttr<LifetimeCaptureByAttr>(),
3259                         I + IsMemberFunction);
3260   // Check when the implicit object param is captured.
3261   if (IsMemberFunction) {
3262     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
3263     if (!TSI)
3264       return;
3265     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
3266     for (TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
3267          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
3268          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc())
3269       HandleCaptureByAttr(ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeCaptureByAttr>(), 0);
3270   }
3271 }
3272 
3273 void Sema::checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3274                      const Expr *ThisArg, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3275                      bool IsMemberFunction, SourceLocation Loc,
3276                      SourceRange Range, VariadicCallType CallType) {
3277   // FIXME: We should check as much as we can in the template definition.
3278   if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
3279     return;
3280 
3281   // Printf and scanf checking.
3282   llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs;
3283   if (FDecl) {
3284     for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
3285       // Only create vector if there are format attributes.
3286       CheckedVarArgs.resize(Args.size());
3287 
3288       CheckFormatArguments(I, Args, IsMemberFunction, CallType, Loc, Range,
3289                            CheckedVarArgs);
3290     }
3291   }
3292 
3293   // Refuse POD arguments that weren't caught by the format string
3294   // checks above.
3295   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FDecl);
3296   if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply &&
3297       (!FD || FD->getBuiltinID() != Builtin::BI__noop)) {
3298     unsigned NumParams = Proto ? Proto->getNumParams()
3299                          : isa_and_nonnull<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)
3300                              ? cast<FunctionDecl>(FDecl)->getNumParams()
3301                          : isa_and_nonnull<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)
3302                              ? cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(FDecl)->param_size()
3303                              : 0;
3304 
3305     for (unsigned ArgIdx = NumParams; ArgIdx < Args.size(); ++ArgIdx) {
3306       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
3307       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
3308         if (CheckedVarArgs.empty() || !CheckedVarArgs[ArgIdx])
3309           checkVariadicArgument(Arg, CallType);
3310       }
3311     }
3312   }
3313   if (FD)
3314     checkLifetimeCaptureBy(FD, IsMemberFunction, ThisArg, Args);
3315   if (FDecl || Proto) {
3316     CheckNonNullArguments(*this, FDecl, Proto, Args, Loc);
3317 
3318     // Type safety checking.
3319     if (FDecl) {
3320       for (const auto *I : FDecl->specific_attrs<ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr>())
3321         CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(I, Args, Loc);
3322     }
3323   }
3324 
3325   // Check that passed arguments match the alignment of original arguments.
3326   // Try to get the missing prototype from the declaration.
3327   if (!Proto && FDecl) {
3328     const auto *FT = FDecl->getFunctionType();
3329     if (isa_and_nonnull<FunctionProtoType>(FT))
3330       Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FDecl->getFunctionType());
3331   }
3332   if (Proto) {
3333     // For variadic functions, we may have more args than parameters.
3334     // For some K&R functions, we may have less args than parameters.
3335     const auto N = std::min<unsigned>(Proto->getNumParams(), Args.size());
3336     bool IsScalableRet = Proto->getReturnType()->isSizelessVectorType();
3337     bool IsScalableArg = false;
3338     for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < N; ++ArgIdx) {
3339       // Args[ArgIdx] can be null in malformed code.
3340       if (const Expr *Arg = Args[ArgIdx]) {
3341         if (Arg->containsErrors())
3342           continue;
3343 
3344         if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSAIX() && FDecl && Arg &&
3345             FDecl->hasLinkage() &&
3346             FDecl->getFormalLinkage() != Linkage::Internal &&
3347             CallType == VariadicDoesNotApply)
3348           PPC().checkAIXMemberAlignment((Arg->getExprLoc()), Arg);
3349 
3350         QualType ParamTy = Proto->getParamType(ArgIdx);
3351         if (ParamTy->isSizelessVectorType())
3352           IsScalableArg = true;
3353         QualType ArgTy = Arg->getType();
3354         CheckArgAlignment(Arg->getExprLoc(), FDecl, std::to_string(ArgIdx + 1),
3355                           ArgTy, ParamTy);
3356       }
3357     }
3358 
3359     // If the callee has an AArch64 SME attribute to indicate that it is an
3360     // __arm_streaming function, then the caller requires SME to be available.
3361     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo ExtInfo = Proto->getExtProtoInfo();
3362     if (ExtInfo.AArch64SMEAttributes & FunctionType::SME_PStateSMEnabledMask) {
3363       if (auto *CallerFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext)) {
3364         llvm::StringMap<bool> CallerFeatureMap;
3365         Context.getFunctionFeatureMap(CallerFeatureMap, CallerFD);
3366         if (!CallerFeatureMap.contains("sme"))
3367           Diag(Loc, diag::err_sme_call_in_non_sme_target);
3368       } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasFeature("sme")) {
3369         Diag(Loc, diag::err_sme_call_in_non_sme_target);
3370       }
3371     }
3372 
3373     // If the call requires a streaming-mode change and has scalable vector
3374     // arguments or return values, then warn the user that the streaming and
3375     // non-streaming vector lengths may be different.
3376     const auto *CallerFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
3377     if (CallerFD && (!FD || !FD->getBuiltinID()) &&
3378         (IsScalableArg || IsScalableRet)) {
3379       bool IsCalleeStreaming =
3380           ExtInfo.AArch64SMEAttributes & FunctionType::SME_PStateSMEnabledMask;
3381       bool IsCalleeStreamingCompatible =
3382           ExtInfo.AArch64SMEAttributes &
3383           FunctionType::SME_PStateSMCompatibleMask;
3384       SemaARM::ArmStreamingType CallerFnType = getArmStreamingFnType(CallerFD);
3385       if (!IsCalleeStreamingCompatible &&
3386           (CallerFnType == SemaARM::ArmStreamingCompatible ||
3387            ((CallerFnType == SemaARM::ArmStreaming) ^ IsCalleeStreaming))) {
3388         if (IsScalableArg)
3389           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sme_streaming_pass_return_vl_to_non_streaming)
3390               << /*IsArg=*/true;
3391         if (IsScalableRet)
3392           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_sme_streaming_pass_return_vl_to_non_streaming)
3393               << /*IsArg=*/false;
3394       }
3395     }
3396 
3397     FunctionType::ArmStateValue CalleeArmZAState =
3398         FunctionType::getArmZAState(ExtInfo.AArch64SMEAttributes);
3399     FunctionType::ArmStateValue CalleeArmZT0State =
3400         FunctionType::getArmZT0State(ExtInfo.AArch64SMEAttributes);
3401     if (CalleeArmZAState != FunctionType::ARM_None ||
3402         CalleeArmZT0State != FunctionType::ARM_None) {
3403       bool CallerHasZAState = false;
3404       bool CallerHasZT0State = false;
3405       if (CallerFD) {
3406         auto *Attr = CallerFD->getAttr<ArmNewAttr>();
3407         if (Attr && Attr->isNewZA())
3408           CallerHasZAState = true;
3409         if (Attr && Attr->isNewZT0())
3410           CallerHasZT0State = true;
3411         if (const auto *FPT = CallerFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
3412           CallerHasZAState |=
3413               FunctionType::getArmZAState(
3414                   FPT->getExtProtoInfo().AArch64SMEAttributes) !=
3415               FunctionType::ARM_None;
3416           CallerHasZT0State |=
3417               FunctionType::getArmZT0State(
3418                   FPT->getExtProtoInfo().AArch64SMEAttributes) !=
3419               FunctionType::ARM_None;
3420         }
3421       }
3422 
3423       if (CalleeArmZAState != FunctionType::ARM_None && !CallerHasZAState)
3424         Diag(Loc, diag::err_sme_za_call_no_za_state);
3425 
3426       if (CalleeArmZT0State != FunctionType::ARM_None && !CallerHasZT0State)
3427         Diag(Loc, diag::err_sme_zt0_call_no_zt0_state);
3428 
3429       if (CallerHasZAState && CalleeArmZAState == FunctionType::ARM_None &&
3430           CalleeArmZT0State != FunctionType::ARM_None) {
3431         Diag(Loc, diag::err_sme_unimplemented_za_save_restore);
3432         Diag(Loc, diag::note_sme_use_preserves_za);
3433       }
3434     }
3435   }
3436 
3437   if (FDecl && FDecl->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
3438     auto *AA = FDecl->getAttr<AllocAlignAttr>();
3439     const Expr *Arg = Args[AA->getParamIndex().getASTIndex()];
3440     if (!Arg->isValueDependent()) {
3441       Expr::EvalResult Align;
3442       if (Arg->EvaluateAsInt(Align, Context)) {
3443         const llvm::APSInt &I = Align.Val.getInt();
3444         if (!I.isPowerOf2())
3445           Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_alignment_not_power_of_two)
3446               << Arg->getSourceRange();
3447 
3448         if (I > Sema::MaximumAlignment)
3449           Diag(Arg->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_assume_aligned_too_great)
3450               << Arg->getSourceRange() << Sema::MaximumAlignment;
3451       }
3452     }
3453   }
3454 
3455   if (FD)
3456     diagnoseArgDependentDiagnoseIfAttrs(FD, ThisArg, Args, Loc);
3457 }
3458 
3459 void Sema::CheckConstrainedAuto(const AutoType *AutoT, SourceLocation Loc) {
3460   if (ConceptDecl *Decl = AutoT->getTypeConstraintConcept()) {
3461     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Decl, Loc);
3462   }
3463 }
3464 
3465 void Sema::CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, QualType ThisType,
3466                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
3467                                 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3468                                 SourceLocation Loc) {
3469   VariadicCallType CallType =
3470       Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicConstructor : VariadicDoesNotApply;
3471 
3472   auto *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FDecl);
3473   CheckArgAlignment(
3474       Loc, FDecl, "'this'", Context.getPointerType(ThisType),
3475       Context.getPointerType(Ctor->getFunctionObjectParameterType()));
3476 
3477   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, Args, /*IsMemberFunction=*/true,
3478             Loc, SourceRange(), CallType);
3479 }
3480 
3481 bool Sema::CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
3482                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
3483   bool IsMemberOperatorCall = isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(TheCall) &&
3484                               isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl);
3485   bool IsMemberFunction = isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall) ||
3486                           IsMemberOperatorCall;
3487   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(FDecl, Proto,
3488                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
3489   Expr** Args = TheCall->getArgs();
3490   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
3491 
3492   Expr *ImplicitThis = nullptr;
3493   if (IsMemberOperatorCall && !FDecl->hasCXXExplicitFunctionObjectParameter()) {
3494     // If this is a call to a member operator, hide the first
3495     // argument from checkCall.
3496     // FIXME: Our choice of AST representation here is less than ideal.
3497     ImplicitThis = Args[0];
3498     ++Args;
3499     --NumArgs;
3500   } else if (IsMemberFunction && !FDecl->isStatic() &&
3501              !FDecl->hasCXXExplicitFunctionObjectParameter())
3502     ImplicitThis =
3503         cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(TheCall)->getImplicitObjectArgument();
3504 
3505   if (ImplicitThis) {
3506     // ImplicitThis may or may not be a pointer, depending on whether . or -> is
3507     // used.
3508     QualType ThisType = ImplicitThis->getType();
3509     if (!ThisType->isPointerType()) {
3510       assert(!ThisType->isReferenceType());
3511       ThisType = Context.getPointerType(ThisType);
3512     }
3513 
3514     QualType ThisTypeFromDecl = Context.getPointerType(
3515         cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl)->getFunctionObjectParameterType());
3516 
3517     CheckArgAlignment(TheCall->getRParenLoc(), FDecl, "'this'", ThisType,
3518                       ThisTypeFromDecl);
3519   }
3520 
3521   checkCall(FDecl, Proto, ImplicitThis, llvm::ArrayRef(Args, NumArgs),
3522             IsMemberFunction, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
3523             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
3524 
3525   IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
3526   // None of the checks below are needed for functions that don't have
3527   // simple names (e.g., C++ conversion functions).
3528   if (!FnInfo)
3529     return false;
3530 
3531   // Enforce TCB except for builtin calls, which are always allowed.
3532   if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() == 0)
3533     CheckTCBEnforcement(TheCall->getExprLoc(), FDecl);
3534 
3535   CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(TheCall, FDecl);
3536   CheckMaxUnsignedZero(TheCall, FDecl);
3537   CheckInfNaNFunction(TheCall, FDecl);
3538 
3539   if (getLangOpts().ObjC)
3540     ObjC().DiagnoseCStringFormatDirectiveInCFAPI(FDecl, Args, NumArgs);
3541 
3542   unsigned CMId = FDecl->getMemoryFunctionKind();
3543 
3544   // Handle memory setting and copying functions.
3545   switch (CMId) {
3546   case 0:
3547     return false;
3548   case Builtin::BIstrlcpy: // fallthrough
3549   case Builtin::BIstrlcat:
3550     CheckStrlcpycatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
3551     break;
3552   case Builtin::BIstrncat:
3553     CheckStrncatArguments(TheCall, FnInfo);
3554     break;
3555   case Builtin::BIfree:
3556     CheckFreeArguments(TheCall);
3557     break;
3558   default:
3559     CheckMemaccessArguments(TheCall, CMId, FnInfo);
3560   }
3561 
3562   return false;
3563 }
3564 
3565 bool Sema::CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
3566                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
3567   QualType Ty;
3568   if (const auto *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NDecl))
3569     Ty = V->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3570   else if (const auto *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(NDecl))
3571     Ty = F->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3572   else
3573     return false;
3574 
3575   if (!Ty->isBlockPointerType() && !Ty->isFunctionPointerType() &&
3576       !Ty->isFunctionProtoType())
3577     return false;
3578 
3579   VariadicCallType CallType;
3580   if (!Proto || !Proto->isVariadic()) {
3581     CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply;
3582   } else if (Ty->isBlockPointerType()) {
3583     CallType = VariadicBlock;
3584   } else { // Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
3585     CallType = VariadicFunction;
3586   }
3587 
3588   checkCall(NDecl, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr,
3589             llvm::ArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
3590             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
3591             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
3592 
3593   return false;
3594 }
3595 
3596 bool Sema::CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto) {
3597   VariadicCallType CallType = getVariadicCallType(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto,
3598                                                   TheCall->getCallee());
3599   checkCall(/*FDecl=*/nullptr, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr,
3600             llvm::ArrayRef(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()),
3601             /*IsMemberFunction=*/false, TheCall->getRParenLoc(),
3602             TheCall->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), CallType);
3603 
3604   return false;
3605 }
3606 
3607 static bool isValidOrderingForOp(int64_t Ordering, AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
3608   if (!llvm::isValidAtomicOrderingCABI(Ordering))
3609     return false;
3610 
3611   auto OrderingCABI = (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Ordering;
3612   switch (Op) {
3613   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
3614   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init:
3615     llvm_unreachable("There is no ordering argument for an init");
3616 
3617   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
3618   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load:
3619   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_load:
3620   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
3621   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
3622   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_load_n:
3623   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_load:
3624     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::release &&
3625            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
3626 
3627   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
3628   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store:
3629   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_store:
3630   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
3631   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
3632   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_store:
3633   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_store_n:
3634     return OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume &&
3635            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire &&
3636            OrderingCABI != llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acq_rel;
3637 
3638   default:
3639     return true;
3640   }
3641 }
3642 
3643 ExprResult Sema::AtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
3644                                      AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op) {
3645   CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
3646   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
3647   MultiExprArg Args{TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs()};
3648   return BuildAtomicExpr({TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getEndLoc()},
3649                          DRE->getSourceRange(), TheCall->getRParenLoc(), Args,
3650                          Op);
3651 }
3652 
3653 ExprResult Sema::BuildAtomicExpr(SourceRange CallRange, SourceRange ExprRange,
3654                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc, MultiExprArg Args,
3655                                  AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op,
3656                                  AtomicArgumentOrder ArgOrder) {
3657   // All the non-OpenCL operations take one of the following forms.
3658   // The OpenCL operations take the __c11 forms with one extra argument for
3659   // synchronization scope.
3660   enum {
3661     // C    __c11_atomic_init(A *, C)
3662     Init,
3663 
3664     // C    __c11_atomic_load(A *, int)
3665     Load,
3666 
3667     // void __atomic_load(A *, CP, int)
3668     LoadCopy,
3669 
3670     // void __atomic_store(A *, CP, int)
3671     Copy,
3672 
3673     // C    __c11_atomic_add(A *, M, int)
3674     Arithmetic,
3675 
3676     // C    __atomic_exchange_n(A *, CP, int)
3677     Xchg,
3678 
3679     // void __atomic_exchange(A *, C *, CP, int)
3680     GNUXchg,
3681 
3682     // bool __c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong(A *, C *, CP, int, int)
3683     C11CmpXchg,
3684 
3685     // bool __atomic_compare_exchange(A *, C *, CP, bool, int, int)
3686     GNUCmpXchg
3687   } Form = Init;
3688 
3689   const unsigned NumForm = GNUCmpXchg + 1;
3690   const unsigned NumArgs[] = { 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 5, 6 };
3691   const unsigned NumVals[] = { 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 2, 2, 3 };
3692   // where:
3693   //   C is an appropriate type,
3694   //   A is volatile _Atomic(C) for __c11 builtins and is C for GNU builtins,
3695   //   CP is C for __c11 builtins and GNU _n builtins and is C * otherwise,
3696   //   M is C if C is an integer, and ptrdiff_t if C is a pointer, and
3697   //   the int parameters are for orderings.
3698 
3699   static_assert(sizeof(NumArgs)/sizeof(NumArgs[0]) == NumForm
3700       && sizeof(NumVals)/sizeof(NumVals[0]) == NumForm,
3701       "need to update code for modified forms");
3702   static_assert(AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch == 0 &&
3703                     AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch + 1 ==
3704                         AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong,
3705                 "need to update code for modified C11 atomics");
3706   bool IsOpenCL = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong &&
3707                   Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store;
3708   bool IsHIP = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong &&
3709                Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_store;
3710   bool IsScoped = Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_add_fetch &&
3711                   Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_xor_fetch;
3712   bool IsC11 = (Op >= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong &&
3713                 Op <= AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store) ||
3714                IsOpenCL;
3715   bool IsN = Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n ||
3716              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n ||
3717              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n ||
3718              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n ||
3719              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_load_n ||
3720              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_store_n ||
3721              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_exchange_n ||
3722              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange_n;
3723   // Bit mask for extra allowed value types other than integers for atomic
3724   // arithmetic operations. Add/sub allow pointer and floating point. Min/max
3725   // allow floating point.
3726   enum ArithOpExtraValueType {
3727     AOEVT_None = 0,
3728     AOEVT_Pointer = 1,
3729     AOEVT_FP = 2,
3730   };
3731   unsigned ArithAllows = AOEVT_None;
3732 
3733   switch (Op) {
3734   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_init:
3735   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init:
3736     Form = Init;
3737     break;
3738 
3739   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load:
3740   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load:
3741   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_load:
3742   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load_n:
3743   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_load_n:
3744     Form = Load;
3745     break;
3746 
3747   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_load:
3748   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_load:
3749     Form = LoadCopy;
3750     break;
3751 
3752   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store:
3753   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store:
3754   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_store:
3755   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store:
3756   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_store_n:
3757   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_store:
3758   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_store_n:
3759     Form = Copy;
3760     break;
3761   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_add:
3762   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_sub:
3763   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_add_fetch:
3764   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_sub_fetch:
3765   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_add:
3766   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_sub:
3767   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_add_fetch:
3768   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_sub_fetch:
3769   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_add:
3770   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_sub:
3771   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_add:
3772   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_sub:
3773   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_add:
3774   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_sub:
3775     ArithAllows = AOEVT_Pointer | AOEVT_FP;
3776     Form = Arithmetic;
3777     break;
3778   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_max:
3779   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_min:
3780   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_max_fetch:
3781   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_min_fetch:
3782   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_max:
3783   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_min:
3784   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_max_fetch:
3785   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_min_fetch:
3786   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_max:
3787   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_min:
3788   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_max:
3789   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_min:
3790   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_max:
3791   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_min:
3792     ArithAllows = AOEVT_FP;
3793     Form = Arithmetic;
3794     break;
3795   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_and:
3796   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_or:
3797   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_xor:
3798   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_and:
3799   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_or:
3800   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_fetch_xor:
3801   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_fetch_nand:
3802   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_and:
3803   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_or:
3804   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_fetch_xor:
3805   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_and:
3806   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_or:
3807   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_xor:
3808   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_fetch_nand:
3809   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_and_fetch:
3810   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_or_fetch:
3811   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_xor_fetch:
3812   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_nand_fetch:
3813   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_and:
3814   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_or:
3815   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_xor:
3816   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_fetch_nand:
3817   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_and_fetch:
3818   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_or_fetch:
3819   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_xor_fetch:
3820   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_nand_fetch:
3821     Form = Arithmetic;
3822     break;
3823 
3824   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_exchange:
3825   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_exchange:
3826   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_exchange:
3827   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange_n:
3828   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_exchange_n:
3829     Form = Xchg;
3830     break;
3831 
3832   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_exchange:
3833   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_exchange:
3834     Form = GNUXchg;
3835     break;
3836 
3837   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
3838   case AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
3839   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
3840   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_strong:
3841   case AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
3842   case AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_compare_exchange_weak:
3843     Form = C11CmpXchg;
3844     break;
3845 
3846   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange:
3847   case AtomicExpr::AO__atomic_compare_exchange_n:
3848   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange:
3849   case AtomicExpr::AO__scoped_atomic_compare_exchange_n:
3850     Form = GNUCmpXchg;
3851     break;
3852   }
3853 
3854   unsigned AdjustedNumArgs = NumArgs[Form];
3855   if ((IsOpenCL || IsHIP || IsScoped) &&
3856       Op != AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_init)
3857     ++AdjustedNumArgs;
3858   // Check we have the right number of arguments.
3859   if (Args.size() < AdjustedNumArgs) {
3860     Diag(CallRange.getEnd(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
3861         << 0 << AdjustedNumArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
3862         << /*is non object*/ 0 << ExprRange;
3863     return ExprError();
3864   } else if (Args.size() > AdjustedNumArgs) {
3865     Diag(Args[AdjustedNumArgs]->getBeginLoc(),
3866          diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
3867         << 0 << AdjustedNumArgs << static_cast<unsigned>(Args.size())
3868         << /*is non object*/ 0 << ExprRange;
3869     return ExprError();
3870   }
3871 
3872   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic operation.
3873   Expr *Ptr = Args[0];
3874   ExprResult ConvertedPtr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Ptr);
3875   if (ConvertedPtr.isInvalid())
3876     return ExprError();
3877 
3878   Ptr = ConvertedPtr.get();
3879   const PointerType *pointerType = Ptr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
3880   if (!pointerType) {
3881     Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3882         << Ptr->getType() << 0 << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3883     return ExprError();
3884   }
3885 
3886   // For a __c11 builtin, this should be a pointer to an _Atomic type.
3887   QualType AtomTy = pointerType->getPointeeType(); // 'A'
3888   QualType ValType = AtomTy; // 'C'
3889   if (IsC11) {
3890     if (!AtomTy->isAtomicType()) {
3891       Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic)
3892           << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3893       return ExprError();
3894     }
3895     if ((Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy && AtomTy.isConstQualified()) ||
3896         AtomTy.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
3897       Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_atomic)
3898           << (AtomTy.isConstQualified() ? 0 : 1) << Ptr->getType()
3899           << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3900       return ExprError();
3901     }
3902     ValType = AtomTy->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType();
3903   } else if (Form != Load && Form != LoadCopy) {
3904     if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
3905       Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_non_const_pointer)
3906           << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3907       return ExprError();
3908     }
3909   }
3910 
3911   // Pointer to object of size zero is not allowed.
3912   if (RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getBeginLoc(), AtomTy,
3913                           diag::err_incomplete_type))
3914     return ExprError();
3915   if (Context.getTypeInfoInChars(AtomTy).Width.isZero()) {
3916     Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
3917         << Ptr->getType() << 1 << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3918     return ExprError();
3919   }
3920 
3921   // For an arithmetic operation, the implied arithmetic must be well-formed.
3922   if (Form == Arithmetic) {
3923     // GCC does not enforce these rules for GNU atomics, but we do to help catch
3924     // trivial type errors.
3925     auto IsAllowedValueType = [&](QualType ValType,
3926                                   unsigned AllowedType) -> bool {
3927       if (ValType->isIntegerType())
3928         return true;
3929       if (ValType->isPointerType())
3930         return AllowedType & AOEVT_Pointer;
3931       if (!(ValType->isFloatingType() && (AllowedType & AOEVT_FP)))
3932         return false;
3933       // LLVM Parser does not allow atomicrmw with x86_fp80 type.
3934       if (ValType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble) &&
3935           &Context.getTargetInfo().getLongDoubleFormat() ==
3936               &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended())
3937         return false;
3938       return true;
3939     };
3940     if (!IsAllowedValueType(ValType, ArithAllows)) {
3941       auto DID = ArithAllows & AOEVT_FP
3942                      ? (ArithAllows & AOEVT_Pointer
3943                             ? diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_ptr_or_fp
3944                             : diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_fp)
3945                      : diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int;
3946       Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), DID)
3947           << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3948       return ExprError();
3949     }
3950     if (IsC11 && ValType->isPointerType() &&
3951         RequireCompleteType(Ptr->getBeginLoc(), ValType->getPointeeType(),
3952                             diag::err_incomplete_type)) {
3953       return ExprError();
3954     }
3955   } else if (IsN && !ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isPointerType()) {
3956     // For __atomic_*_n operations, the value type must be a scalar integral or
3957     // pointer type which is 1, 2, 4, 8 or 16 bytes in length.
3958     Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_atomic_int_or_ptr)
3959         << IsC11 << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3960     return ExprError();
3961   }
3962 
3963   if (!IsC11 && !AtomTy.isTriviallyCopyableType(Context) &&
3964       !AtomTy->isScalarType()) {
3965     // For GNU atomics, require a trivially-copyable type. This is not part of
3966     // the GNU atomics specification but we enforce it for consistency with
3967     // other atomics which generally all require a trivially-copyable type. This
3968     // is because atomics just copy bits.
3969     Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_atomic_op_needs_trivial_copy)
3970         << Ptr->getType() << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3971     return ExprError();
3972   }
3973 
3974   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
3975   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3976   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3977     // okay
3978     break;
3979 
3980   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3981   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3982   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3983     // FIXME: Can this happen? By this point, ValType should be known
3984     // to be trivially copyable.
3985     Diag(ExprRange.getBegin(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
3986         << ValType << Ptr->getSourceRange();
3987     return ExprError();
3988   }
3989 
3990   // All atomic operations have an overload which takes a pointer to a volatile
3991   // 'A'.  We shouldn't let the volatile-ness of the pointee-type inject itself
3992   // into the result or the other operands. Similarly atomic_load takes a
3993   // pointer to a const 'A'.
3994   ValType.removeLocalVolatile();
3995   ValType.removeLocalConst();
3996   QualType ResultType = ValType;
3997   if (Form == Copy || Form == LoadCopy || Form == GNUXchg ||
3998       Form == Init)
3999     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
4000   else if (Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
4001     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
4002 
4003   // The type of a parameter passed 'by value'. In the GNU atomics, such
4004   // arguments are actually passed as pointers.
4005   QualType ByValType = ValType; // 'CP'
4006   bool IsPassedByAddress = false;
4007   if (!IsC11 && !IsHIP && !IsN) {
4008     ByValType = Ptr->getType();
4009     IsPassedByAddress = true;
4010   }
4011 
4012   SmallVector<Expr *, 5> APIOrderedArgs;
4013   if (ArgOrder == Sema::AtomicArgumentOrder::AST) {
4014     APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[0]);
4015     switch (Form) {
4016     case Init:
4017     case Load:
4018       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[1]); // Val1/Order
4019       break;
4020     case LoadCopy:
4021     case Copy:
4022     case Arithmetic:
4023     case Xchg:
4024       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[2]); // Val1
4025       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[1]); // Order
4026       break;
4027     case GNUXchg:
4028       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[2]); // Val1
4029       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[3]); // Val2
4030       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[1]); // Order
4031       break;
4032     case C11CmpXchg:
4033       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[2]); // Val1
4034       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[4]); // Val2
4035       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[1]); // Order
4036       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[3]); // OrderFail
4037       break;
4038     case GNUCmpXchg:
4039       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[2]); // Val1
4040       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[4]); // Val2
4041       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[5]); // Weak
4042       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[1]); // Order
4043       APIOrderedArgs.push_back(Args[3]); // OrderFail
4044       break;
4045     }
4046   } else
4047     APIOrderedArgs.append(Args.begin(), Args.end());
4048 
4049   // The first argument's non-CV pointer type is used to deduce the type of
4050   // subsequent arguments, except for:
4051   //  - weak flag (always converted to bool)
4052   //  - memory order (always converted to int)
4053   //  - scope  (always converted to int)
4054   for (unsigned i = 0; i != APIOrderedArgs.size(); ++i) {
4055     QualType Ty;
4056     if (i < NumVals[Form] + 1) {
4057       switch (i) {
4058       case 0:
4059         // The first argument is always a pointer. It has a fixed type.
4060         // It is always dereferenced, a nullptr is undefined.
4061         CheckNonNullArgument(*this, APIOrderedArgs[i], ExprRange.getBegin());
4062         // Nothing else to do: we already know all we want about this pointer.
4063         continue;
4064       case 1:
4065         // The second argument is the non-atomic operand. For arithmetic, this
4066         // is always passed by value, and for a compare_exchange it is always
4067         // passed by address. For the rest, GNU uses by-address and C11 uses
4068         // by-value.
4069         assert(Form != Load);
4070         if (Form == Arithmetic && ValType->isPointerType())
4071           Ty = Context.getPointerDiffType();
4072         else if (Form == Init || Form == Arithmetic)
4073           Ty = ValType;
4074         else if (Form == Copy || Form == Xchg) {
4075           if (IsPassedByAddress) {
4076             // The value pointer is always dereferenced, a nullptr is undefined.
4077             CheckNonNullArgument(*this, APIOrderedArgs[i],
4078                                  ExprRange.getBegin());
4079           }
4080           Ty = ByValType;
4081         } else {
4082           Expr *ValArg = APIOrderedArgs[i];
4083           // The value pointer is always dereferenced, a nullptr is undefined.
4084           CheckNonNullArgument(*this, ValArg, ExprRange.getBegin());
4085           LangAS AS = LangAS::Default;
4086           // Keep address space of non-atomic pointer type.
4087           if (const PointerType *PtrTy =
4088                   ValArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
4089             AS = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
4090           }
4091           Ty = Context.getPointerType(
4092               Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(ValType.getUnqualifiedType(), AS));
4093         }
4094         break;
4095       case 2:
4096         // The third argument to compare_exchange / GNU exchange is the desired
4097         // value, either by-value (for the C11 and *_n variant) or as a pointer.
4098         if (IsPassedByAddress)
4099           CheckNonNullArgument(*this, APIOrderedArgs[i], ExprRange.getBegin());
4100         Ty = ByValType;
4101         break;
4102       case 3:
4103         // The fourth argument to GNU compare_exchange is a 'weak' flag.
4104         Ty = Context.BoolTy;
4105         break;
4106       }
4107     } else {
4108       // The order(s) and scope are always converted to int.
4109       Ty = Context.IntTy;
4110     }
4111 
4112     InitializedEntity Entity =
4113         InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Ty, false);
4114     ExprResult Arg = APIOrderedArgs[i];
4115     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4116     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4117       return true;
4118     APIOrderedArgs[i] = Arg.get();
4119   }
4120 
4121   // Permute the arguments into a 'consistent' order.
4122   SmallVector<Expr*, 5> SubExprs;
4123   SubExprs.push_back(Ptr);
4124   switch (Form) {
4125   case Init:
4126     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal1() has a special case for this atomic.
4127     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[1]); // Val1
4128     break;
4129   case Load:
4130     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[1]); // Order
4131     break;
4132   case LoadCopy:
4133   case Copy:
4134   case Arithmetic:
4135   case Xchg:
4136     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[2]); // Order
4137     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[1]); // Val1
4138     break;
4139   case GNUXchg:
4140     // Note, AtomicExpr::getVal2() has a special case for this atomic.
4141     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[3]); // Order
4142     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[1]); // Val1
4143     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[2]); // Val2
4144     break;
4145   case C11CmpXchg:
4146     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[3]); // Order
4147     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[1]); // Val1
4148     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[4]); // OrderFail
4149     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[2]); // Val2
4150     break;
4151   case GNUCmpXchg:
4152     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[4]); // Order
4153     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[1]); // Val1
4154     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[5]); // OrderFail
4155     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[2]); // Val2
4156     SubExprs.push_back(APIOrderedArgs[3]); // Weak
4157     break;
4158   }
4159 
4160   // If the memory orders are constants, check they are valid.
4161   if (SubExprs.size() >= 2 && Form != Init) {
4162     std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Success =
4163         SubExprs[1]->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
4164     if (Success && !isValidOrderingForOp(Success->getSExtValue(), Op)) {
4165       Diag(SubExprs[1]->getBeginLoc(),
4166            diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
4167           << /*success=*/(Form == C11CmpXchg || Form == GNUCmpXchg)
4168           << SubExprs[1]->getSourceRange();
4169     }
4170     if (SubExprs.size() >= 5) {
4171       if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Failure =
4172               SubExprs[3]->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
4173         if (!llvm::is_contained(
4174                 {llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::relaxed,
4175                  llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::consume,
4176                  llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::acquire,
4177                  llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI::seq_cst},
4178                 (llvm::AtomicOrderingCABI)Failure->getSExtValue())) {
4179           Diag(SubExprs[3]->getBeginLoc(),
4180                diag::warn_atomic_op_has_invalid_memory_order)
4181               << /*failure=*/2 << SubExprs[3]->getSourceRange();
4182         }
4183       }
4184     }
4185   }
4186 
4187   if (auto ScopeModel = AtomicExpr::getScopeModel(Op)) {
4188     auto *Scope = Args[Args.size() - 1];
4189     if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Result =
4190             Scope->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
4191       if (!ScopeModel->isValid(Result->getZExtValue()))
4192         Diag(Scope->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_atomic_op_has_invalid_synch_scope)
4193             << Scope->getSourceRange();
4194     }
4195     SubExprs.push_back(Scope);
4196   }
4197 
4198   AtomicExpr *AE = new (Context)
4199       AtomicExpr(ExprRange.getBegin(), SubExprs, ResultType, Op, RParenLoc);
4200 
4201   if ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
4202        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_store ||
4203        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load ||
4204        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_load ||
4205        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_store ||
4206        Op == AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_store) &&
4207       Context.AtomicUsesUnsupportedLibcall(AE))
4208     Diag(AE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_atomic_load_store_uses_lib)
4209         << ((Op == AtomicExpr::AO__c11_atomic_load ||
4210              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__opencl_atomic_load ||
4211              Op == AtomicExpr::AO__hip_atomic_load)
4212                 ? 0
4213                 : 1);
4214 
4215   if (ValType->isBitIntType()) {
4216     Diag(Ptr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_bit_int_prohibit);
4217     return ExprError();
4218   }
4219 
4220   return AE;
4221 }
4222 
4223 /// checkBuiltinArgument - Given a call to a builtin function, perform
4224 /// normal type-checking on the given argument, updating the call in
4225 /// place.  This is useful when a builtin function requires custom
4226 /// type-checking for some of its arguments but not necessarily all of
4227 /// them.
4228 ///
4229 /// Returns true on error.
4230 static bool checkBuiltinArgument(Sema &S, CallExpr *E, unsigned ArgIndex) {
4231   FunctionDecl *Fn = E->getDirectCallee();
4232   assert(Fn && "builtin call without direct callee!");
4233 
4234   ParmVarDecl *Param = Fn->getParamDecl(ArgIndex);
4235   InitializedEntity Entity =
4236     InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(S.Context, Param);
4237 
4238   ExprResult Arg = E->getArg(ArgIndex);
4239   Arg = S.PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4240   if (Arg.isInvalid())
4241     return true;
4242 
4243   E->setArg(ArgIndex, Arg.get());
4244   return false;
4245 }
4246 
4247 ExprResult Sema::BuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
4248   CallExpr *TheCall = static_cast<CallExpr *>(TheCallResult.get());
4249   Expr *Callee = TheCall->getCallee();
4250   DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(Callee->IgnoreParenCasts());
4251   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4252 
4253   // Ensure that we have at least one argument to do type inference from.
4254   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1) {
4255     Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4256         << 0 << 1 << TheCall->getNumArgs() << /*is non object*/ 0
4257         << Callee->getSourceRange();
4258     return ExprError();
4259   }
4260 
4261   // Inspect the first argument of the atomic builtin.  This should always be
4262   // a pointer type, whose element is an integral scalar or pointer type.
4263   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
4264   // casts here.
4265   // FIXME: We don't allow floating point scalars as input.
4266   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
4267   ExprResult FirstArgResult = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
4268   if (FirstArgResult.isInvalid())
4269     return ExprError();
4270   FirstArg = FirstArgResult.get();
4271   TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg);
4272 
4273   const PointerType *pointerType = FirstArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4274   if (!pointerType) {
4275     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer)
4276         << FirstArg->getType() << 0 << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
4277     return ExprError();
4278   }
4279 
4280   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
4281   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
4282       !ValType->isBlockPointerType()) {
4283     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_must_be_pointer_intptr)
4284         << FirstArg->getType() << 0 << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
4285     return ExprError();
4286   }
4287 
4288   if (ValType.isConstQualified()) {
4289     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_cannot_be_const)
4290         << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
4291     return ExprError();
4292   }
4293 
4294   switch (ValType.getObjCLifetime()) {
4295   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4296   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4297     // okay
4298     break;
4299 
4300   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4301   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4302   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4303     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_atomic_ownership)
4304         << ValType << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
4305     return ExprError();
4306   }
4307 
4308   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
4309   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
4310 
4311   // The majority of builtins return a value, but a few have special return
4312   // types, so allow them to override appropriately below.
4313   QualType ResultType = ValType;
4314 
4315   // We need to figure out which concrete builtin this maps onto.  For example,
4316   // __sync_fetch_and_add with a 2 byte object turns into
4317   // __sync_fetch_and_add_2.
4318 #define BUILTIN_ROW(x) \
4319   { Builtin::BI##x##_1, Builtin::BI##x##_2, Builtin::BI##x##_4, \
4320     Builtin::BI##x##_8, Builtin::BI##x##_16 }
4321 
4322   static const unsigned BuiltinIndices[][5] = {
4323     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_add),
4324     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_sub),
4325     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_or),
4326     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_and),
4327     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_xor),
4328     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_fetch_and_nand),
4329 
4330     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_add_and_fetch),
4331     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_sub_and_fetch),
4332     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_and_and_fetch),
4333     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_or_and_fetch),
4334     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_xor_and_fetch),
4335     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_nand_and_fetch),
4336 
4337     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_val_compare_and_swap),
4338     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_bool_compare_and_swap),
4339     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_test_and_set),
4340     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_lock_release),
4341     BUILTIN_ROW(__sync_swap)
4342   };
4343 #undef BUILTIN_ROW
4344 
4345   // Determine the index of the size.
4346   unsigned SizeIndex;
4347   switch (Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ValType).getQuantity()) {
4348   case 1: SizeIndex = 0; break;
4349   case 2: SizeIndex = 1; break;
4350   case 4: SizeIndex = 2; break;
4351   case 8: SizeIndex = 3; break;
4352   case 16: SizeIndex = 4; break;
4353   default:
4354     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_pointer_size)
4355         << FirstArg->getType() << FirstArg->getSourceRange();
4356     return ExprError();
4357   }
4358 
4359   // Each of these builtins has one pointer argument, followed by some number of
4360   // values (0, 1 or 2) followed by a potentially empty varags list of stuff
4361   // that we ignore.  Find out which row of BuiltinIndices to read from as well
4362   // as the number of fixed args.
4363   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
4364   unsigned BuiltinIndex, NumFixed = 1;
4365   bool WarnAboutSemanticsChange = false;
4366   switch (BuiltinID) {
4367   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown overloaded atomic builtin!");
4368   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add:
4369   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_1:
4370   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_2:
4371   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_4:
4372   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_8:
4373   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_add_16:
4374     BuiltinIndex = 0;
4375     break;
4376 
4377   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub:
4378   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_1:
4379   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_2:
4380   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_4:
4381   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_8:
4382   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_sub_16:
4383     BuiltinIndex = 1;
4384     break;
4385 
4386   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or:
4387   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_1:
4388   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_2:
4389   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_4:
4390   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_8:
4391   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_or_16:
4392     BuiltinIndex = 2;
4393     break;
4394 
4395   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and:
4396   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_1:
4397   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_2:
4398   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_4:
4399   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_8:
4400   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_and_16:
4401     BuiltinIndex = 3;
4402     break;
4403 
4404   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor:
4405   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_1:
4406   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_2:
4407   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_4:
4408   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_8:
4409   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_xor_16:
4410     BuiltinIndex = 4;
4411     break;
4412 
4413   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand:
4414   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_1:
4415   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_2:
4416   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_4:
4417   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_8:
4418   case Builtin::BI__sync_fetch_and_nand_16:
4419     BuiltinIndex = 5;
4420     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
4421     break;
4422 
4423   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch:
4424   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_1:
4425   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_2:
4426   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_4:
4427   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_8:
4428   case Builtin::BI__sync_add_and_fetch_16:
4429     BuiltinIndex = 6;
4430     break;
4431 
4432   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch:
4433   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_1:
4434   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_2:
4435   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_4:
4436   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_8:
4437   case Builtin::BI__sync_sub_and_fetch_16:
4438     BuiltinIndex = 7;
4439     break;
4440 
4441   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch:
4442   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_1:
4443   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_2:
4444   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_4:
4445   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_8:
4446   case Builtin::BI__sync_and_and_fetch_16:
4447     BuiltinIndex = 8;
4448     break;
4449 
4450   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch:
4451   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_1:
4452   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_2:
4453   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_4:
4454   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_8:
4455   case Builtin::BI__sync_or_and_fetch_16:
4456     BuiltinIndex = 9;
4457     break;
4458 
4459   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch:
4460   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_1:
4461   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_2:
4462   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_4:
4463   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_8:
4464   case Builtin::BI__sync_xor_and_fetch_16:
4465     BuiltinIndex = 10;
4466     break;
4467 
4468   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch:
4469   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_1:
4470   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_2:
4471   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_4:
4472   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_8:
4473   case Builtin::BI__sync_nand_and_fetch_16:
4474     BuiltinIndex = 11;
4475     WarnAboutSemanticsChange = true;
4476     break;
4477 
4478   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap:
4479   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_1:
4480   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_2:
4481   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_4:
4482   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_8:
4483   case Builtin::BI__sync_val_compare_and_swap_16:
4484     BuiltinIndex = 12;
4485     NumFixed = 2;
4486     break;
4487 
4488   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap:
4489   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_1:
4490   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_2:
4491   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_4:
4492   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_8:
4493   case Builtin::BI__sync_bool_compare_and_swap_16:
4494     BuiltinIndex = 13;
4495     NumFixed = 2;
4496     ResultType = Context.BoolTy;
4497     break;
4498 
4499   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set:
4500   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_1:
4501   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_2:
4502   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_4:
4503   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_8:
4504   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_test_and_set_16:
4505     BuiltinIndex = 14;
4506     break;
4507 
4508   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release:
4509   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_1:
4510   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_2:
4511   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_4:
4512   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_8:
4513   case Builtin::BI__sync_lock_release_16:
4514     BuiltinIndex = 15;
4515     NumFixed = 0;
4516     ResultType = Context.VoidTy;
4517     break;
4518 
4519   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap:
4520   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_1:
4521   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_2:
4522   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_4:
4523   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_8:
4524   case Builtin::BI__sync_swap_16:
4525     BuiltinIndex = 16;
4526     break;
4527   }
4528 
4529   // Now that we know how many fixed arguments we expect, first check that we
4530   // have at least that many.
4531   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 1+NumFixed) {
4532     Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4533         << 0 << 1 + NumFixed << TheCall->getNumArgs() << /*is non object*/ 0
4534         << Callee->getSourceRange();
4535     return ExprError();
4536   }
4537 
4538   Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst)
4539       << Callee->getSourceRange();
4540 
4541   if (WarnAboutSemanticsChange) {
4542     Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_sync_fetch_and_nand_semantics_change)
4543         << Callee->getSourceRange();
4544   }
4545 
4546   // Get the decl for the concrete builtin from this, we can tell what the
4547   // concrete integer type we should convert to is.
4548   unsigned NewBuiltinID = BuiltinIndices[BuiltinIndex][SizeIndex];
4549   StringRef NewBuiltinName = Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(NewBuiltinID);
4550   FunctionDecl *NewBuiltinDecl;
4551   if (NewBuiltinID == BuiltinID)
4552     NewBuiltinDecl = FDecl;
4553   else {
4554     // Perform builtin lookup to avoid redeclaring it.
4555     DeclarationName DN(&Context.Idents.get(NewBuiltinName));
4556     LookupResult Res(*this, DN, DRE->getBeginLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName);
4557     LookupName(Res, TUScope, /*AllowBuiltinCreation=*/true);
4558     assert(Res.getFoundDecl());
4559     NewBuiltinDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Res.getFoundDecl());
4560     if (!NewBuiltinDecl)
4561       return ExprError();
4562   }
4563 
4564   // The first argument --- the pointer --- has a fixed type; we
4565   // deduce the types of the rest of the arguments accordingly.  Walk
4566   // the remaining arguments, converting them to the deduced value type.
4567   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFixed; ++i) {
4568     ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(i+1);
4569 
4570     // GCC does an implicit conversion to the pointer or integer ValType.  This
4571     // can fail in some cases (1i -> int**), check for this error case now.
4572     // Initialize the argument.
4573     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
4574                                                    ValType, /*consume*/ false);
4575     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
4576     if (Arg.isInvalid())
4577       return ExprError();
4578 
4579     // Okay, we have something that *can* be converted to the right type.  Check
4580     // to see if there is a potentially weird extension going on here.  This can
4581     // happen when you do an atomic operation on something like an char* and
4582     // pass in 42.  The 42 gets converted to char.  This is even more strange
4583     // for things like 45.123 -> char, etc.
4584     // FIXME: Do this check.
4585     TheCall->setArg(i+1, Arg.get());
4586   }
4587 
4588   // Create a new DeclRefExpr to refer to the new decl.
4589   DeclRefExpr *NewDRE = DeclRefExpr::Create(
4590       Context, DRE->getQualifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), NewBuiltinDecl,
4591       /*enclosing*/ false, DRE->getLocation(), Context.BuiltinFnTy,
4592       DRE->getValueKind(), nullptr, nullptr, DRE->isNonOdrUse());
4593 
4594   // Set the callee in the CallExpr.
4595   // FIXME: This loses syntactic information.
4596   QualType CalleePtrTy = Context.getPointerType(NewBuiltinDecl->getType());
4597   ExprResult PromotedCall = ImpCastExprToType(NewDRE, CalleePtrTy,
4598                                               CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr);
4599   TheCall->setCallee(PromotedCall.get());
4600 
4601   // Change the result type of the call to match the original value type. This
4602   // is arbitrary, but the codegen for these builtins ins design to handle it
4603   // gracefully.
4604   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
4605 
4606   // Prohibit problematic uses of bit-precise integer types with atomic
4607   // builtins. The arguments would have already been converted to the first
4608   // argument's type, so only need to check the first argument.
4609   const auto *BitIntValType = ValType->getAs<BitIntType>();
4610   if (BitIntValType && !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(BitIntValType->getNumBits())) {
4611     Diag(FirstArg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_atomic_builtin_ext_int_size);
4612     return ExprError();
4613   }
4614 
4615   return TheCallResult;
4616 }
4617 
4618 ExprResult Sema::BuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult) {
4619   CallExpr *TheCall = (CallExpr *)TheCallResult.get();
4620   DeclRefExpr *DRE =
4621       cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
4622   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
4623   unsigned BuiltinID = FDecl->getBuiltinID();
4624   assert((BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store ||
4625           BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_load) &&
4626          "Unexpected nontemporal load/store builtin!");
4627   bool isStore = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_nontemporal_store;
4628   unsigned numArgs = isStore ? 2 : 1;
4629 
4630   // Ensure that we have the proper number of arguments.
4631   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, numArgs))
4632     return ExprError();
4633 
4634   // Inspect the last argument of the nontemporal builtin.  This should always
4635   // be a pointer type, from which we imply the type of the memory access.
4636   // Because it is a pointer type, we don't have to worry about any implicit
4637   // casts here.
4638   Expr *PointerArg = TheCall->getArg(numArgs - 1);
4639   ExprResult PointerArgResult =
4640       DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PointerArg);
4641 
4642   if (PointerArgResult.isInvalid())
4643     return ExprError();
4644   PointerArg = PointerArgResult.get();
4645   TheCall->setArg(numArgs - 1, PointerArg);
4646 
4647   const PointerType *pointerType = PointerArg->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
4648   if (!pointerType) {
4649     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer)
4650         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
4651     return ExprError();
4652   }
4653 
4654   QualType ValType = pointerType->getPointeeType();
4655 
4656   // Strip any qualifiers off ValType.
4657   ValType = ValType.getUnqualifiedType();
4658   if (!ValType->isIntegerType() && !ValType->isAnyPointerType() &&
4659       !ValType->isBlockPointerType() && !ValType->isFloatingType() &&
4660       !ValType->isVectorType()) {
4661     Diag(DRE->getBeginLoc(),
4662          diag::err_nontemporal_builtin_must_be_pointer_intfltptr_or_vector)
4663         << PointerArg->getType() << PointerArg->getSourceRange();
4664     return ExprError();
4665   }
4666 
4667   if (!isStore) {
4668     TheCall->setType(ValType);
4669     return TheCallResult;
4670   }
4671 
4672   ExprResult ValArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
4673   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
4674       Context, ValType, /*consume*/ false);
4675   ValArg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), ValArg);
4676   if (ValArg.isInvalid())
4677     return ExprError();
4678 
4679   TheCall->setArg(0, ValArg.get());
4680   TheCall->setType(Context.VoidTy);
4681   return TheCallResult;
4682 }
4683 
4684 /// CheckObjCString - Checks that the format string argument to the os_log()
4685 /// and os_trace() functions is correct, and converts it to const char *.
4686 ExprResult Sema::CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(Expr *Arg) {
4687   Arg = Arg->IgnoreParenCasts();
4688   auto *Literal = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Arg);
4689   if (!Literal) {
4690     if (auto *ObjcLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(Arg)) {
4691       Literal = ObjcLiteral->getString();
4692     }
4693   }
4694 
4695   if (!Literal || (!Literal->isOrdinary() && !Literal->isUTF8())) {
4696     return ExprError(
4697         Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_os_log_format_not_string_constant)
4698         << Arg->getSourceRange());
4699   }
4700 
4701   ExprResult Result(Literal);
4702   QualType ResultTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
4703   InitializedEntity Entity =
4704       InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ResultTy, false);
4705   Result = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Result);
4706   return Result;
4707 }
4708 
4709 /// Check that the user is calling the appropriate va_start builtin for the
4710 /// target and calling convention.
4711 static bool checkVAStartABI(Sema &S, unsigned BuiltinID, Expr *Fn) {
4712   const llvm::Triple &TT = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
4713   bool IsX64 = TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86_64;
4714   bool IsAArch64 = (TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64 ||
4715                     TT.getArch() == llvm::Triple::aarch64_32);
4716   bool IsWindows = TT.isOSWindows();
4717   bool IsMSVAStart = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_ms_va_start;
4718   if (IsX64 || IsAArch64) {
4719     CallingConv CC = CC_C;
4720     if (const FunctionDecl *FD = S.getCurFunctionDecl())
4721       CC = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCallConv();
4722     if (IsMSVAStart) {
4723       // Don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
4724       if (CC == CC_X86_64SysV || (!IsWindows && CC != CC_Win64))
4725         return S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(),
4726                       diag::err_ms_va_start_used_in_sysv_function);
4727     } else {
4728       // On x86-64/AArch64 Unix, don't allow this in Win64 ABI functions.
4729       // On x64 Windows, don't allow this in System V ABI functions.
4730       // (Yes, that means there's no corresponding way to support variadic
4731       // System V ABI functions on Windows.)
4732       if ((IsWindows && CC == CC_X86_64SysV) ||
4733           (!IsWindows && CC == CC_Win64))
4734         return S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(),
4735                       diag::err_va_start_used_in_wrong_abi_function)
4736                << !IsWindows;
4737     }
4738     return false;
4739   }
4740 
4741   if (IsMSVAStart)
4742     return S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_x64_aarch64_only);
4743   return false;
4744 }
4745 
4746 static bool checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(Sema &S, Expr *Fn,
4747                                              ParmVarDecl **LastParam = nullptr) {
4748   // Determine whether the current function, block, or obj-c method is variadic
4749   // and get its parameter list.
4750   bool IsVariadic = false;
4751   ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params;
4752   DeclContext *Caller = S.CurContext;
4753   if (auto *Block = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(Caller)) {
4754     IsVariadic = Block->isVariadic();
4755     Params = Block->parameters();
4756   } else if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Caller)) {
4757     IsVariadic = FD->isVariadic();
4758     Params = FD->parameters();
4759   } else if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Caller)) {
4760     IsVariadic = MD->isVariadic();
4761     // FIXME: This isn't correct for methods (results in bogus warning).
4762     Params = MD->parameters();
4763   } else if (isa<CapturedDecl>(Caller)) {
4764     // We don't support va_start in a CapturedDecl.
4765     S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_start_captured_stmt);
4766     return true;
4767   } else {
4768     // This must be some other declcontext that parses exprs.
4769     S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_start_outside_function);
4770     return true;
4771   }
4772 
4773   if (!IsVariadic) {
4774     S.Diag(Fn->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_va_start_fixed_function);
4775     return true;
4776   }
4777 
4778   if (LastParam)
4779     *LastParam = Params.empty() ? nullptr : Params.back();
4780 
4781   return false;
4782 }
4783 
4784 bool Sema::BuiltinVAStart(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall) {
4785   Expr *Fn = TheCall->getCallee();
4786 
4787   if (checkVAStartABI(*this, BuiltinID, Fn))
4788     return true;
4789 
4790   // In C23 mode, va_start only needs one argument. However, the builtin still
4791   // requires two arguments (which matches the behavior of the GCC builtin),
4792   // <stdarg.h> passes `0` as the second argument in C23 mode.
4793   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
4794     return true;
4795 
4796   // Type-check the first argument normally.
4797   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
4798     return true;
4799 
4800   // Check that the current function is variadic, and get its last parameter.
4801   ParmVarDecl *LastParam;
4802   if (checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(*this, Fn, &LastParam))
4803     return true;
4804 
4805   // Verify that the second argument to the builtin is the last argument of the
4806   // current function or method. In C23 mode, if the second argument is an
4807   // integer constant expression with value 0, then we don't bother with this
4808   // check.
4809   bool SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = false;
4810   const Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
4811   if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Val =
4812           TheCall->getArg(1)->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context);
4813       Val && LangOpts.C23 && *Val == 0)
4814     return false;
4815 
4816   // These are valid if SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument is false after the next
4817   // block.
4818   QualType Type;
4819   SourceLocation ParamLoc;
4820   bool IsCRegister = false;
4821 
4822   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg)) {
4823     if (const ParmVarDecl *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
4824       SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument = PV == LastParam;
4825 
4826       Type = PV->getType();
4827       ParamLoc = PV->getLocation();
4828       IsCRegister =
4829           PV->getStorageClass() == SC_Register && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
4830     }
4831   }
4832 
4833   if (!SecondArgIsLastNamedArgument)
4834     Diag(TheCall->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(),
4835          diag::warn_second_arg_of_va_start_not_last_named_param);
4836   else if (IsCRegister || Type->isReferenceType() ||
4837            Type->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float) || [=] {
4838              // Promotable integers are UB, but enumerations need a bit of
4839              // extra checking to see what their promotable type actually is.
4840              if (!Context.isPromotableIntegerType(Type))
4841                return false;
4842              if (!Type->isEnumeralType())
4843                return true;
4844              const EnumDecl *ED = Type->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
4845              return !(ED &&
4846                       Context.typesAreCompatible(ED->getPromotionType(), Type));
4847            }()) {
4848     unsigned Reason = 0;
4849     if (Type->isReferenceType())  Reason = 1;
4850     else if (IsCRegister)         Reason = 2;
4851     Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_va_start_type_is_undefined) << Reason;
4852     Diag(ParamLoc, diag::note_parameter_type) << Type;
4853   }
4854 
4855   return false;
4856 }
4857 
4858 bool Sema::BuiltinVAStartARMMicrosoft(CallExpr *Call) {
4859   auto IsSuitablyTypedFormatArgument = [this](const Expr *Arg) -> bool {
4860     const LangOptions &LO = getLangOpts();
4861 
4862     if (LO.CPlusPlus)
4863       return Arg->getType()
4864                  .getCanonicalType()
4865                  .getTypePtr()
4866                  ->getPointeeType()
4867                  .withoutLocalFastQualifiers() == Context.CharTy;
4868 
4869     // In C, allow aliasing through `char *`, this is required for AArch64 at
4870     // least.
4871     return true;
4872   };
4873 
4874   // void __va_start(va_list *ap, const char *named_addr, size_t slot_size,
4875   //                 const char *named_addr);
4876 
4877   Expr *Func = Call->getCallee();
4878 
4879   if (Call->getNumArgs() < 3)
4880     return Diag(Call->getEndLoc(),
4881                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
4882            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << Call->getNumArgs()
4883            << /*is non object*/ 0;
4884 
4885   // Type-check the first argument normally.
4886   if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, Call, 0))
4887     return true;
4888 
4889   // Check that the current function is variadic.
4890   if (checkVAStartIsInVariadicFunction(*this, Func))
4891     return true;
4892 
4893   // __va_start on Windows does not validate the parameter qualifiers
4894 
4895   const Expr *Arg1 = Call->getArg(1)->IgnoreParens();
4896   const Type *Arg1Ty = Arg1->getType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr();
4897 
4898   const Expr *Arg2 = Call->getArg(2)->IgnoreParens();
4899   const Type *Arg2Ty = Arg2->getType().getCanonicalType().getTypePtr();
4900 
4901   const QualType &ConstCharPtrTy =
4902       Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy.withConst());
4903   if (!Arg1Ty->isPointerType() || !IsSuitablyTypedFormatArgument(Arg1))
4904     Diag(Arg1->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
4905         << Arg1->getType() << ConstCharPtrTy << 1 /* different class */
4906         << 0                                      /* qualifier difference */
4907         << 3                                      /* parameter mismatch */
4908         << 2 << Arg1->getType() << ConstCharPtrTy;
4909 
4910   const QualType SizeTy = Context.getSizeType();
4911   if (Arg2Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal().withoutLocalFastQualifiers() != SizeTy)
4912     Diag(Arg2->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
4913         << Arg2->getType() << SizeTy << 1 /* different class */
4914         << 0                              /* qualifier difference */
4915         << 3                              /* parameter mismatch */
4916         << 3 << Arg2->getType() << SizeTy;
4917 
4918   return false;
4919 }
4920 
4921 bool Sema::BuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned BuiltinID) {
4922   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
4923     return true;
4924 
4925   if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered &&
4926       TheCall->getFPFeaturesInEffect(getLangOpts()).getNoHonorNaNs())
4927     Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_fp_nan_inf_when_disabled)
4928         << 1 << 0 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4929 
4930   ExprResult OrigArg0 = TheCall->getArg(0);
4931   ExprResult OrigArg1 = TheCall->getArg(1);
4932 
4933   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
4934   // type.
4935   QualType Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(
4936       OrigArg0, OrigArg1, TheCall->getExprLoc(), ACK_Comparison);
4937   if (OrigArg0.isInvalid() || OrigArg1.isInvalid())
4938     return true;
4939 
4940   // Make sure any conversions are pushed back into the call; this is
4941   // type safe since unordered compare builtins are declared as "_Bool
4942   // foo(...)".
4943   TheCall->setArg(0, OrigArg0.get());
4944   TheCall->setArg(1, OrigArg1.get());
4945 
4946   if (OrigArg0.get()->isTypeDependent() || OrigArg1.get()->isTypeDependent())
4947     return false;
4948 
4949   // If the common type isn't a real floating type, then the arguments were
4950   // invalid for this operation.
4951   if (Res.isNull() || !Res->isRealFloatingType())
4952     return Diag(OrigArg0.get()->getBeginLoc(),
4953                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_ordered_compare)
4954            << OrigArg0.get()->getType() << OrigArg1.get()->getType()
4955            << SourceRange(OrigArg0.get()->getBeginLoc(),
4956                           OrigArg1.get()->getEndLoc());
4957 
4958   return false;
4959 }
4960 
4961 bool Sema::BuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs,
4962                                    unsigned BuiltinID) {
4963   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, NumArgs))
4964     return true;
4965 
4966   FPOptions FPO = TheCall->getFPFeaturesInEffect(getLangOpts());
4967   if (FPO.getNoHonorInfs() && (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_isfinite ||
4968                                BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf ||
4969                                BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_isinf_sign))
4970     Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_fp_nan_inf_when_disabled)
4971         << 0 << 0 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4972 
4973   if (FPO.getNoHonorNaNs() && (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_isnan ||
4974                                BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_isunordered))
4975     Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_fp_nan_inf_when_disabled)
4976         << 1 << 0 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
4977 
4978   bool IsFPClass = NumArgs == 2;
4979 
4980   // Find out position of floating-point argument.
4981   unsigned FPArgNo = IsFPClass ? 0 : NumArgs - 1;
4982 
4983   // We can count on all parameters preceding the floating-point just being int.
4984   // Try all of those.
4985   for (unsigned i = 0; i < FPArgNo; ++i) {
4986     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(i);
4987 
4988     if (Arg->isTypeDependent())
4989       return false;
4990 
4991     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(Arg, Context.IntTy,
4992                                                AssignmentAction::Passing);
4993 
4994     if (Res.isInvalid())
4995       return true;
4996     TheCall->setArg(i, Res.get());
4997   }
4998 
4999   Expr *OrigArg = TheCall->getArg(FPArgNo);
5000 
5001   if (OrigArg->isTypeDependent())
5002     return false;
5003 
5004   // Usual Unary Conversions will convert half to float, which we want for
5005   // machines that use fp16 conversion intrinsics. Else, we wnat to leave the
5006   // type how it is, but do normal L->Rvalue conversions.
5007   if (Context.getTargetInfo().useFP16ConversionIntrinsics()) {
5008     ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(OrigArg);
5009 
5010     if (!Res.isUsable())
5011       return true;
5012     OrigArg = Res.get();
5013   } else {
5014     ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(OrigArg);
5015 
5016     if (!Res.isUsable())
5017       return true;
5018     OrigArg = Res.get();
5019   }
5020   TheCall->setArg(FPArgNo, OrigArg);
5021 
5022   QualType VectorResultTy;
5023   QualType ElementTy = OrigArg->getType();
5024   // TODO: When all classification function are implemented with is_fpclass,
5025   // vector argument can be supported in all of them.
5026   if (ElementTy->isVectorType() && IsFPClass) {
5027     VectorResultTy = GetSignedVectorType(ElementTy);
5028     ElementTy = ElementTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5029   }
5030 
5031   // This operation requires a non-_Complex floating-point number.
5032   if (!ElementTy->isRealFloatingType())
5033     return Diag(OrigArg->getBeginLoc(),
5034                 diag::err_typecheck_call_invalid_unary_fp)
5035            << OrigArg->getType() << OrigArg->getSourceRange();
5036 
5037   // __builtin_isfpclass has integer parameter that specify test mask. It is
5038   // passed in (...), so it should be analyzed completely here.
5039   if (IsFPClass)
5040     if (BuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, 1, 0, llvm::fcAllFlags))
5041       return true;
5042 
5043   // TODO: enable this code to all classification functions.
5044   if (IsFPClass) {
5045     QualType ResultTy;
5046     if (!VectorResultTy.isNull())
5047       ResultTy = VectorResultTy;
5048     else
5049       ResultTy = Context.IntTy;
5050     TheCall->setType(ResultTy);
5051   }
5052 
5053   return false;
5054 }
5055 
5056 bool Sema::BuiltinComplex(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5057   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
5058     return true;
5059 
5060   bool Dependent = false;
5061   for (unsigned I = 0; I != 2; ++I) {
5062     Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(I);
5063     QualType T = Arg->getType();
5064     if (T->isDependentType()) {
5065       Dependent = true;
5066       continue;
5067     }
5068 
5069     // Despite supporting _Complex int, GCC requires a real floating point type
5070     // for the operands of __builtin_complex.
5071     if (!T->isRealFloatingType()) {
5072       return Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_requires_real_fp)
5073              << Arg->getType() << Arg->getSourceRange();
5074     }
5075 
5076     ExprResult Converted = DefaultLvalueConversion(Arg);
5077     if (Converted.isInvalid())
5078       return true;
5079     TheCall->setArg(I, Converted.get());
5080   }
5081 
5082   if (Dependent) {
5083     TheCall->setType(Context.DependentTy);
5084     return false;
5085   }
5086 
5087   Expr *Real = TheCall->getArg(0);
5088   Expr *Imag = TheCall->getArg(1);
5089   if (!Context.hasSameType(Real->getType(), Imag->getType())) {
5090     return Diag(Real->getBeginLoc(),
5091                 diag::err_typecheck_call_different_arg_types)
5092            << Real->getType() << Imag->getType()
5093            << Real->getSourceRange() << Imag->getSourceRange();
5094   }
5095 
5096   // We don't allow _Complex _Float16 nor _Complex __fp16 as type specifiers;
5097   // don't allow this builtin to form those types either.
5098   // FIXME: Should we allow these types?
5099   if (Real->getType()->isFloat16Type())
5100     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_complex_spec)
5101            << "_Float16";
5102   if (Real->getType()->isHalfType())
5103     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_invalid_complex_spec)
5104            << "half";
5105 
5106   TheCall->setType(Context.getComplexType(Real->getType()));
5107   return false;
5108 }
5109 
5110 /// BuiltinShuffleVector - Handle __builtin_shufflevector.
5111 // This is declared to take (...), so we have to check everything.
5112 ExprResult Sema::BuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5113   if (TheCall->getNumArgs() < 2)
5114     return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(),
5115                           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args_at_least)
5116                      << 0 /*function call*/ << 2 << TheCall->getNumArgs()
5117                      << /*is non object*/ 0 << TheCall->getSourceRange());
5118 
5119   // Determine which of the following types of shufflevector we're checking:
5120   // 1) unary, vector mask: (lhs, mask)
5121   // 2) binary, scalar mask: (lhs, rhs, index, ..., index)
5122   QualType resType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
5123   unsigned numElements = 0;
5124 
5125   if (!TheCall->getArg(0)->isTypeDependent() &&
5126       !TheCall->getArg(1)->isTypeDependent()) {
5127     QualType LHSType = TheCall->getArg(0)->getType();
5128     QualType RHSType = TheCall->getArg(1)->getType();
5129 
5130     if (!LHSType->isVectorType() || !RHSType->isVectorType())
5131       return ExprError(
5132           Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_vec_builtin_non_vector)
5133           << TheCall->getDirectCallee() << /*isMorethantwoArgs*/ false
5134           << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(),
5135                          TheCall->getArg(1)->getEndLoc()));
5136 
5137     numElements = LHSType->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
5138     unsigned numResElements = TheCall->getNumArgs() - 2;
5139 
5140     // Check to see if we have a call with 2 vector arguments, the unary shuffle
5141     // with mask.  If so, verify that RHS is an integer vector type with the
5142     // same number of elts as lhs.
5143     if (TheCall->getNumArgs() == 2) {
5144       if (!RHSType->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
5145           RHSType->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() != numElements)
5146         return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
5147                               diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
5148                          << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
5149                          << /*isMorethantwoArgs*/ false
5150                          << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(1)->getBeginLoc(),
5151                                         TheCall->getArg(1)->getEndLoc()));
5152     } else if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
5153       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
5154                             diag::err_vec_builtin_incompatible_vector)
5155                        << TheCall->getDirectCallee()
5156                        << /*isMorethantwoArgs*/ false
5157                        << SourceRange(TheCall->getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(),
5158                                       TheCall->getArg(1)->getEndLoc()));
5159     } else if (numElements != numResElements) {
5160       QualType eltType = LHSType->castAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
5161       resType =
5162           Context.getVectorType(eltType, numResElements, VectorKind::Generic);
5163     }
5164   }
5165 
5166   for (unsigned i = 2; i < TheCall->getNumArgs(); i++) {
5167     if (TheCall->getArg(i)->isTypeDependent() ||
5168         TheCall->getArg(i)->isValueDependent())
5169       continue;
5170 
5171     std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Result;
5172     if (!(Result = TheCall->getArg(i)->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)))
5173       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
5174                             diag::err_shufflevector_nonconstant_argument)
5175                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
5176 
5177     // Allow -1 which will be translated to undef in the IR.
5178     if (Result->isSigned() && Result->isAllOnes())
5179       continue;
5180 
5181     if (Result->getActiveBits() > 64 ||
5182         Result->getZExtValue() >= numElements * 2)
5183       return ExprError(Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
5184                             diag::err_shufflevector_argument_too_large)
5185                        << TheCall->getArg(i)->getSourceRange());
5186   }
5187 
5188   SmallVector<Expr*, 32> exprs;
5189 
5190   for (unsigned i = 0, e = TheCall->getNumArgs(); i != e; i++) {
5191     exprs.push_back(TheCall->getArg(i));
5192     TheCall->setArg(i, nullptr);
5193   }
5194 
5195   return new (Context) ShuffleVectorExpr(Context, exprs, resType,
5196                                          TheCall->getCallee()->getBeginLoc(),
5197                                          TheCall->getRParenLoc());
5198 }
5199 
5200 ExprResult Sema::ConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5201                                    SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5202                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
5203   ExprValueKind VK = VK_PRValue;
5204   ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
5205   QualType DstTy = TInfo->getType();
5206   QualType SrcTy = E->getType();
5207 
5208   if (!SrcTy->isVectorType() && !SrcTy->isDependentType())
5209     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
5210                           diag::err_convertvector_non_vector)
5211                      << E->getSourceRange());
5212   if (!DstTy->isVectorType() && !DstTy->isDependentType())
5213     return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_builtin_non_vector_type)
5214                      << "second"
5215                      << "__builtin_convertvector");
5216 
5217   if (!SrcTy->isDependentType() && !DstTy->isDependentType()) {
5218     unsigned SrcElts = SrcTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
5219     unsigned DstElts = DstTy->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();
5220     if (SrcElts != DstElts)
5221       return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
5222                             diag::err_convertvector_incompatible_vector)
5223                        << E->getSourceRange());
5224   }
5225 
5226   return new (Context) class ConvertVectorExpr(E, TInfo, DstTy, VK, OK,
5227                                                BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
5228 }
5229 
5230 bool Sema::BuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5231   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
5232 
5233   if (NumArgs > 3)
5234     return Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(),
5235                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
5236            << 0 /*function call*/ << 3 << NumArgs << /*is non object*/ 0
5237            << TheCall->getSourceRange();
5238 
5239   // Argument 0 is checked for us and the remaining arguments must be
5240   // constant integers.
5241   for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumArgs; ++i)
5242     if (BuiltinConstantArgRange(TheCall, i, 0, i == 1 ? 1 : 3))
5243       return true;
5244 
5245   return false;
5246 }
5247 
5248 bool Sema::BuiltinArithmeticFence(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5249   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().checkArithmeticFenceSupported())
5250     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_target_unsupported)
5251            << SourceRange(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getEndLoc());
5252   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
5253     return true;
5254   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
5255   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent())
5256     return false;
5257 
5258   QualType ArgTy = Arg->getType();
5259   if (!ArgTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5260     return Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_expect_flt_or_vector)
5261            << ArgTy;
5262   if (Arg->isLValue()) {
5263     ExprResult FirstArg = DefaultLvalueConversion(Arg);
5264     TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArg.get());
5265   }
5266   TheCall->setType(TheCall->getArg(0)->getType());
5267   return false;
5268 }
5269 
5270 bool Sema::BuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5271   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
5272   if (Arg->isInstantiationDependent()) return false;
5273 
5274   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
5275     Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_assume_side_effects)
5276         << Arg->getSourceRange()
5277         << cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getIdentifier();
5278 
5279   return false;
5280 }
5281 
5282 bool Sema::BuiltinAllocaWithAlign(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5283   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
5284   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
5285 
5286   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5287   if (!Arg->isTypeDependent() && !Arg->isValueDependent()) {
5288     if (const auto *UE =
5289             dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
5290       if (UE->getKind() == UETT_AlignOf ||
5291           UE->getKind() == UETT_PreferredAlignOf)
5292         Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_alloca_align_alignof)
5293             << Arg->getSourceRange();
5294 
5295     llvm::APSInt Result = Arg->EvaluateKnownConstInt(Context);
5296 
5297     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
5298       return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
5299              << Arg->getSourceRange();
5300 
5301     if (Result < Context.getCharWidth())
5302       return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_alignment_too_small)
5303              << (unsigned)Context.getCharWidth() << Arg->getSourceRange();
5304 
5305     if (Result > std::numeric_limits<int32_t>::max())
5306       return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_alignment_too_big)
5307              << std::numeric_limits<int32_t>::max() << Arg->getSourceRange();
5308   }
5309 
5310   return false;
5311 }
5312 
5313 bool Sema::BuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5314   if (checkArgCountRange(TheCall, 2, 3))
5315     return true;
5316 
5317   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
5318   Expr *FirstArg = TheCall->getArg(0);
5319 
5320   {
5321     ExprResult FirstArgResult =
5322         DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(FirstArg);
5323     if (checkBuiltinArgument(*this, TheCall, 0))
5324       return true;
5325     /// In-place updation of FirstArg by checkBuiltinArgument is ignored.
5326     TheCall->setArg(0, FirstArgResult.get());
5327   }
5328 
5329   // The alignment must be a constant integer.
5330   Expr *SecondArg = TheCall->getArg(1);
5331 
5332   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5333   if (!SecondArg->isValueDependent()) {
5334     llvm::APSInt Result;
5335     if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
5336       return true;
5337 
5338     if (!Result.isPowerOf2())
5339       return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_alignment_not_power_of_two)
5340              << SecondArg->getSourceRange();
5341 
5342     if (Result > Sema::MaximumAlignment)
5343       Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_assume_aligned_too_great)
5344           << SecondArg->getSourceRange() << Sema::MaximumAlignment;
5345   }
5346 
5347   if (NumArgs > 2) {
5348     Expr *ThirdArg = TheCall->getArg(2);
5349     if (convertArgumentToType(*this, ThirdArg, Context.getSizeType()))
5350       return true;
5351     TheCall->setArg(2, ThirdArg);
5352   }
5353 
5354   return false;
5355 }
5356 
5357 bool Sema::BuiltinOSLogFormat(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5358   unsigned BuiltinID =
5359       cast<FunctionDecl>(TheCall->getCalleeDecl())->getBuiltinID();
5360   bool IsSizeCall = BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin_os_log_format_buffer_size;
5361 
5362   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
5363   unsigned NumRequiredArgs = IsSizeCall ? 1 : 2;
5364   if (NumArgs < NumRequiredArgs) {
5365     return Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
5366            << 0 /* function call */ << NumRequiredArgs << NumArgs
5367            << /*is non object*/ 0 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
5368   }
5369   if (NumArgs >= NumRequiredArgs + 0x100) {
5370     return Diag(TheCall->getEndLoc(),
5371                 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args_at_most)
5372            << 0 /* function call */ << (NumRequiredArgs + 0xff) << NumArgs
5373            << /*is non object*/ 0 << TheCall->getSourceRange();
5374   }
5375   unsigned i = 0;
5376 
5377   // For formatting call, check buffer arg.
5378   if (!IsSizeCall) {
5379     ExprResult Arg(TheCall->getArg(i));
5380     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(
5381         Context, Context.VoidPtrTy, false);
5382     Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), Arg);
5383     if (Arg.isInvalid())
5384       return true;
5385     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
5386     i++;
5387   }
5388 
5389   // Check string literal arg.
5390   unsigned FormatIdx = i;
5391   {
5392     ExprResult Arg = CheckOSLogFormatStringArg(TheCall->getArg(i));
5393     if (Arg.isInvalid())
5394       return true;
5395     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
5396     i++;
5397   }
5398 
5399   // Make sure variadic args are scalar.
5400   unsigned FirstDataArg = i;
5401   while (i < NumArgs) {
5402     ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(
5403         TheCall->getArg(i), VariadicFunction, nullptr);
5404     if (Arg.isInvalid())
5405       return true;
5406     CharUnits ArgSize = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(Arg.get()->getType());
5407     if (ArgSize.getQuantity() >= 0x100) {
5408       return Diag(Arg.get()->getEndLoc(), diag::err_os_log_argument_too_big)
5409              << i << (int)ArgSize.getQuantity() << 0xff
5410              << TheCall->getSourceRange();
5411     }
5412     TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
5413     i++;
5414   }
5415 
5416   // Check formatting specifiers. NOTE: We're only doing this for the non-size
5417   // call to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
5418   if (!IsSizeCall) {
5419     llvm::SmallBitVector CheckedVarArgs(NumArgs, false);
5420     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(TheCall->getArgs(), TheCall->getNumArgs());
5421     bool Success = CheckFormatArguments(
5422         Args, FAPK_Variadic, FormatIdx, FirstDataArg, FST_OSLog,
5423         VariadicFunction, TheCall->getBeginLoc(), SourceRange(),
5424         CheckedVarArgs);
5425     if (!Success)
5426       return true;
5427   }
5428 
5429   if (IsSizeCall) {
5430     TheCall->setType(Context.getSizeType());
5431   } else {
5432     TheCall->setType(Context.VoidPtrTy);
5433   }
5434   return false;
5435 }
5436 
5437 bool Sema::BuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
5438                               llvm::APSInt &Result) {
5439   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
5440   DeclRefExpr *DRE =cast<DeclRefExpr>(TheCall->getCallee()->IgnoreParenCasts());
5441   FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
5442 
5443   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent()) return false;
5444 
5445   std::optional<llvm::APSInt> R;
5446   if (!(R = Arg->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)))
5447     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_constant_integer_arg_type)
5448            << FDecl->getDeclName() << Arg->getSourceRange();
5449   Result = *R;
5450   return false;
5451 }
5452 
5453 bool Sema::BuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, int Low,
5454                                    int High, bool RangeIsError) {
5455   if (isConstantEvaluatedContext())
5456     return false;
5457   llvm::APSInt Result;
5458 
5459   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5460   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
5461   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
5462     return false;
5463 
5464   // Check constant-ness first.
5465   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
5466     return true;
5467 
5468   if (Result.getSExtValue() < Low || Result.getSExtValue() > High) {
5469     if (RangeIsError)
5470       return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_argument_invalid_range)
5471              << toString(Result, 10) << Low << High << Arg->getSourceRange();
5472     else
5473       // Defer the warning until we know if the code will be emitted so that
5474       // dead code can ignore this.
5475       DiagRuntimeBehavior(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall,
5476                           PDiag(diag::warn_argument_invalid_range)
5477                               << toString(Result, 10) << Low << High
5478                               << Arg->getSourceRange());
5479   }
5480 
5481   return false;
5482 }
5483 
5484 bool Sema::BuiltinConstantArgMultiple(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
5485                                       unsigned Num) {
5486   llvm::APSInt Result;
5487 
5488   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5489   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
5490   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
5491     return false;
5492 
5493   // Check constant-ness first.
5494   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
5495     return true;
5496 
5497   if (Result.getSExtValue() % Num != 0)
5498     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_argument_not_multiple)
5499            << Num << Arg->getSourceRange();
5500 
5501   return false;
5502 }
5503 
5504 bool Sema::BuiltinConstantArgPower2(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum) {
5505   llvm::APSInt Result;
5506 
5507   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5508   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
5509   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
5510     return false;
5511 
5512   // Check constant-ness first.
5513   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
5514     return true;
5515 
5516   // Bit-twiddling to test for a power of 2: for x > 0, x & (x-1) is zero if
5517   // and only if x is a power of 2.
5518   if (Result.isStrictlyPositive() && (Result & (Result - 1)) == 0)
5519     return false;
5520 
5521   return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_argument_not_power_of_2)
5522          << Arg->getSourceRange();
5523 }
5524 
5525 static bool IsShiftedByte(llvm::APSInt Value) {
5526   if (Value.isNegative())
5527     return false;
5528 
5529   // Check if it's a shifted byte, by shifting it down
5530   while (true) {
5531     // If the value fits in the bottom byte, the check passes.
5532     if (Value < 0x100)
5533       return true;
5534 
5535     // Otherwise, if the value has _any_ bits in the bottom byte, the check
5536     // fails.
5537     if ((Value & 0xFF) != 0)
5538       return false;
5539 
5540     // If the bottom 8 bits are all 0, but something above that is nonzero,
5541     // then shifting the value right by 8 bits won't affect whether it's a
5542     // shifted byte or not. So do that, and go round again.
5543     Value >>= 8;
5544   }
5545 }
5546 
5547 bool Sema::BuiltinConstantArgShiftedByte(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
5548                                          unsigned ArgBits) {
5549   llvm::APSInt Result;
5550 
5551   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5552   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
5553   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
5554     return false;
5555 
5556   // Check constant-ness first.
5557   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
5558     return true;
5559 
5560   // Truncate to the given size.
5561   Result = Result.getLoBits(ArgBits);
5562   Result.setIsUnsigned(true);
5563 
5564   if (IsShiftedByte(Result))
5565     return false;
5566 
5567   return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_argument_not_shifted_byte)
5568          << Arg->getSourceRange();
5569 }
5570 
5571 bool Sema::BuiltinConstantArgShiftedByteOrXXFF(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
5572                                                unsigned ArgBits) {
5573   llvm::APSInt Result;
5574 
5575   // We can't check the value of a dependent argument.
5576   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(ArgNum);
5577   if (Arg->isTypeDependent() || Arg->isValueDependent())
5578     return false;
5579 
5580   // Check constant-ness first.
5581   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, ArgNum, Result))
5582     return true;
5583 
5584   // Truncate to the given size.
5585   Result = Result.getLoBits(ArgBits);
5586   Result.setIsUnsigned(true);
5587 
5588   // Check to see if it's in either of the required forms.
5589   if (IsShiftedByte(Result) ||
5590       (Result > 0 && Result < 0x10000 && (Result & 0xFF) == 0xFF))
5591     return false;
5592 
5593   return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(),
5594               diag::err_argument_not_shifted_byte_or_xxff)
5595          << Arg->getSourceRange();
5596 }
5597 
5598 bool Sema::BuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5599   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
5600     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_unsupported)
5601            << SourceRange(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getEndLoc());
5602 
5603   Expr *Arg = TheCall->getArg(1);
5604   llvm::APSInt Result;
5605 
5606   // TODO: This is less than ideal. Overload this to take a value.
5607   if (BuiltinConstantArg(TheCall, 1, Result))
5608     return true;
5609 
5610   if (Result != 1)
5611     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_longjmp_invalid_val)
5612            << SourceRange(Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getEndLoc());
5613 
5614   return false;
5615 }
5616 
5617 bool Sema::BuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5618   if (!Context.getTargetInfo().hasSjLjLowering())
5619     return Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_setjmp_unsupported)
5620            << SourceRange(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getEndLoc());
5621   return false;
5622 }
5623 
5624 bool Sema::BuiltinCountedByRef(CallExpr *TheCall) {
5625   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
5626     return true;
5627 
5628   ExprResult ArgRes = UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(0));
5629   if (ArgRes.isInvalid())
5630     return true;
5631 
5632   // For simplicity, we support only limited expressions for the argument.
5633   // Specifically a pointer to a flexible array member:'ptr->array'. This
5634   // allows us to reject arguments with complex casting, which really shouldn't
5635   // be a huge problem.
5636   const Expr *Arg = ArgRes.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
5637   if (!isa<PointerType>(Arg->getType()) && !Arg->getType()->isArrayType())
5638     return Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(),
5639                 diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_must_be_flex_array_member)
5640            << Arg->getSourceRange();
5641 
5642   if (Arg->HasSideEffects(Context))
5643     return Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(),
5644                 diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_has_side_effects)
5645            << Arg->getSourceRange();
5646 
5647   if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Arg)) {
5648     if (!ME->isFlexibleArrayMemberLike(
5649             Context, getLangOpts().getStrictFlexArraysLevel()))
5650       return Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(),
5651                   diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_must_be_flex_array_member)
5652              << Arg->getSourceRange();
5653 
5654     if (auto *CATy =
5655             ME->getMemberDecl()->getType()->getAs<CountAttributedType>();
5656         CATy && CATy->getKind() == CountAttributedType::CountedBy) {
5657       const auto *FAMDecl = cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
5658       if (const FieldDecl *CountFD = FAMDecl->findCountedByField()) {
5659         TheCall->setType(Context.getPointerType(CountFD->getType()));
5660         return false;
5661       }
5662     }
5663   } else {
5664     return Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(),
5665                 diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_must_be_flex_array_member)
5666            << Arg->getSourceRange();
5667   }
5668 
5669   TheCall->setType(Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy));
5670   return false;
5671 }
5672 
5673 /// The result of __builtin_counted_by_ref cannot be assigned to a variable.
5674 /// It allows leaking and modification of bounds safety information.
5675 bool Sema::CheckInvalidBuiltinCountedByRef(const Expr *E,
5676                                            BuiltinCountedByRefKind K) {
5677   const CallExpr *CE =
5678       E ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()) : nullptr;
5679   if (!CE || CE->getBuiltinCallee() != Builtin::BI__builtin_counted_by_ref)
5680     return false;
5681 
5682   switch (K) {
5683   case AssignmentKind:
5684   case InitializerKind:
5685     Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
5686          diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_cannot_leak_reference)
5687         << 0 << E->getSourceRange();
5688     break;
5689   case FunctionArgKind:
5690     Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
5691          diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_cannot_leak_reference)
5692         << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
5693     break;
5694   case ReturnArgKind:
5695     Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
5696          diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_cannot_leak_reference)
5697         << 2 << E->getSourceRange();
5698     break;
5699   case ArraySubscriptKind:
5700     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_invalid_use)
5701         << 0 << E->getSourceRange();
5702     break;
5703   case BinaryExprKind:
5704     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_counted_by_ref_invalid_use)
5705         << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
5706     break;
5707   }
5708 
5709   return true;
5710 }
5711 
5712 namespace {
5713 
5714 class UncoveredArgHandler {
5715   enum { Unknown = -1, AllCovered = -2 };
5716 
5717   signed FirstUncoveredArg = Unknown;
5718   SmallVector<const Expr *, 4> DiagnosticExprs;
5719 
5720 public:
5721   UncoveredArgHandler() = default;
5722 
5723   bool hasUncoveredArg() const {
5724     return (FirstUncoveredArg >= 0);
5725   }
5726 
5727   unsigned getUncoveredArg() const {
5728     assert(hasUncoveredArg() && "no uncovered argument");
5729     return FirstUncoveredArg;
5730   }
5731 
5732   void setAllCovered() {
5733     // A string has been found with all arguments covered, so clear out
5734     // the diagnostics.
5735     DiagnosticExprs.clear();
5736     FirstUncoveredArg = AllCovered;
5737   }
5738 
5739   void Update(signed NewFirstUncoveredArg, const Expr *StrExpr) {
5740     assert(NewFirstUncoveredArg >= 0 && "Outside range");
5741 
5742     // Don't update if a previous string covers all arguments.
5743     if (FirstUncoveredArg == AllCovered)
5744       return;
5745 
5746     // UncoveredArgHandler tracks the highest uncovered argument index
5747     // and with it all the strings that match this index.
5748     if (NewFirstUncoveredArg == FirstUncoveredArg)
5749       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
5750     else if (NewFirstUncoveredArg > FirstUncoveredArg) {
5751       DiagnosticExprs.clear();
5752       DiagnosticExprs.push_back(StrExpr);
5753       FirstUncoveredArg = NewFirstUncoveredArg;
5754     }
5755   }
5756 
5757   void Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgExpr);
5758 };
5759 
5760 enum StringLiteralCheckType {
5761   SLCT_NotALiteral,
5762   SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
5763   SLCT_CheckedLiteral
5764 };
5765 
5766 } // namespace
5767 
5768 static void sumOffsets(llvm::APSInt &Offset, llvm::APSInt Addend,
5769                                      BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind,
5770                                      bool AddendIsRight) {
5771   unsigned BitWidth = Offset.getBitWidth();
5772   unsigned AddendBitWidth = Addend.getBitWidth();
5773   // There might be negative interim results.
5774   if (Addend.isUnsigned()) {
5775     Addend = Addend.zext(++AddendBitWidth);
5776     Addend.setIsSigned(true);
5777   }
5778   // Adjust the bit width of the APSInts.
5779   if (AddendBitWidth > BitWidth) {
5780     Offset = Offset.sext(AddendBitWidth);
5781     BitWidth = AddendBitWidth;
5782   } else if (BitWidth > AddendBitWidth) {
5783     Addend = Addend.sext(BitWidth);
5784   }
5785 
5786   bool Ov = false;
5787   llvm::APSInt ResOffset = Offset;
5788   if (BinOpKind == BO_Add)
5789     ResOffset = Offset.sadd_ov(Addend, Ov);
5790   else {
5791     assert(AddendIsRight && BinOpKind == BO_Sub &&
5792            "operator must be add or sub with addend on the right");
5793     ResOffset = Offset.ssub_ov(Addend, Ov);
5794   }
5795 
5796   // We add an offset to a pointer here so we should support an offset as big as
5797   // possible.
5798   if (Ov) {
5799     assert(BitWidth <= std::numeric_limits<unsigned>::max() / 2 &&
5800            "index (intermediate) result too big");
5801     Offset = Offset.sext(2 * BitWidth);
5802     sumOffsets(Offset, Addend, BinOpKind, AddendIsRight);
5803     return;
5804   }
5805 
5806   Offset = ResOffset;
5807 }
5808 
5809 namespace {
5810 
5811 // This is a wrapper class around StringLiteral to support offsetted string
5812 // literals as format strings. It takes the offset into account when returning
5813 // the string and its length or the source locations to display notes correctly.
5814 class FormatStringLiteral {
5815   const StringLiteral *FExpr;
5816   int64_t Offset;
5817 
5818  public:
5819   FormatStringLiteral(const StringLiteral *fexpr, int64_t Offset = 0)
5820       : FExpr(fexpr), Offset(Offset) {}
5821 
5822   StringRef getString() const {
5823     return FExpr->getString().drop_front(Offset);
5824   }
5825 
5826   unsigned getByteLength() const {
5827     return FExpr->getByteLength() - getCharByteWidth() * Offset;
5828   }
5829 
5830   unsigned getLength() const { return FExpr->getLength() - Offset; }
5831   unsigned getCharByteWidth() const { return FExpr->getCharByteWidth(); }
5832 
5833   StringLiteralKind getKind() const { return FExpr->getKind(); }
5834 
5835   QualType getType() const { return FExpr->getType(); }
5836 
5837   bool isAscii() const { return FExpr->isOrdinary(); }
5838   bool isWide() const { return FExpr->isWide(); }
5839   bool isUTF8() const { return FExpr->isUTF8(); }
5840   bool isUTF16() const { return FExpr->isUTF16(); }
5841   bool isUTF32() const { return FExpr->isUTF32(); }
5842   bool isPascal() const { return FExpr->isPascal(); }
5843 
5844   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(
5845       unsigned ByteNo, const SourceManager &SM, const LangOptions &Features,
5846       const TargetInfo &Target, unsigned *StartToken = nullptr,
5847       unsigned *StartTokenByteOffset = nullptr) const {
5848     return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(ByteNo + Offset, SM, Features, Target,
5849                                     StartToken, StartTokenByteOffset);
5850   }
5851 
5852   SourceLocation getBeginLoc() const LLVM_READONLY {
5853     return FExpr->getBeginLoc().getLocWithOffset(Offset);
5854   }
5855 
5856   SourceLocation getEndLoc() const LLVM_READONLY { return FExpr->getEndLoc(); }
5857 };
5858 
5859 } // namespace
5860 
5861 static void CheckFormatString(
5862     Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
5863     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK,
5864     unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
5865     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
5866     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
5867     bool IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
5868 
5869 static const Expr *maybeConstEvalStringLiteral(ASTContext &Context,
5870                                                const Expr *E);
5871 
5872 // Determine if an expression is a string literal or constant string.
5873 // If this function returns false on the arguments to a function expecting a
5874 // format string, we will usually need to emit a warning.
5875 // True string literals are then checked by CheckFormatString.
5876 static StringLiteralCheckType
5877 checkFormatStringExpr(Sema &S, const Expr *E, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
5878                       Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK, unsigned format_idx,
5879                       unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
5880                       Sema::VariadicCallType CallType, bool InFunctionCall,
5881                       llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
5882                       UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg, llvm::APSInt Offset,
5883                       bool IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers = false) {
5884   if (S.isConstantEvaluatedContext())
5885     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5886 tryAgain:
5887   assert(Offset.isSigned() && "invalid offset");
5888 
5889   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
5890     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5891 
5892   E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
5893 
5894   if (E->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
5895     // Technically -Wformat-nonliteral does not warn about this case.
5896     // The behavior of printf and friends in this case is implementation
5897     // dependent.  Ideally if the format string cannot be null then
5898     // it should have a 'nonnull' attribute in the function prototype.
5899     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
5900 
5901   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
5902   case Stmt::InitListExprClass:
5903     // Handle expressions like {"foobar"}.
5904     if (const clang::Expr *SLE = maybeConstEvalStringLiteral(S.Context, E)) {
5905       return checkFormatStringExpr(S, SLE, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg,
5906                                    Type, CallType, /*InFunctionCall*/ false,
5907                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
5908                                    IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
5909     }
5910     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5911   case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
5912   case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
5913     // The expression is a literal if both sub-expressions were, and it was
5914     // completely checked only if both sub-expressions were checked.
5915     const AbstractConditionalOperator *C =
5916         cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E);
5917 
5918     // Determine whether it is necessary to check both sub-expressions, for
5919     // example, because the condition expression is a constant that can be
5920     // evaluated at compile time.
5921     bool CheckLeft = true, CheckRight = true;
5922 
5923     bool Cond;
5924     if (C->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(
5925             Cond, S.getASTContext(), S.isConstantEvaluatedContext())) {
5926       if (Cond)
5927         CheckRight = false;
5928       else
5929         CheckLeft = false;
5930     }
5931 
5932     // We need to maintain the offsets for the right and the left hand side
5933     // separately to check if every possible indexed expression is a valid
5934     // string literal. They might have different offsets for different string
5935     // literals in the end.
5936     StringLiteralCheckType Left;
5937     if (!CheckLeft)
5938       Left = SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
5939     else {
5940       Left = checkFormatStringExpr(S, C->getTrueExpr(), Args, APK, format_idx,
5941                                    firstDataArg, Type, CallType, InFunctionCall,
5942                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
5943                                    IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
5944       if (Left == SLCT_NotALiteral || !CheckRight) {
5945         return Left;
5946       }
5947     }
5948 
5949     StringLiteralCheckType Right = checkFormatStringExpr(
5950         S, C->getFalseExpr(), Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
5951         CallType, InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
5952         IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
5953 
5954     return (CheckLeft && Left < Right) ? Left : Right;
5955   }
5956 
5957   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
5958     E = cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
5959     goto tryAgain;
5960 
5961   case Stmt::OpaqueValueExprClass:
5962     if (const Expr *src = cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)->getSourceExpr()) {
5963       E = src;
5964       goto tryAgain;
5965     }
5966     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
5967 
5968   case Stmt::PredefinedExprClass:
5969     // While __func__, etc., are technically not string literals, they
5970     // cannot contain format specifiers and thus are not a security
5971     // liability.
5972     return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
5973 
5974   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
5975     const DeclRefExpr *DR = cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
5976 
5977     // As an exception, do not flag errors for variables binding to
5978     // const string literals.
5979     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DR->getDecl())) {
5980       bool isConstant = false;
5981       QualType T = DR->getType();
5982 
5983       if (const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
5984         isConstant = AT->getElementType().isConstant(S.Context);
5985       } else if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5986         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context) &&
5987                      PT->getPointeeType().isConstant(S.Context);
5988       } else if (T->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5989         // In ObjC, there is usually no "const ObjectPointer" type,
5990         // so don't check if the pointee type is constant.
5991         isConstant = T.isConstant(S.Context);
5992       }
5993 
5994       if (isConstant) {
5995         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getAnyInitializer()) {
5996           // Look through initializers like const char c[] = { "foo" }
5997           if (const InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
5998             if (InitList->isStringLiteralInit())
5999               Init = InitList->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6000           }
6001           return checkFormatStringExpr(
6002               S, Init, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
6003               /*InFunctionCall*/ false, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset);
6004         }
6005       }
6006 
6007       // When the format argument is an argument of this function, and this
6008       // function also has the format attribute, there are several interactions
6009       // for which there shouldn't be a warning. For instance, when calling
6010       // v*printf from a function that has the printf format attribute, we
6011       // should not emit a warning about using `fmt`, even though it's not
6012       // constant, because the arguments have already been checked for the
6013       // caller of `logmessage`:
6014       //
6015       //  __attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)))
6016       //  void logmessage(char const *fmt, ...) {
6017       //    va_list ap;
6018       //    va_start(ap, fmt);
6019       //    vprintf(fmt, ap);  /* do not emit a warning about "fmt" */
6020       //    ...
6021       // }
6022       //
6023       // Another interaction that we need to support is calling a variadic
6024       // format function from a format function that has fixed arguments. For
6025       // instance:
6026       //
6027       //  __attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)))
6028       //  void logstring(char const *fmt, char const *str) {
6029       //    printf(fmt, str);  /* do not emit a warning about "fmt" */
6030       //  }
6031       //
6032       // Same (and perhaps more relatably) for the variadic template case:
6033       //
6034       //  template<typename... Args>
6035       //  __attribute__((format(printf, 1, 2)))
6036       //  void log(const char *fmt, Args&&... args) {
6037       //    printf(fmt, forward<Args>(args)...);
6038       //           /* do not emit a warning about "fmt" */
6039       //  }
6040       //
6041       // Due to implementation difficulty, we only check the format, not the
6042       // format arguments, in all cases.
6043       //
6044       if (const auto *PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(VD)) {
6045         if (const auto *D = dyn_cast<Decl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
6046           for (const auto *PVFormat : D->specific_attrs<FormatAttr>()) {
6047             bool IsCXXMember = false;
6048             if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
6049               IsCXXMember = MD->isInstance();
6050 
6051             bool IsVariadic = false;
6052             if (const FunctionType *FnTy = D->getFunctionType())
6053               IsVariadic = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FnTy)->isVariadic();
6054             else if (const auto *BD = dyn_cast<BlockDecl>(D))
6055               IsVariadic = BD->isVariadic();
6056             else if (const auto *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
6057               IsVariadic = OMD->isVariadic();
6058 
6059             Sema::FormatStringInfo CallerFSI;
6060             if (Sema::getFormatStringInfo(PVFormat, IsCXXMember, IsVariadic,
6061                                           &CallerFSI)) {
6062               // We also check if the formats are compatible.
6063               // We can't pass a 'scanf' string to a 'printf' function.
6064               if (PV->getFunctionScopeIndex() == CallerFSI.FormatIdx &&
6065                   Type == S.GetFormatStringType(PVFormat)) {
6066                 // Lastly, check that argument passing kinds transition in a
6067                 // way that makes sense:
6068                 // from a caller with FAPK_VAList, allow FAPK_VAList
6069                 // from a caller with FAPK_Fixed, allow FAPK_Fixed
6070                 // from a caller with FAPK_Fixed, allow FAPK_Variadic
6071                 // from a caller with FAPK_Variadic, allow FAPK_VAList
6072                 switch (combineFAPK(CallerFSI.ArgPassingKind, APK)) {
6073                 case combineFAPK(Sema::FAPK_VAList, Sema::FAPK_VAList):
6074                 case combineFAPK(Sema::FAPK_Fixed, Sema::FAPK_Fixed):
6075                 case combineFAPK(Sema::FAPK_Fixed, Sema::FAPK_Variadic):
6076                 case combineFAPK(Sema::FAPK_Variadic, Sema::FAPK_VAList):
6077                   return SLCT_UncheckedLiteral;
6078                 }
6079               }
6080             }
6081           }
6082         }
6083       }
6084     }
6085 
6086     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6087   }
6088 
6089   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
6090   case Stmt::CXXMemberCallExprClass: {
6091     const CallExpr *CE = cast<CallExpr>(E);
6092     if (const NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast_or_null<NamedDecl>(CE->getCalleeDecl())) {
6093       bool IsFirst = true;
6094       StringLiteralCheckType CommonResult;
6095       for (const auto *FA : ND->specific_attrs<FormatArgAttr>()) {
6096         const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(FA->getFormatIdx().getASTIndex());
6097         StringLiteralCheckType Result = checkFormatStringExpr(
6098             S, Arg, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
6099             InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
6100             IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
6101         if (IsFirst) {
6102           CommonResult = Result;
6103           IsFirst = false;
6104         }
6105       }
6106       if (!IsFirst)
6107         return CommonResult;
6108 
6109       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND)) {
6110         unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID();
6111         if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString ||
6112             BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__builtin___NSStringMakeConstantString) {
6113           const Expr *Arg = CE->getArg(0);
6114           return checkFormatStringExpr(
6115               S, Arg, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
6116               InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
6117               IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
6118         }
6119       }
6120     }
6121     if (const Expr *SLE = maybeConstEvalStringLiteral(S.Context, E))
6122       return checkFormatStringExpr(S, SLE, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg,
6123                                    Type, CallType, /*InFunctionCall*/ false,
6124                                    CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
6125                                    IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
6126     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6127   }
6128   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass: {
6129     const auto *ME = cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E);
6130     if (const auto *MD = ME->getMethodDecl()) {
6131       if (const auto *FA = MD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) {
6132         // As a special case heuristic, if we're using the method -[NSBundle
6133         // localizedStringForKey:value:table:], ignore any key strings that lack
6134         // format specifiers. The idea is that if the key doesn't have any
6135         // format specifiers then its probably just a key to map to the
6136         // localized strings. If it does have format specifiers though, then its
6137         // likely that the text of the key is the format string in the
6138         // programmer's language, and should be checked.
6139         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace;
6140         if (MD->isInstanceMethod() && (IFace = MD->getClassInterface()) &&
6141             IFace->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSBundle") &&
6142             MD->getSelector().isKeywordSelector(
6143                 {"localizedStringForKey", "value", "table"})) {
6144           IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers = true;
6145         }
6146 
6147         const Expr *Arg = ME->getArg(FA->getFormatIdx().getASTIndex());
6148         return checkFormatStringExpr(
6149             S, Arg, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type, CallType,
6150             InFunctionCall, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg, Offset,
6151             IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
6152       }
6153     }
6154 
6155     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6156   }
6157   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
6158   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass: {
6159     const StringLiteral *StrE = nullptr;
6160 
6161     if (const ObjCStringLiteral *ObjCFExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCStringLiteral>(E))
6162       StrE = ObjCFExpr->getString();
6163     else
6164       StrE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6165 
6166     if (StrE) {
6167       if (Offset.isNegative() || Offset > StrE->getLength()) {
6168         // TODO: It would be better to have an explicit warning for out of
6169         // bounds literals.
6170         return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6171       }
6172       FormatStringLiteral FStr(StrE, Offset.sextOrTrunc(64).getSExtValue());
6173       CheckFormatString(S, &FStr, E, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
6174                         InFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg,
6175                         IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers);
6176       return SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
6177     }
6178 
6179     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6180   }
6181   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
6182     const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
6183 
6184     // A string literal + an int offset is still a string literal.
6185     if (BinOp->isAdditiveOp()) {
6186       Expr::EvalResult LResult, RResult;
6187 
6188       bool LIsInt = BinOp->getLHS()->EvaluateAsInt(
6189           LResult, S.Context, Expr::SE_NoSideEffects,
6190           S.isConstantEvaluatedContext());
6191       bool RIsInt = BinOp->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(
6192           RResult, S.Context, Expr::SE_NoSideEffects,
6193           S.isConstantEvaluatedContext());
6194 
6195       if (LIsInt != RIsInt) {
6196         BinaryOperatorKind BinOpKind = BinOp->getOpcode();
6197 
6198         if (LIsInt) {
6199           if (BinOpKind == BO_Add) {
6200             sumOffsets(Offset, LResult.Val.getInt(), BinOpKind, RIsInt);
6201             E = BinOp->getRHS();
6202             goto tryAgain;
6203           }
6204         } else {
6205           sumOffsets(Offset, RResult.Val.getInt(), BinOpKind, RIsInt);
6206           E = BinOp->getLHS();
6207           goto tryAgain;
6208         }
6209       }
6210     }
6211 
6212     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6213   }
6214   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
6215     const UnaryOperator *UnaOp = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
6216     auto ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(UnaOp->getSubExpr());
6217     if (UnaOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && ASE) {
6218       Expr::EvalResult IndexResult;
6219       if (ASE->getRHS()->EvaluateAsInt(IndexResult, S.Context,
6220                                        Expr::SE_NoSideEffects,
6221                                        S.isConstantEvaluatedContext())) {
6222         sumOffsets(Offset, IndexResult.Val.getInt(), BO_Add,
6223                    /*RHS is int*/ true);
6224         E = ASE->getBase();
6225         goto tryAgain;
6226       }
6227     }
6228 
6229     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6230   }
6231 
6232   default:
6233     return SLCT_NotALiteral;
6234   }
6235 }
6236 
6237 // If this expression can be evaluated at compile-time,
6238 // check if the result is a StringLiteral and return it
6239 // otherwise return nullptr
6240 static const Expr *maybeConstEvalStringLiteral(ASTContext &Context,
6241                                                const Expr *E) {
6242   Expr::EvalResult Result;
6243   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(Result, Context) && Result.Val.isLValue()) {
6244     const auto *LVE = Result.Val.getLValueBase().dyn_cast<const Expr *>();
6245     if (isa_and_nonnull<StringLiteral>(LVE))
6246       return LVE;
6247   }
6248   return nullptr;
6249 }
6250 
6251 Sema::FormatStringType Sema::GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format) {
6252   return llvm::StringSwitch<FormatStringType>(Format->getType()->getName())
6253       .Case("scanf", FST_Scanf)
6254       .Cases("printf", "printf0", "syslog", FST_Printf)
6255       .Cases("NSString", "CFString", FST_NSString)
6256       .Case("strftime", FST_Strftime)
6257       .Case("strfmon", FST_Strfmon)
6258       .Cases("kprintf", "cmn_err", "vcmn_err", "zcmn_err", FST_Kprintf)
6259       .Case("freebsd_kprintf", FST_FreeBSDKPrintf)
6260       .Case("os_trace", FST_OSLog)
6261       .Case("os_log", FST_OSLog)
6262       .Default(FST_Unknown);
6263 }
6264 
6265 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
6266                                 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsCXXMember,
6267                                 VariadicCallType CallType, SourceLocation Loc,
6268                                 SourceRange Range,
6269                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
6270   FormatStringInfo FSI;
6271   if (getFormatStringInfo(Format, IsCXXMember, CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply,
6272                           &FSI))
6273     return CheckFormatArguments(Args, FSI.ArgPassingKind, FSI.FormatIdx,
6274                                 FSI.FirstDataArg, GetFormatStringType(Format),
6275                                 CallType, Loc, Range, CheckedVarArgs);
6276   return false;
6277 }
6278 
6279 bool Sema::CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
6280                                 Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK,
6281                                 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
6282                                 FormatStringType Type,
6283                                 VariadicCallType CallType, SourceLocation Loc,
6284                                 SourceRange Range,
6285                                 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs) {
6286   // CHECK: printf/scanf-like function is called with no format string.
6287   if (format_idx >= Args.size()) {
6288     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_format_string) << Range;
6289     return false;
6290   }
6291 
6292   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr = Args[format_idx]->IgnoreParenCasts();
6293 
6294   // CHECK: format string is not a string literal.
6295   //
6296   // Dynamically generated format strings are difficult to
6297   // automatically vet at compile time.  Requiring that format strings
6298   // are string literals: (1) permits the checking of format strings by
6299   // the compiler and thereby (2) can practically remove the source of
6300   // many format string exploits.
6301 
6302   // Format string can be either ObjC string (e.g. @"%d") or
6303   // C string (e.g. "%d")
6304   // ObjC string uses the same format specifiers as C string, so we can use
6305   // the same format string checking logic for both ObjC and C strings.
6306   UncoveredArgHandler UncoveredArg;
6307   StringLiteralCheckType CT = checkFormatStringExpr(
6308       *this, OrigFormatExpr, Args, APK, format_idx, firstDataArg, Type,
6309       CallType,
6310       /*IsFunctionCall*/ true, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg,
6311       /*no string offset*/ llvm::APSInt(64, false) = 0);
6312 
6313   // Generate a diagnostic where an uncovered argument is detected.
6314   if (UncoveredArg.hasUncoveredArg()) {
6315     unsigned ArgIdx = UncoveredArg.getUncoveredArg() + firstDataArg;
6316     assert(ArgIdx < Args.size() && "ArgIdx outside bounds");
6317     UncoveredArg.Diagnose(*this, /*IsFunctionCall*/true, Args[ArgIdx]);
6318   }
6319 
6320   if (CT != SLCT_NotALiteral)
6321     // Literal format string found, check done!
6322     return CT == SLCT_CheckedLiteral;
6323 
6324   // Strftime is particular as it always uses a single 'time' argument,
6325   // so it is safe to pass a non-literal string.
6326   if (Type == FST_Strftime)
6327     return false;
6328 
6329   // Do not emit diag when the string param is a macro expansion and the
6330   // format is either NSString or CFString. This is a hack to prevent
6331   // diag when using the NSLocalizedString and CFCopyLocalizedString macros
6332   // which are usually used in place of NS and CF string literals.
6333   SourceLocation FormatLoc = Args[format_idx]->getBeginLoc();
6334   if (Type == FST_NSString && SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(FormatLoc))
6335     return false;
6336 
6337   // If there are no arguments specified, warn with -Wformat-security, otherwise
6338   // warn only with -Wformat-nonliteral.
6339   if (Args.size() == firstDataArg) {
6340     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral_noargs)
6341       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
6342     switch (Type) {
6343     default:
6344       break;
6345     case FST_Kprintf:
6346     case FST_FreeBSDKPrintf:
6347     case FST_Printf:
6348     case FST_Syslog:
6349       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
6350         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "\"%s\", ");
6351       break;
6352     case FST_NSString:
6353       Diag(FormatLoc, diag::note_format_security_fixit)
6354         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FormatLoc, "@\"%@\", ");
6355       break;
6356     }
6357   } else {
6358     Diag(FormatLoc, diag::warn_format_nonliteral)
6359       << OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
6360   }
6361   return false;
6362 }
6363 
6364 namespace {
6365 
6366 class CheckFormatHandler : public analyze_format_string::FormatStringHandler {
6367 protected:
6368   Sema &S;
6369   const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr;
6370   const Expr *OrigFormatExpr;
6371   const Sema::FormatStringType FSType;
6372   const unsigned FirstDataArg;
6373   const unsigned NumDataArgs;
6374   const char *Beg; // Start of format string.
6375   const Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind ArgPassingKind;
6376   ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args;
6377   unsigned FormatIdx;
6378   llvm::SmallBitVector CoveredArgs;
6379   bool usesPositionalArgs = false;
6380   bool atFirstArg = true;
6381   bool inFunctionCall;
6382   Sema::VariadicCallType CallType;
6383   llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs;
6384   UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg;
6385 
6386 public:
6387   CheckFormatHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6388                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
6389                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
6390                      unsigned numDataArgs, const char *beg,
6391                      Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK,
6392                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6393                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType callType,
6394                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6395                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6396       : S(s), FExpr(fexpr), OrigFormatExpr(origFormatExpr), FSType(type),
6397         FirstDataArg(firstDataArg), NumDataArgs(numDataArgs), Beg(beg),
6398         ArgPassingKind(APK), Args(Args), FormatIdx(formatIdx),
6399         inFunctionCall(inFunctionCall), CallType(callType),
6400         CheckedVarArgs(CheckedVarArgs), UncoveredArg(UncoveredArg) {
6401     CoveredArgs.resize(numDataArgs);
6402     CoveredArgs.reset();
6403   }
6404 
6405   void DoneProcessing();
6406 
6407   void HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
6408                                  unsigned specifierLen) override;
6409 
6410   void HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
6411                            const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
6412                            const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
6413                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
6414                            unsigned DiagID);
6415 
6416   void HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
6417                     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
6418                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
6419 
6420   void HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
6421                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
6422                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
6423 
6424   void HandlePosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
6425 
6426   void HandleInvalidPosition(const char *startSpecifier,
6427                              unsigned specifierLen,
6428                              analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) override;
6429 
6430   void HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos, unsigned posLen) override;
6431 
6432   void HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) override;
6433 
6434   template <typename Range>
6435   static void
6436   EmitFormatDiagnostic(Sema &S, bool inFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
6437                        const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
6438                        bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
6439                        ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = {});
6440 
6441 protected:
6442   bool HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex, SourceLocation Loc,
6443                                         const char *startSpec,
6444                                         unsigned specifierLen,
6445                                         const char *csStart, unsigned csLen);
6446 
6447   void HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
6448                                          const char *startSpec,
6449                                          unsigned specifierLen);
6450 
6451   SourceRange getFormatStringRange();
6452   CharSourceRange getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier,
6453                                     unsigned specifierLen);
6454   SourceLocation getLocationOfByte(const char *x);
6455 
6456   const Expr *getDataArg(unsigned i) const;
6457 
6458   bool CheckNumArgs(const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
6459                     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
6460                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
6461                     unsigned argIndex);
6462 
6463   template <typename Range>
6464   void EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag, SourceLocation StringLoc,
6465                             bool IsStringLocation, Range StringRange,
6466                             ArrayRef<FixItHint> Fixit = {});
6467 };
6468 
6469 } // namespace
6470 
6471 SourceRange CheckFormatHandler::getFormatStringRange() {
6472   return OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange();
6473 }
6474 
6475 CharSourceRange CheckFormatHandler::
6476 getSpecifierRange(const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
6477   SourceLocation Start = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier);
6478   SourceLocation End   = getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier + specifierLen - 1);
6479 
6480   // Advance the end SourceLocation by one due to half-open ranges.
6481   End = End.getLocWithOffset(1);
6482 
6483   return CharSourceRange::getCharRange(Start, End);
6484 }
6485 
6486 SourceLocation CheckFormatHandler::getLocationOfByte(const char *x) {
6487   return FExpr->getLocationOfByte(x - Beg, S.getSourceManager(),
6488                                   S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo());
6489 }
6490 
6491 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleIncompleteSpecifier(const char *startSpecifier,
6492                                                    unsigned specifierLen){
6493   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_incomplete_specifier),
6494                        getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
6495                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6496                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6497 }
6498 
6499 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidLengthModifier(
6500     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
6501     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
6502     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned DiagID) {
6503   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6504 
6505   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
6506   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
6507 
6508   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
6509   std::optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
6510   if (FixedLM) {
6511     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
6512                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
6513                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6514                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6515 
6516     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
6517       << FixedLM->toString()
6518       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
6519 
6520   } else {
6521     FixItHint Hint;
6522     if (DiagID == diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length)
6523       Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(LMRange);
6524 
6525     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(DiagID) << LM.toString() << CS.toString(),
6526                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
6527                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6528                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6529                          Hint);
6530   }
6531 }
6532 
6533 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(
6534     const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
6535     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
6536   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6537 
6538   const LengthModifier &LM = FS.getLengthModifier();
6539   CharSourceRange LMRange = getSpecifierRange(LM.getStart(), LM.getLength());
6540 
6541   // See if we know how to fix this length modifier.
6542   std::optional<LengthModifier> FixedLM = FS.getCorrectedLengthModifier();
6543   if (FixedLM) {
6544     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
6545                            << LM.toString() << 0,
6546                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
6547                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6548                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6549 
6550     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
6551       << FixedLM->toString()
6552       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(LMRange, FixedLM->toString());
6553 
6554   } else {
6555     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
6556                            << LM.toString() << 0,
6557                          getLocationOfByte(LM.getStart()),
6558                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6559                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6560   }
6561 }
6562 
6563 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(
6564     const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
6565     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
6566   using namespace analyze_format_string;
6567 
6568   // See if we know how to fix this conversion specifier.
6569   std::optional<ConversionSpecifier> FixedCS = CS.getStandardSpecifier();
6570   if (FixedCS) {
6571     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
6572                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
6573                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6574                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6575                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6576 
6577     CharSourceRange CSRange = getSpecifierRange(CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6578     S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), diag::note_format_fix_specifier)
6579       << FixedCS->toString()
6580       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CSRange, FixedCS->toString());
6581   } else {
6582     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard)
6583                           << CS.toString() << /*conversion specifier*/1,
6584                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6585                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6586                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6587   }
6588 }
6589 
6590 void CheckFormatHandler::HandlePosition(const char *startPos,
6591                                         unsigned posLen) {
6592   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_non_standard_positional_arg),
6593                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
6594                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6595                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
6596 }
6597 
6598 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidPosition(
6599     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
6600     analyze_format_string::PositionContext p) {
6601   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6602       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_positional_specifier) << (unsigned)p,
6603       getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier), /*IsStringLocation*/ true,
6604       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6605 }
6606 
6607 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleZeroPosition(const char *startPos,
6608                                             unsigned posLen) {
6609   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_zero_positional_specifier),
6610                                getLocationOfByte(startPos),
6611                                /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6612                                getSpecifierRange(startPos, posLen));
6613 }
6614 
6615 void CheckFormatHandler::HandleNullChar(const char *nullCharacter) {
6616   if (!isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(OrigFormatExpr)) {
6617     // The presence of a null character is likely an error.
6618     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6619       S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_contains_null_char),
6620       getLocationOfByte(nullCharacter), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6621       getFormatStringRange());
6622   }
6623 }
6624 
6625 // Note that this may return NULL if there was an error parsing or building
6626 // one of the argument expressions.
6627 const Expr *CheckFormatHandler::getDataArg(unsigned i) const {
6628   return Args[FirstDataArg + i];
6629 }
6630 
6631 void CheckFormatHandler::DoneProcessing() {
6632   // Does the number of data arguments exceed the number of
6633   // format conversions in the format string?
6634   if (ArgPassingKind != Sema::FAPK_VAList) {
6635     // Find any arguments that weren't covered.
6636     CoveredArgs.flip();
6637     signed notCoveredArg = CoveredArgs.find_first();
6638     if (notCoveredArg >= 0) {
6639       assert((unsigned)notCoveredArg < NumDataArgs);
6640       UncoveredArg.Update(notCoveredArg, OrigFormatExpr);
6641     } else {
6642       UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
6643     }
6644   }
6645 }
6646 
6647 void UncoveredArgHandler::Diagnose(Sema &S, bool IsFunctionCall,
6648                                    const Expr *ArgExpr) {
6649   assert(hasUncoveredArg() && !DiagnosticExprs.empty() &&
6650          "Invalid state");
6651 
6652   if (!ArgExpr)
6653     return;
6654 
6655   SourceLocation Loc = ArgExpr->getBeginLoc();
6656 
6657   if (S.getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(Loc))
6658     return;
6659 
6660   PartialDiagnostic PDiag = S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_data_arg_not_used);
6661   for (auto E : DiagnosticExprs)
6662     PDiag << E->getSourceRange();
6663 
6664   CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6665                                   S, IsFunctionCall, DiagnosticExprs[0],
6666                                   PDiag, Loc, /*IsStringLocation*/false,
6667                                   DiagnosticExprs[0]->getSourceRange());
6668 }
6669 
6670 bool
6671 CheckFormatHandler::HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(unsigned argIndex,
6672                                                      SourceLocation Loc,
6673                                                      const char *startSpec,
6674                                                      unsigned specifierLen,
6675                                                      const char *csStart,
6676                                                      unsigned csLen) {
6677   bool keepGoing = true;
6678   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
6679     // Consider the argument coverered, even though the specifier doesn't
6680     // make sense.
6681     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6682   }
6683   else {
6684     // If argIndex exceeds the number of data arguments we
6685     // don't issue a warning because that is just a cascade of warnings (and
6686     // they may have intended '%%' anyway). We don't want to continue processing
6687     // the format string after this point, however, as we will like just get
6688     // gibberish when trying to match arguments.
6689     keepGoing = false;
6690   }
6691 
6692   StringRef Specifier(csStart, csLen);
6693 
6694   // If the specifier in non-printable, it could be the first byte of a UTF-8
6695   // sequence. In that case, print the UTF-8 code point. If not, print the byte
6696   // hex value.
6697   std::string CodePointStr;
6698   if (!llvm::sys::locale::isPrint(*csStart)) {
6699     llvm::UTF32 CodePoint;
6700     const llvm::UTF8 **B = reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 **>(&csStart);
6701     const llvm::UTF8 *E =
6702         reinterpret_cast<const llvm::UTF8 *>(csStart + csLen);
6703     llvm::ConversionResult Result =
6704         llvm::convertUTF8Sequence(B, E, &CodePoint, llvm::strictConversion);
6705 
6706     if (Result != llvm::conversionOK) {
6707       unsigned char FirstChar = *csStart;
6708       CodePoint = (llvm::UTF32)FirstChar;
6709     }
6710 
6711     llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(CodePointStr);
6712     if (CodePoint < 256)
6713       OS << "\\x" << llvm::format("%02x", CodePoint);
6714     else if (CodePoint <= 0xFFFF)
6715       OS << "\\u" << llvm::format("%04x", CodePoint);
6716     else
6717       OS << "\\U" << llvm::format("%08x", CodePoint);
6718     Specifier = CodePointStr;
6719   }
6720 
6721   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6722       S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_conversion) << Specifier, Loc,
6723       /*IsStringLocation*/ true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
6724 
6725   return keepGoing;
6726 }
6727 
6728 void
6729 CheckFormatHandler::HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(SourceLocation Loc,
6730                                                       const char *startSpec,
6731                                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
6732   EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6733     S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_mix_positional_nonpositional_args),
6734     Loc, /*isStringLoc*/true, getSpecifierRange(startSpec, specifierLen));
6735 }
6736 
6737 bool
6738 CheckFormatHandler::CheckNumArgs(
6739   const analyze_format_string::FormatSpecifier &FS,
6740   const analyze_format_string::ConversionSpecifier &CS,
6741   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen, unsigned argIndex) {
6742 
6743   if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
6744     PartialDiagnostic PDiag = FS.usesPositionalArg()
6745       ? (S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_positional_arg_exceeds_data_args)
6746            << (argIndex+1) << NumDataArgs)
6747       : S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_insufficient_data_args);
6748     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6749       PDiag, getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6750       getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6751 
6752     // Since more arguments than conversion tokens are given, by extension
6753     // all arguments are covered, so mark this as so.
6754     UncoveredArg.setAllCovered();
6755     return false;
6756   }
6757   return true;
6758 }
6759 
6760 template<typename Range>
6761 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(PartialDiagnostic PDiag,
6762                                               SourceLocation Loc,
6763                                               bool IsStringLocation,
6764                                               Range StringRange,
6765                                               ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
6766   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S, inFunctionCall, Args[FormatIdx], PDiag,
6767                        Loc, IsStringLocation, StringRange, FixIt);
6768 }
6769 
6770 /// If the format string is not within the function call, emit a note
6771 /// so that the function call and string are in diagnostic messages.
6772 ///
6773 /// \param InFunctionCall if true, the format string is within the function
6774 /// call and only one diagnostic message will be produced.  Otherwise, an
6775 /// extra note will be emitted pointing to location of the format string.
6776 ///
6777 /// \param ArgumentExpr the expression that is passed as the format string
6778 /// argument in the function call.  Used for getting locations when two
6779 /// diagnostics are emitted.
6780 ///
6781 /// \param PDiag the callee should already have provided any strings for the
6782 /// diagnostic message.  This function only adds locations and fixits
6783 /// to diagnostics.
6784 ///
6785 /// \param Loc primary location for diagnostic.  If two diagnostics are
6786 /// required, one will be at Loc and a new SourceLocation will be created for
6787 /// the other one.
6788 ///
6789 /// \param IsStringLocation if true, Loc points to the format string should be
6790 /// used for the note.  Otherwise, Loc points to the argument list and will
6791 /// be used with PDiag.
6792 ///
6793 /// \param StringRange some or all of the string to highlight.  This is
6794 /// templated so it can accept either a CharSourceRange or a SourceRange.
6795 ///
6796 /// \param FixIt optional fix it hint for the format string.
6797 template <typename Range>
6798 void CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
6799     Sema &S, bool InFunctionCall, const Expr *ArgumentExpr,
6800     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsStringLocation,
6801     Range StringRange, ArrayRef<FixItHint> FixIt) {
6802   if (InFunctionCall) {
6803     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &D = S.Diag(Loc, PDiag);
6804     D << StringRange;
6805     D << FixIt;
6806   } else {
6807     S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc() : Loc, PDiag)
6808       << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange();
6809 
6810     const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Note =
6811       S.Diag(IsStringLocation ? Loc : StringRange.getBegin(),
6812              diag::note_format_string_defined);
6813 
6814     Note << StringRange;
6815     Note << FixIt;
6816   }
6817 }
6818 
6819 //===--- CHECK: Printf format string checking -----------------------------===//
6820 
6821 namespace {
6822 
6823 class CheckPrintfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
6824 public:
6825   CheckPrintfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
6826                      const Expr *origFormatExpr,
6827                      const Sema::FormatStringType type, unsigned firstDataArg,
6828                      unsigned numDataArgs, bool isObjC, const char *beg,
6829                      Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK,
6830                      ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
6831                      bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
6832                      llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
6833                      UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
6834       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
6835                            numDataArgs, beg, APK, Args, formatIdx,
6836                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
6837                            UncoveredArg) {}
6838 
6839   bool isObjCContext() const { return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString; }
6840 
6841   /// Returns true if '%@' specifiers are allowed in the format string.
6842   bool allowsObjCArg() const {
6843     return FSType == Sema::FST_NSString || FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
6844            FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace;
6845   }
6846 
6847   bool HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
6848                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6849                                       const char *startSpecifier,
6850                                       unsigned specifierLen) override;
6851 
6852   void handleInvalidMaskType(StringRef MaskType) override;
6853 
6854   bool HandlePrintfSpecifier(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6855                              const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen,
6856                              const TargetInfo &Target) override;
6857   bool checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6858                        const char *StartSpecifier,
6859                        unsigned SpecifierLen,
6860                        const Expr *E);
6861 
6862   bool HandleAmount(const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
6863                     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
6864   void HandleInvalidAmount(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6865                            const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
6866                            unsigned type,
6867                            const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
6868   void HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6869                   const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
6870                   const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
6871   void HandleIgnoredFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6872                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
6873                          const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
6874                          const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen);
6875   bool checkForCStrMembers(const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT,
6876                            const Expr *E);
6877 
6878   void HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
6879                                    unsigned flagLen) override;
6880 
6881   void HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
6882                                             unsigned flagLen) override;
6883 
6884   void HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(const char *flagsStart,
6885                                            const char *flagsEnd,
6886                                            const char *conversionPosition)
6887                                              override;
6888 };
6889 
6890 } // namespace
6891 
6892 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(
6893                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6894                                       const char *startSpecifier,
6895                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
6896   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6897     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6898 
6899   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
6900                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
6901                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
6902                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
6903 }
6904 
6905 void CheckPrintfHandler::handleInvalidMaskType(StringRef MaskType) {
6906   S.Diag(getLocationOfByte(MaskType.data()), diag::err_invalid_mask_type_size);
6907 }
6908 
6909 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandleAmount(
6910     const analyze_format_string::OptionalAmount &Amt, unsigned k,
6911     const char *startSpecifier, unsigned specifierLen) {
6912   if (Amt.hasDataArgument()) {
6913     if (ArgPassingKind != Sema::FAPK_VAList) {
6914       unsigned argIndex = Amt.getArgIndex();
6915       if (argIndex >= NumDataArgs) {
6916         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_missing_arg)
6917                                  << k,
6918                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6919                              /*IsStringLocation*/ true,
6920                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6921         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
6922         // spurious errors.
6923         return false;
6924       }
6925 
6926       // Type check the data argument.  It should be an 'int'.
6927       // Although not in conformance with C99, we also allow the argument to be
6928       // an 'unsigned int' as that is a reasonably safe case.  GCC also
6929       // doesn't emit a warning for that case.
6930       CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
6931       const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
6932       if (!Arg)
6933         return false;
6934 
6935       QualType T = Arg->getType();
6936 
6937       const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = Amt.getArgType(S.Context);
6938       assert(AT.isValid());
6939 
6940       if (!AT.matchesType(S.Context, T)) {
6941         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_asterisk_wrong_type)
6942                                << k << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
6943                                << T << Arg->getSourceRange(),
6944                              getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6945                              /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6946                              getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
6947         // Don't do any more checking.  We will just emit
6948         // spurious errors.
6949         return false;
6950       }
6951     }
6952   }
6953   return true;
6954 }
6955 
6956 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidAmount(
6957                                       const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6958                                       const analyze_printf::OptionalAmount &Amt,
6959                                       unsigned type,
6960                                       const char *startSpecifier,
6961                                       unsigned specifierLen) {
6962   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6963     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6964 
6965   FixItHint fixit =
6966     Amt.getHowSpecified() == analyze_printf::OptionalAmount::Constant
6967       ? FixItHint::CreateRemoval(getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
6968                                  Amt.getConstantLength()))
6969       : FixItHint();
6970 
6971   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_optional_amount)
6972                          << type << CS.toString(),
6973                        getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
6974                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6975                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6976                        fixit);
6977 }
6978 
6979 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleFlag(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6980                                     const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
6981                                     const char *startSpecifier,
6982                                     unsigned specifierLen) {
6983   // Warn about pointless flag with a fixit removal.
6984   const analyze_printf::PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS =
6985     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
6986   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_nonsensical_flag)
6987                          << flag.toString() << CS.toString(),
6988                        getLocationOfByte(flag.getPosition()),
6989                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
6990                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
6991                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6992                          getSpecifierRange(flag.getPosition(), 1)));
6993 }
6994 
6995 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleIgnoredFlag(
6996                                 const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
6997                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &ignoredFlag,
6998                                 const analyze_printf::OptionalFlag &flag,
6999                                 const char *startSpecifier,
7000                                 unsigned specifierLen) {
7001   // Warn about ignored flag with a fixit removal.
7002   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_ignored_flag)
7003                          << ignoredFlag.toString() << flag.toString(),
7004                        getLocationOfByte(ignoredFlag.getPosition()),
7005                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
7006                        getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
7007                        FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7008                          getSpecifierRange(ignoredFlag.getPosition(), 1)));
7009 }
7010 
7011 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleEmptyObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
7012                                                      unsigned flagLen) {
7013   // Warn about an empty flag.
7014   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_empty_objc_flag),
7015                        getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
7016                        /*IsStringLocation*/true,
7017                        getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen));
7018 }
7019 
7020 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleInvalidObjCModifierFlag(const char *startFlag,
7021                                                        unsigned flagLen) {
7022   // Warn about an invalid flag.
7023   auto Range = getSpecifierRange(startFlag, flagLen);
7024   StringRef flag(startFlag, flagLen);
7025   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_invalid_objc_flag) << flag,
7026                       getLocationOfByte(startFlag),
7027                       /*IsStringLocation*/true,
7028                       Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
7029 }
7030 
7031 void CheckPrintfHandler::HandleObjCFlagsWithNonObjCConversion(
7032     const char *flagsStart, const char *flagsEnd, const char *conversionPosition) {
7033     // Warn about using '[...]' without a '@' conversion.
7034     auto Range = getSpecifierRange(flagsStart, flagsEnd - flagsStart + 1);
7035     auto diag = diag::warn_printf_ObjCflags_without_ObjCConversion;
7036     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag) << StringRef(conversionPosition, 1),
7037                          getLocationOfByte(conversionPosition),
7038                          /*IsStringLocation*/true,
7039                          Range, FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Range));
7040 }
7041 
7042 // Determines if the specified is a C++ class or struct containing
7043 // a member with the specified name and kind (e.g. a CXXMethodDecl named
7044 // "c_str()").
7045 template<typename MemberKind>
7046 static llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1>
7047 CXXRecordMembersNamed(StringRef Name, Sema &S, QualType Ty) {
7048   const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
7049   llvm::SmallPtrSet<MemberKind*, 1> Results;
7050 
7051   if (!RT)
7052     return Results;
7053   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
7054   if (!RD || !RD->getDefinition())
7055     return Results;
7056 
7057   LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get(Name), SourceLocation(),
7058                  Sema::LookupMemberName);
7059   R.suppressDiagnostics();
7060 
7061   // We just need to include all members of the right kind turned up by the
7062   // filter, at this point.
7063   if (S.LookupQualifiedName(R, RT->getDecl()))
7064     for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
7065       NamedDecl *decl = (*I)->getUnderlyingDecl();
7066       if (MemberKind *FK = dyn_cast<MemberKind>(decl))
7067         Results.insert(FK);
7068     }
7069   return Results;
7070 }
7071 
7072 /// Check if we could call '.c_str()' on an object.
7073 ///
7074 /// FIXME: This returns the wrong results in some cases (if cv-qualifiers don't
7075 /// allow the call, or if it would be ambiguous).
7076 bool Sema::hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E) {
7077   using MethodSet = llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl *, 1>;
7078 
7079   MethodSet Results =
7080       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", *this, E->getType());
7081   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
7082        MI != ME; ++MI)
7083     if ((*MI)->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0)
7084       return true;
7085   return false;
7086 }
7087 
7088 // Check if a (w)string was passed when a (w)char* was needed, and offer a
7089 // better diagnostic if so. AT is assumed to be valid.
7090 // Returns true when a c_str() conversion method is found.
7091 bool CheckPrintfHandler::checkForCStrMembers(
7092     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT, const Expr *E) {
7093   using MethodSet = llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXMethodDecl *, 1>;
7094 
7095   MethodSet Results =
7096       CXXRecordMembersNamed<CXXMethodDecl>("c_str", S, E->getType());
7097 
7098   for (MethodSet::iterator MI = Results.begin(), ME = Results.end();
7099        MI != ME; ++MI) {
7100     const CXXMethodDecl *Method = *MI;
7101     if (Method->getMinRequiredArguments() == 0 &&
7102         AT.matchesType(S.Context, Method->getReturnType())) {
7103       // FIXME: Suggest parens if the expression needs them.
7104       SourceLocation EndLoc = S.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getEndLoc());
7105       S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_printf_c_str)
7106           << "c_str()" << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ".c_str()");
7107       return true;
7108     }
7109   }
7110 
7111   return false;
7112 }
7113 
7114 bool CheckPrintfHandler::HandlePrintfSpecifier(
7115     const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS, const char *startSpecifier,
7116     unsigned specifierLen, const TargetInfo &Target) {
7117   using namespace analyze_format_string;
7118   using namespace analyze_printf;
7119 
7120   const PrintfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
7121 
7122   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
7123     if (atFirstArg) {
7124         atFirstArg = false;
7125         usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
7126     }
7127     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
7128       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
7129                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7130       return false;
7131     }
7132   }
7133 
7134   // First check if the field width, precision, and conversion specifier
7135   // have matching data arguments.
7136   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
7137                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
7138     return false;
7139   }
7140 
7141   if (!HandleAmount(FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
7142                     startSpecifier, specifierLen)) {
7143     return false;
7144   }
7145 
7146   if (!CS.consumesDataArgument()) {
7147     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
7148     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
7149     return true;
7150   }
7151 
7152   // Consume the argument.
7153   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
7154   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
7155     // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
7156     // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
7157     // function if we encounter some other error.
7158     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
7159   }
7160 
7161   // FreeBSD kernel extensions.
7162   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg ||
7163       CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDDArg) {
7164     // We need at least two arguments.
7165     if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex + 1))
7166       return false;
7167 
7168     // Claim the second argument.
7169     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex + 1);
7170 
7171     // Type check the first argument (int for %b, pointer for %D)
7172     const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
7173     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT =
7174       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::FreeBSDbArg) ?
7175         ArgType(S.Context.IntTy) : ArgType::CPointerTy;
7176     if (AT.isValid() && !AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
7177       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7178           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
7179               << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
7180               << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
7181           Ex->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7182           getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7183 
7184     // Type check the second argument (char * for both %b and %D)
7185     Ex = getDataArg(argIndex + 1);
7186     const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT2 = ArgType::CStrTy;
7187     if (AT2.isValid() && !AT2.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType()))
7188       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7189           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
7190               << AT2.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << Ex->getType()
7191               << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
7192           Ex->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7193           getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7194 
7195      return true;
7196   }
7197 
7198   // Check for using an Objective-C specific conversion specifier
7199   // in a non-ObjC literal.
7200   if (!allowsObjCArg() && CS.isObjCArg()) {
7201     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
7202                                                   specifierLen);
7203   }
7204 
7205   // %P can only be used with os_log.
7206   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg) {
7207     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
7208                                                   specifierLen);
7209   }
7210 
7211   // %n is not allowed with os_log.
7212   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSLog && CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg) {
7213     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_os_log_format_narg),
7214                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
7215                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7216                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7217 
7218     return true;
7219   }
7220 
7221   // Only scalars are allowed for os_trace.
7222   if (FSType == Sema::FST_OSTrace &&
7223       (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg ||
7224        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::sArg ||
7225        CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::ObjCObjArg)) {
7226     return HandleInvalidPrintfConversionSpecifier(FS, startSpecifier,
7227                                                   specifierLen);
7228   }
7229 
7230   // Check for use of public/private annotation outside of os_log().
7231   if (FSType != Sema::FST_OSLog) {
7232     if (FS.isPublic().isSet()) {
7233       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
7234                                << "public",
7235                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPublic().getPosition()),
7236                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7237                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7238     }
7239     if (FS.isPrivate().isSet()) {
7240       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_invalid_annotation)
7241                                << "private",
7242                            getLocationOfByte(FS.isPrivate().getPosition()),
7243                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7244                            getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7245     }
7246   }
7247 
7248   const llvm::Triple &Triple = Target.getTriple();
7249   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::nArg &&
7250       (Triple.isAndroid() || Triple.isOSFuchsia())) {
7251     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_narg_not_supported),
7252                          getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
7253                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7254                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7255   }
7256 
7257   // Check for invalid use of field width
7258   if (!FS.hasValidFieldWidth()) {
7259     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getFieldWidth(), /* field width */ 0,
7260         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7261   }
7262 
7263   // Check for invalid use of precision
7264   if (!FS.hasValidPrecision()) {
7265     HandleInvalidAmount(FS, FS.getPrecision(), /* precision */ 1,
7266         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7267   }
7268 
7269   // Precision is mandatory for %P specifier.
7270   if (CS.getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
7271       FS.getPrecision().getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::NotSpecified) {
7272     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_no_precision),
7273                          getLocationOfByte(startSpecifier),
7274                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
7275                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
7276   }
7277 
7278   // Check each flag does not conflict with any other component.
7279   if (!FS.hasValidThousandsGroupingPrefix())
7280     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasThousandsGrouping(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7281   if (!FS.hasValidLeadingZeros())
7282     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7283   if (!FS.hasValidPlusPrefix())
7284     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasPlusPrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7285   if (!FS.hasValidSpacePrefix())
7286     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7287   if (!FS.hasValidAlternativeForm())
7288     HandleFlag(FS, FS.hasAlternativeForm(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7289   if (!FS.hasValidLeftJustified())
7290     HandleFlag(FS, FS.isLeftJustified(), startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7291 
7292   // Check that flags are not ignored by another flag
7293   if (FS.hasSpacePrefix() && FS.hasPlusPrefix()) // ' ' ignored by '+'
7294     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasSpacePrefix(), FS.hasPlusPrefix(),
7295         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7296   if (FS.hasLeadingZeros() && FS.isLeftJustified()) // '0' ignored by '-'
7297     HandleIgnoredFlag(FS, FS.hasLeadingZeros(), FS.isLeftJustified(),
7298             startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7299 
7300   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
7301   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo(),
7302                                  S.getLangOpts()))
7303     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
7304                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
7305   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
7306     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7307   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
7308     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
7309                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
7310 
7311   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
7312     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7313 
7314   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
7315   if (ArgPassingKind == Sema::FAPK_VAList)
7316     return true;
7317 
7318   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
7319     return false;
7320 
7321   const Expr *Arg = getDataArg(argIndex);
7322   if (!Arg)
7323     return true;
7324 
7325   return checkFormatExpr(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, Arg);
7326 }
7327 
7328 static bool requiresParensToAddCast(const Expr *E) {
7329   // FIXME: We should have a general way to reason about operator
7330   // precedence and whether parens are actually needed here.
7331   // Take care of a few common cases where they aren't.
7332   const Expr *Inside = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
7333   if (const PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(Inside))
7334     Inside = POE->getSyntacticForm()->IgnoreImpCasts();
7335 
7336   switch (Inside->getStmtClass()) {
7337   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass:
7338   case Stmt::CallExprClass:
7339   case Stmt::CharacterLiteralClass:
7340   case Stmt::CXXBoolLiteralExprClass:
7341   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
7342   case Stmt::FloatingLiteralClass:
7343   case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass:
7344   case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
7345   case Stmt::ObjCArrayLiteralClass:
7346   case Stmt::ObjCBoolLiteralExprClass:
7347   case Stmt::ObjCBoxedExprClass:
7348   case Stmt::ObjCDictionaryLiteralClass:
7349   case Stmt::ObjCEncodeExprClass:
7350   case Stmt::ObjCIvarRefExprClass:
7351   case Stmt::ObjCMessageExprClass:
7352   case Stmt::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass:
7353   case Stmt::ObjCStringLiteralClass:
7354   case Stmt::ObjCSubscriptRefExprClass:
7355   case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
7356   case Stmt::StringLiteralClass:
7357   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass:
7358     return false;
7359   default:
7360     return true;
7361   }
7362 }
7363 
7364 static std::pair<QualType, StringRef>
7365 shouldNotPrintDirectly(const ASTContext &Context,
7366                        QualType IntendedTy,
7367                        const Expr *E) {
7368   // Use a 'while' to peel off layers of typedefs.
7369   QualType TyTy = IntendedTy;
7370   while (const TypedefType *UserTy = TyTy->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
7371     StringRef Name = UserTy->getDecl()->getName();
7372     QualType CastTy = llvm::StringSwitch<QualType>(Name)
7373       .Case("CFIndex", Context.getNSIntegerType())
7374       .Case("NSInteger", Context.getNSIntegerType())
7375       .Case("NSUInteger", Context.getNSUIntegerType())
7376       .Case("SInt32", Context.IntTy)
7377       .Case("UInt32", Context.UnsignedIntTy)
7378       .Default(QualType());
7379 
7380     if (!CastTy.isNull())
7381       return std::make_pair(CastTy, Name);
7382 
7383     TyTy = UserTy->desugar();
7384   }
7385 
7386   // Strip parens if necessary.
7387   if (const ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
7388     return shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
7389                                   PE->getSubExpr()->getType(),
7390                                   PE->getSubExpr());
7391 
7392   // If this is a conditional expression, then its result type is constructed
7393   // via usual arithmetic conversions and thus there might be no necessary
7394   // typedef sugar there.  Recurse to operands to check for NSInteger &
7395   // Co. usage condition.
7396   if (const ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7397     QualType TrueTy, FalseTy;
7398     StringRef TrueName, FalseName;
7399 
7400     std::tie(TrueTy, TrueName) =
7401       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
7402                              CO->getTrueExpr()->getType(),
7403                              CO->getTrueExpr());
7404     std::tie(FalseTy, FalseName) =
7405       shouldNotPrintDirectly(Context,
7406                              CO->getFalseExpr()->getType(),
7407                              CO->getFalseExpr());
7408 
7409     if (TrueTy == FalseTy)
7410       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
7411     else if (TrueTy.isNull())
7412       return std::make_pair(FalseTy, FalseName);
7413     else if (FalseTy.isNull())
7414       return std::make_pair(TrueTy, TrueName);
7415   }
7416 
7417   return std::make_pair(QualType(), StringRef());
7418 }
7419 
7420 /// Return true if \p ICE is an implicit argument promotion of an arithmetic
7421 /// type. Bit-field 'promotions' from a higher ranked type to a lower ranked
7422 /// type do not count.
7423 static bool
7424 isArithmeticArgumentPromotion(Sema &S, const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE) {
7425   QualType From = ICE->getSubExpr()->getType();
7426   QualType To = ICE->getType();
7427   // It's an integer promotion if the destination type is the promoted
7428   // source type.
7429   if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast &&
7430       S.Context.isPromotableIntegerType(From) &&
7431       S.Context.getPromotedIntegerType(From) == To)
7432     return true;
7433   // Look through vector types, since we do default argument promotion for
7434   // those in OpenCL.
7435   if (const auto *VecTy = From->getAs<ExtVectorType>())
7436     From = VecTy->getElementType();
7437   if (const auto *VecTy = To->getAs<ExtVectorType>())
7438     To = VecTy->getElementType();
7439   // It's a floating promotion if the source type is a lower rank.
7440   return ICE->getCastKind() == CK_FloatingCast &&
7441          S.Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(From, To) < 0;
7442 }
7443 
7444 static analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind
7445 handleFormatSignedness(analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind Match,
7446                        DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, SourceLocation Loc) {
7447   if (Match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchSignedness) {
7448     Match =
7449         Diags.isIgnored(
7450             diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_signedness, Loc)
7451             ? analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match
7452             : analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatch;
7453   }
7454   return Match;
7455 }
7456 
7457 bool
7458 CheckPrintfHandler::checkFormatExpr(const analyze_printf::PrintfSpecifier &FS,
7459                                     const char *StartSpecifier,
7460                                     unsigned SpecifierLen,
7461                                     const Expr *E) {
7462   using namespace analyze_format_string;
7463   using namespace analyze_printf;
7464 
7465   // Now type check the data expression that matches the
7466   // format specifier.
7467   const analyze_printf::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context, isObjCContext());
7468   if (!AT.isValid())
7469     return true;
7470 
7471   QualType ExprTy = E->getType();
7472   while (const TypeOfExprType *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(ExprTy)) {
7473     ExprTy = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType();
7474   }
7475 
7476   // When using the format attribute in C++, you can receive a function or an
7477   // array that will necessarily decay to a pointer when passed to the final
7478   // format consumer. Apply decay before type comparison.
7479   if (ExprTy->canDecayToPointerType())
7480     ExprTy = S.Context.getDecayedType(ExprTy);
7481 
7482   // Diagnose attempts to print a boolean value as a character. Unlike other
7483   // -Wformat diagnostics, this is fine from a type perspective, but it still
7484   // doesn't make sense.
7485   if (FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::cArg &&
7486       E->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) {
7487     const CharSourceRange &CSR =
7488         getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
7489     SmallString<4> FSString;
7490     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(FSString);
7491     FS.toString(os);
7492     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_bool_as_character)
7493                              << FSString,
7494                          E->getExprLoc(), false, CSR);
7495     return true;
7496   }
7497 
7498   // Diagnose attempts to use '%P' with ObjC object types, which will result in
7499   // dumping raw class data (like is-a pointer), not actual data.
7500   if (FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::PArg &&
7501       ExprTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
7502     const CharSourceRange &CSR =
7503         getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
7504     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_P_with_objc_pointer),
7505                          E->getExprLoc(), false, CSR);
7506     return true;
7507   }
7508 
7509   ArgType::MatchKind ImplicitMatch = ArgType::NoMatch;
7510   ArgType::MatchKind Match = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
7511   ArgType::MatchKind OrigMatch = Match;
7512 
7513   Match = handleFormatSignedness(Match, S.getDiagnostics(), E->getExprLoc());
7514   if (Match == ArgType::Match)
7515     return true;
7516 
7517   // NoMatchPromotionTypeConfusion should be only returned in ImplictCastExpr
7518   assert(Match != ArgType::NoMatchPromotionTypeConfusion);
7519 
7520   // Look through argument promotions for our error message's reported type.
7521   // This includes the integral and floating promotions, but excludes array
7522   // and function pointer decay (seeing that an argument intended to be a
7523   // string has type 'char [6]' is probably more confusing than 'char *') and
7524   // certain bitfield promotions (bitfields can be 'demoted' to a lesser type).
7525   if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
7526     if (isArithmeticArgumentPromotion(S, ICE)) {
7527       E = ICE->getSubExpr();
7528       ExprTy = E->getType();
7529 
7530       // Check if we didn't match because of an implicit cast from a 'char'
7531       // or 'short' to an 'int'.  This is done because printf is a varargs
7532       // function.
7533       if (ICE->getType() == S.Context.IntTy ||
7534           ICE->getType() == S.Context.UnsignedIntTy) {
7535         // All further checking is done on the subexpression
7536         ImplicitMatch = AT.matchesType(S.Context, ExprTy);
7537         if (OrigMatch == ArgType::NoMatchSignedness &&
7538             ImplicitMatch != ArgType::NoMatchSignedness)
7539           // If the original match was a signedness match this match on the
7540           // implicit cast type also need to be signedness match otherwise we
7541           // might introduce new unexpected warnings from -Wformat-signedness.
7542           return true;
7543         ImplicitMatch = handleFormatSignedness(
7544             ImplicitMatch, S.getDiagnostics(), E->getExprLoc());
7545         if (ImplicitMatch == ArgType::Match)
7546           return true;
7547       }
7548     }
7549   } else if (const CharacterLiteral *CL = dyn_cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)) {
7550     // Special case for 'a', which has type 'int' in C.
7551     // Note, however, that we do /not/ want to treat multibyte constants like
7552     // 'MooV' as characters! This form is deprecated but still exists. In
7553     // addition, don't treat expressions as of type 'char' if one byte length
7554     // modifier is provided.
7555     if (ExprTy == S.Context.IntTy &&
7556         FS.getLengthModifier().getKind() != LengthModifier::AsChar)
7557       if (llvm::isUIntN(S.Context.getCharWidth(), CL->getValue())) {
7558         ExprTy = S.Context.CharTy;
7559         // To improve check results, we consider a character literal in C
7560         // to be a 'char' rather than an 'int'. 'printf("%hd", 'a');' is
7561         // more likely a type confusion situation, so we will suggest to
7562         // use '%hhd' instead by discarding the MatchPromotion.
7563         if (Match == ArgType::MatchPromotion)
7564           Match = ArgType::NoMatch;
7565       }
7566   }
7567   if (Match == ArgType::MatchPromotion) {
7568     // WG14 N2562 only clarified promotions in *printf
7569     // For NSLog in ObjC, just preserve -Wformat behavior
7570     if (!S.getLangOpts().ObjC &&
7571         ImplicitMatch != ArgType::NoMatchPromotionTypeConfusion &&
7572         ImplicitMatch != ArgType::NoMatchTypeConfusion)
7573       return true;
7574     Match = ArgType::NoMatch;
7575   }
7576   if (ImplicitMatch == ArgType::NoMatchPedantic ||
7577       ImplicitMatch == ArgType::NoMatchTypeConfusion)
7578     Match = ImplicitMatch;
7579   assert(Match != ArgType::MatchPromotion);
7580 
7581   // Look through unscoped enums to their underlying type.
7582   bool IsEnum = false;
7583   bool IsScopedEnum = false;
7584   QualType IntendedTy = ExprTy;
7585   if (auto EnumTy = ExprTy->getAs<EnumType>()) {
7586     IntendedTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
7587     if (EnumTy->isUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
7588       ExprTy = IntendedTy;
7589       // This controls whether we're talking about the underlying type or not,
7590       // which we only want to do when it's an unscoped enum.
7591       IsEnum = true;
7592     } else {
7593       IsScopedEnum = true;
7594     }
7595   }
7596 
7597   // %C in an Objective-C context prints a unichar, not a wchar_t.
7598   // If the argument is an integer of some kind, believe the %C and suggest
7599   // a cast instead of changing the conversion specifier.
7600   if (isObjCContext() &&
7601       FS.getConversionSpecifier().getKind() == ConversionSpecifier::CArg) {
7602     if (ExprTy->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
7603         !ExprTy->isCharType()) {
7604       // 'unichar' is defined as a typedef of unsigned short, but we should
7605       // prefer using the typedef if it is visible.
7606       IntendedTy = S.Context.UnsignedShortTy;
7607 
7608       // While we are here, check if the value is an IntegerLiteral that happens
7609       // to be within the valid range.
7610       if (const IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)) {
7611         const llvm::APInt &V = IL->getValue();
7612         if (V.getActiveBits() <= S.Context.getTypeSize(IntendedTy))
7613           return true;
7614       }
7615 
7616       LookupResult Result(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("unichar"), E->getBeginLoc(),
7617                           Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
7618       if (S.LookupName(Result, S.getCurScope())) {
7619         NamedDecl *ND = Result.getFoundDecl();
7620         if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(ND))
7621           if (TD->getUnderlyingType() == IntendedTy)
7622             IntendedTy = S.Context.getTypedefType(TD);
7623       }
7624     }
7625   }
7626 
7627   // Special-case some of Darwin's platform-independence types by suggesting
7628   // casts to primitive types that are known to be large enough.
7629   bool ShouldNotPrintDirectly = false; StringRef CastTyName;
7630   if (S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
7631     QualType CastTy;
7632     std::tie(CastTy, CastTyName) = shouldNotPrintDirectly(S.Context, IntendedTy, E);
7633     if (!CastTy.isNull()) {
7634       // %zi/%zu and %td/%tu are OK to use for NSInteger/NSUInteger of type int
7635       // (long in ASTContext). Only complain to pedants or when they're the
7636       // underlying type of a scoped enum (which always needs a cast).
7637       if (!IsScopedEnum &&
7638           (CastTyName == "NSInteger" || CastTyName == "NSUInteger") &&
7639           (AT.isSizeT() || AT.isPtrdiffT()) &&
7640           AT.matchesType(S.Context, CastTy))
7641         Match = ArgType::NoMatchPedantic;
7642       IntendedTy = CastTy;
7643       ShouldNotPrintDirectly = true;
7644     }
7645   }
7646 
7647   // We may be able to offer a FixItHint if it is a supported type.
7648   PrintfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
7649   bool Success =
7650       fixedFS.fixType(IntendedTy, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context, isObjCContext());
7651 
7652   if (Success) {
7653     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier
7654     SmallString<16> buf;
7655     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
7656     fixedFS.toString(os);
7657 
7658     CharSourceRange SpecRange = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier, SpecifierLen);
7659 
7660     if (IntendedTy == ExprTy && !ShouldNotPrintDirectly && !IsScopedEnum) {
7661       unsigned Diag;
7662       switch (Match) {
7663       case ArgType::Match:
7664       case ArgType::MatchPromotion:
7665       case ArgType::NoMatchPromotionTypeConfusion:
7666       case ArgType::NoMatchSignedness:
7667         llvm_unreachable("expected non-matching");
7668       case ArgType::NoMatchPedantic:
7669         Diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
7670         break;
7671       case ArgType::NoMatchTypeConfusion:
7672         Diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_confusion;
7673         break;
7674       case ArgType::NoMatch:
7675         Diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
7676         break;
7677       }
7678 
7679       // In this case, the specifier is wrong and should be changed to match
7680       // the argument.
7681       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(Diag)
7682                                << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
7683                                << IntendedTy << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
7684                            E->getBeginLoc(),
7685                            /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange,
7686                            FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
7687     } else {
7688       // The canonical type for formatting this value is different from the
7689       // actual type of the expression. (This occurs, for example, with Darwin's
7690       // NSInteger on 32-bit platforms, where it is typedef'd as 'int', but
7691       // should be printed as 'long' for 64-bit compatibility.)
7692       // Rather than emitting a normal format/argument mismatch, we want to
7693       // add a cast to the recommended type (and correct the format string
7694       // if necessary). We should also do so for scoped enumerations.
7695       SmallString<16> CastBuf;
7696       llvm::raw_svector_ostream CastFix(CastBuf);
7697       CastFix << (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? "static_cast<" : "(");
7698       IntendedTy.print(CastFix, S.Context.getPrintingPolicy());
7699       CastFix << (S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus ? ">" : ")");
7700 
7701       SmallVector<FixItHint,4> Hints;
7702       ArgType::MatchKind IntendedMatch = AT.matchesType(S.Context, IntendedTy);
7703       IntendedMatch = handleFormatSignedness(IntendedMatch, S.getDiagnostics(),
7704                                              E->getExprLoc());
7705       if ((IntendedMatch != ArgType::Match) || ShouldNotPrintDirectly)
7706         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SpecRange, os.str()));
7707 
7708       if (const CStyleCastExpr *CCast = dyn_cast<CStyleCastExpr>(E)) {
7709         // If there's already a cast present, just replace it.
7710         SourceRange CastRange(CCast->getLParenLoc(), CCast->getRParenLoc());
7711         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateReplacement(CastRange, CastFix.str()));
7712 
7713       } else if (!requiresParensToAddCast(E) && !S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
7714         // If the expression has high enough precedence,
7715         // just write the C-style cast.
7716         Hints.push_back(
7717             FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getBeginLoc(), CastFix.str()));
7718       } else {
7719         // Otherwise, add parens around the expression as well as the cast.
7720         CastFix << "(";
7721         Hints.push_back(
7722             FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getBeginLoc(), CastFix.str()));
7723 
7724         // We don't use getLocForEndOfToken because it returns invalid source
7725         // locations for macro expansions (by design).
7726         SourceLocation EndLoc = S.SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(E->getEndLoc());
7727         SourceLocation After = EndLoc.getLocWithOffset(
7728             Lexer::MeasureTokenLength(EndLoc, S.SourceMgr, S.LangOpts));
7729         Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(After, ")"));
7730       }
7731 
7732       if (ShouldNotPrintDirectly && !IsScopedEnum) {
7733         // The expression has a type that should not be printed directly.
7734         // We extract the name from the typedef because we don't want to show
7735         // the underlying type in the diagnostic.
7736         StringRef Name;
7737         if (const auto *TypedefTy = ExprTy->getAs<TypedefType>())
7738           Name = TypedefTy->getDecl()->getName();
7739         else
7740           Name = CastTyName;
7741         unsigned Diag = Match == ArgType::NoMatchPedantic
7742                             ? diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast_pedantic
7743                             : diag::warn_format_argument_needs_cast;
7744         EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(Diag) << Name << IntendedTy << IsEnum
7745                                            << E->getSourceRange(),
7746                              E->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation=*/false,
7747                              SpecRange, Hints);
7748       } else {
7749         // In this case, the expression could be printed using a different
7750         // specifier, but we've decided that the specifier is probably correct
7751         // and we should cast instead. Just use the normal warning message.
7752 
7753         unsigned Diag =
7754             IsScopedEnum
7755                 ? diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic
7756                 : diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
7757 
7758         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7759             S.PDiag(Diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
7760                           << IsEnum << E->getSourceRange(),
7761             E->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, SpecRange, Hints);
7762       }
7763     }
7764   } else {
7765     const CharSourceRange &CSR = getSpecifierRange(StartSpecifier,
7766                                                    SpecifierLen);
7767     // Since the warning for passing non-POD types to variadic functions
7768     // was deferred until now, we emit a warning for non-POD
7769     // arguments here.
7770     bool EmitTypeMismatch = false;
7771     switch (S.isValidVarArgType(ExprTy)) {
7772     case Sema::VAK_Valid:
7773     case Sema::VAK_ValidInCXX11: {
7774       unsigned Diag;
7775       switch (Match) {
7776       case ArgType::Match:
7777       case ArgType::MatchPromotion:
7778       case ArgType::NoMatchPromotionTypeConfusion:
7779       case ArgType::NoMatchSignedness:
7780         llvm_unreachable("expected non-matching");
7781       case ArgType::NoMatchPedantic:
7782         Diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic;
7783         break;
7784       case ArgType::NoMatchTypeConfusion:
7785         Diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_confusion;
7786         break;
7787       case ArgType::NoMatch:
7788         Diag = diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
7789         break;
7790       }
7791 
7792       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7793           S.PDiag(Diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy
7794                         << IsEnum << CSR << E->getSourceRange(),
7795           E->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
7796       break;
7797     }
7798     case Sema::VAK_Undefined:
7799     case Sema::VAK_MSVCUndefined:
7800       if (CallType == Sema::VariadicDoesNotApply) {
7801         EmitTypeMismatch = true;
7802       } else {
7803         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7804             S.PDiag(diag::warn_non_pod_vararg_with_format_string)
7805                 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << ExprTy << CallType
7806                 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << CSR
7807                 << E->getSourceRange(),
7808             E->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
7809         checkForCStrMembers(AT, E);
7810       }
7811       break;
7812 
7813     case Sema::VAK_Invalid:
7814       if (CallType == Sema::VariadicDoesNotApply)
7815         EmitTypeMismatch = true;
7816       else if (ExprTy->isObjCObjectType())
7817         EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7818             S.PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg_format)
7819                 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << ExprTy << CallType
7820                 << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << CSR
7821                 << E->getSourceRange(),
7822             E->getBeginLoc(), /*IsStringLocation*/ false, CSR);
7823       else
7824         // FIXME: If this is an initializer list, suggest removing the braces
7825         // or inserting a cast to the target type.
7826         S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_cannot_pass_to_vararg_format)
7827             << isa<InitListExpr>(E) << ExprTy << CallType
7828             << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << E->getSourceRange();
7829       break;
7830     }
7831 
7832     if (EmitTypeMismatch) {
7833       // The function is not variadic, so we do not generate warnings about
7834       // being allowed to pass that object as a variadic argument. Instead,
7835       // since there are inherently no printf specifiers for types which cannot
7836       // be passed as variadic arguments, emit a plain old specifier mismatch
7837       // argument.
7838       EmitFormatDiagnostic(
7839           S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch)
7840               << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context) << ExprTy << false
7841               << E->getSourceRange(),
7842           E->getBeginLoc(), false, CSR);
7843     }
7844 
7845     assert(FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex() < CheckedVarArgs.size() &&
7846            "format string specifier index out of range");
7847     CheckedVarArgs[FirstDataArg + FS.getArgIndex()] = true;
7848   }
7849 
7850   return true;
7851 }
7852 
7853 //===--- CHECK: Scanf format string checking ------------------------------===//
7854 
7855 namespace {
7856 
7857 class CheckScanfHandler : public CheckFormatHandler {
7858 public:
7859   CheckScanfHandler(Sema &s, const FormatStringLiteral *fexpr,
7860                     const Expr *origFormatExpr, Sema::FormatStringType type,
7861                     unsigned firstDataArg, unsigned numDataArgs,
7862                     const char *beg, Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK,
7863                     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, unsigned formatIdx,
7864                     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
7865                     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs,
7866                     UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg)
7867       : CheckFormatHandler(s, fexpr, origFormatExpr, type, firstDataArg,
7868                            numDataArgs, beg, APK, Args, formatIdx,
7869                            inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
7870                            UncoveredArg) {}
7871 
7872   bool HandleScanfSpecifier(const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
7873                             const char *startSpecifier,
7874                             unsigned specifierLen) override;
7875 
7876   bool HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
7877           const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
7878           const char *startSpecifier,
7879           unsigned specifierLen) override;
7880 
7881   void HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start, const char *end) override;
7882 };
7883 
7884 } // namespace
7885 
7886 void CheckScanfHandler::HandleIncompleteScanList(const char *start,
7887                                                  const char *end) {
7888   EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_scanlist_incomplete),
7889                        getLocationOfByte(end), /*IsStringLocation*/true,
7890                        getSpecifierRange(start, end - start));
7891 }
7892 
7893 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleInvalidScanfConversionSpecifier(
7894                                         const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
7895                                         const char *startSpecifier,
7896                                         unsigned specifierLen) {
7897   const analyze_scanf::ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS =
7898     FS.getConversionSpecifier();
7899 
7900   return HandleInvalidConversionSpecifier(FS.getArgIndex(),
7901                                           getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
7902                                           startSpecifier, specifierLen,
7903                                           CS.getStart(), CS.getLength());
7904 }
7905 
7906 bool CheckScanfHandler::HandleScanfSpecifier(
7907                                        const analyze_scanf::ScanfSpecifier &FS,
7908                                        const char *startSpecifier,
7909                                        unsigned specifierLen) {
7910   using namespace analyze_scanf;
7911   using namespace analyze_format_string;
7912 
7913   const ScanfConversionSpecifier &CS = FS.getConversionSpecifier();
7914 
7915   // Handle case where '%' and '*' don't consume an argument.  These shouldn't
7916   // be used to decide if we are using positional arguments consistently.
7917   if (FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
7918     if (atFirstArg) {
7919       atFirstArg = false;
7920       usesPositionalArgs = FS.usesPositionalArg();
7921     }
7922     else if (usesPositionalArgs != FS.usesPositionalArg()) {
7923       HandlePositionalNonpositionalArgs(getLocationOfByte(CS.getStart()),
7924                                         startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7925       return false;
7926     }
7927   }
7928 
7929   // Check if the field with is non-zero.
7930   const OptionalAmount &Amt = FS.getFieldWidth();
7931   if (Amt.getHowSpecified() == OptionalAmount::Constant) {
7932     if (Amt.getConstantAmount() == 0) {
7933       const CharSourceRange &R = getSpecifierRange(Amt.getStart(),
7934                                                    Amt.getConstantLength());
7935       EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(diag::warn_scanf_nonzero_width),
7936                            getLocationOfByte(Amt.getStart()),
7937                            /*IsStringLocation*/true, R,
7938                            FixItHint::CreateRemoval(R));
7939     }
7940   }
7941 
7942   if (!FS.consumesDataArgument()) {
7943     // FIXME: Technically specifying a precision or field width here
7944     // makes no sense.  Worth issuing a warning at some point.
7945     return true;
7946   }
7947 
7948   // Consume the argument.
7949   unsigned argIndex = FS.getArgIndex();
7950   if (argIndex < NumDataArgs) {
7951       // The check to see if the argIndex is valid will come later.
7952       // We set the bit here because we may exit early from this
7953       // function if we encounter some other error.
7954     CoveredArgs.set(argIndex);
7955   }
7956 
7957   // Check the length modifier is valid with the given conversion specifier.
7958   if (!FS.hasValidLengthModifier(S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo(),
7959                                  S.getLangOpts()))
7960     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
7961                                 diag::warn_format_nonsensical_length);
7962   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthModifier())
7963     HandleNonStandardLengthModifier(FS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7964   else if (!FS.hasStandardLengthConversionCombination())
7965     HandleInvalidLengthModifier(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen,
7966                                 diag::warn_format_non_standard_conversion_spec);
7967 
7968   if (!FS.hasStandardConversionSpecifier(S.getLangOpts()))
7969     HandleNonStandardConversionSpecifier(CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen);
7970 
7971   // The remaining checks depend on the data arguments.
7972   if (ArgPassingKind == Sema::FAPK_VAList)
7973     return true;
7974 
7975   if (!CheckNumArgs(FS, CS, startSpecifier, specifierLen, argIndex))
7976     return false;
7977 
7978   // Check that the argument type matches the format specifier.
7979   const Expr *Ex = getDataArg(argIndex);
7980   if (!Ex)
7981     return true;
7982 
7983   const analyze_format_string::ArgType &AT = FS.getArgType(S.Context);
7984 
7985   if (!AT.isValid()) {
7986     return true;
7987   }
7988 
7989   analyze_format_string::ArgType::MatchKind Match =
7990       AT.matchesType(S.Context, Ex->getType());
7991   Match = handleFormatSignedness(Match, S.getDiagnostics(), Ex->getExprLoc());
7992   bool Pedantic = Match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::NoMatchPedantic;
7993   if (Match == analyze_format_string::ArgType::Match)
7994     return true;
7995 
7996   ScanfSpecifier fixedFS = FS;
7997   bool Success = fixedFS.fixType(Ex->getType(), Ex->IgnoreImpCasts()->getType(),
7998                                  S.getLangOpts(), S.Context);
7999 
8000   unsigned Diag =
8001       Pedantic ? diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch_pedantic
8002                : diag::warn_format_conversion_argument_type_mismatch;
8003 
8004   if (Success) {
8005     // Get the fix string from the fixed format specifier.
8006     SmallString<128> buf;
8007     llvm::raw_svector_ostream os(buf);
8008     fixedFS.toString(os);
8009 
8010     EmitFormatDiagnostic(
8011         S.PDiag(Diag) << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
8012                       << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
8013         Ex->getBeginLoc(),
8014         /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
8015         getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen),
8016         FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
8017             getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen), os.str()));
8018   } else {
8019     EmitFormatDiagnostic(S.PDiag(Diag)
8020                              << AT.getRepresentativeTypeName(S.Context)
8021                              << Ex->getType() << false << Ex->getSourceRange(),
8022                          Ex->getBeginLoc(),
8023                          /*IsStringLocation*/ false,
8024                          getSpecifierRange(startSpecifier, specifierLen));
8025   }
8026 
8027   return true;
8028 }
8029 
8030 static void CheckFormatString(
8031     Sema &S, const FormatStringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
8032     ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, Sema::FormatArgumentPassingKind APK,
8033     unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, Sema::FormatStringType Type,
8034     bool inFunctionCall, Sema::VariadicCallType CallType,
8035     llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArgHandler &UncoveredArg,
8036     bool IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers) {
8037   // CHECK: is the format string a wide literal?
8038   if (!FExpr->isAscii() && !FExpr->isUTF8()) {
8039     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
8040         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
8041         S.PDiag(diag::warn_format_string_is_wide_literal), FExpr->getBeginLoc(),
8042         /*IsStringLocation*/ true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
8043     return;
8044   }
8045 
8046   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
8047   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
8048   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
8049   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
8050   const ConstantArrayType *T =
8051     S.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
8052   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
8053   size_t TypeSize = T->getZExtSize();
8054   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
8055   const unsigned numDataArgs = Args.size() - firstDataArg;
8056 
8057   if (IgnoreStringsWithoutSpecifiers &&
8058       !analyze_format_string::parseFormatStringHasFormattingSpecifiers(
8059           Str, Str + StrLen, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
8060     return;
8061 
8062   // Emit a warning if the string literal is truncated and does not contain an
8063   // embedded null character.
8064   if (TypeSize <= StrRef.size() && !StrRef.substr(0, TypeSize).contains('\0')) {
8065     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
8066         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
8067         S.PDiag(diag::warn_printf_format_string_not_null_terminated),
8068         FExpr->getBeginLoc(),
8069         /*IsStringLocation=*/true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
8070     return;
8071   }
8072 
8073   // CHECK: empty format string?
8074   if (StrLen == 0 && numDataArgs > 0) {
8075     CheckFormatHandler::EmitFormatDiagnostic(
8076         S, inFunctionCall, Args[format_idx],
8077         S.PDiag(diag::warn_empty_format_string), FExpr->getBeginLoc(),
8078         /*IsStringLocation*/ true, OrigFormatExpr->getSourceRange());
8079     return;
8080   }
8081 
8082   if (Type == Sema::FST_Printf || Type == Sema::FST_NSString ||
8083       Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf || Type == Sema::FST_OSLog ||
8084       Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace || Type == Sema::FST_Syslog) {
8085     CheckPrintfHandler H(
8086         S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg, numDataArgs,
8087         (Type == Sema::FST_NSString || Type == Sema::FST_OSTrace), Str, APK,
8088         Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall, CallType, CheckedVarArgs,
8089         UncoveredArg);
8090 
8091     if (!analyze_format_string::ParsePrintfString(
8092             H, Str, Str + StrLen, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo(),
8093             Type == Sema::FST_FreeBSDKPrintf))
8094       H.DoneProcessing();
8095   } else if (Type == Sema::FST_Scanf) {
8096     CheckScanfHandler H(S, FExpr, OrigFormatExpr, Type, firstDataArg,
8097                         numDataArgs, Str, APK, Args, format_idx, inFunctionCall,
8098                         CallType, CheckedVarArgs, UncoveredArg);
8099 
8100     if (!analyze_format_string::ParseScanfString(
8101             H, Str, Str + StrLen, S.getLangOpts(), S.Context.getTargetInfo()))
8102       H.DoneProcessing();
8103   } // TODO: handle other formats
8104 }
8105 
8106 bool Sema::FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr) {
8107   // Str - The format string.  NOTE: this is NOT null-terminated!
8108   StringRef StrRef = FExpr->getString();
8109   const char *Str = StrRef.data();
8110   // Account for cases where the string literal is truncated in a declaration.
8111   const ConstantArrayType *T = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FExpr->getType());
8112   assert(T && "String literal not of constant array type!");
8113   size_t TypeSize = T->getZExtSize();
8114   size_t StrLen = std::min(std::max(TypeSize, size_t(1)) - 1, StrRef.size());
8115   return analyze_format_string::ParseFormatStringHasSArg(Str, Str + StrLen,
8116                                                          getLangOpts(),
8117                                                          Context.getTargetInfo());
8118 }
8119 
8120 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of wrong absolute value function. -------------===//
8121 
8122 // Returns the related absolute value function that is larger, of 0 if one
8123 // does not exist.
8124 static unsigned getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(unsigned AbsFunction) {
8125   switch (AbsFunction) {
8126   default:
8127     return 0;
8128 
8129   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
8130     return Builtin::BI__builtin_labs;
8131   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
8132     return Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs;
8133   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
8134     return 0;
8135 
8136   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
8137     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs;
8138   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
8139     return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl;
8140   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
8141     return 0;
8142 
8143   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
8144     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs;
8145   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
8146     return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl;
8147   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
8148     return 0;
8149 
8150   case Builtin::BIabs:
8151     return Builtin::BIlabs;
8152   case Builtin::BIlabs:
8153     return Builtin::BIllabs;
8154   case Builtin::BIllabs:
8155     return 0;
8156 
8157   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
8158     return Builtin::BIfabs;
8159   case Builtin::BIfabs:
8160     return Builtin::BIfabsl;
8161   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
8162     return 0;
8163 
8164   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
8165    return Builtin::BIcabs;
8166   case Builtin::BIcabs:
8167     return Builtin::BIcabsl;
8168   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
8169     return 0;
8170   }
8171 }
8172 
8173 // Returns the argument type of the absolute value function.
8174 static QualType getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(ASTContext &Context,
8175                                              unsigned AbsType) {
8176   if (AbsType == 0)
8177     return QualType();
8178 
8179   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error = ASTContext::GE_None;
8180   QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(AbsType, Error);
8181   if (Error != ASTContext::GE_None)
8182     return QualType();
8183 
8184   const FunctionProtoType *FT = BuiltinType->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
8185   if (!FT)
8186     return QualType();
8187 
8188   if (FT->getNumParams() != 1)
8189     return QualType();
8190 
8191   return FT->getParamType(0);
8192 }
8193 
8194 // Returns the best absolute value function, or zero, based on type and
8195 // current absolute value function.
8196 static unsigned getBestAbsFunction(ASTContext &Context, QualType ArgType,
8197                                    unsigned AbsFunctionKind) {
8198   unsigned BestKind = 0;
8199   uint64_t ArgSize = Context.getTypeSize(ArgType);
8200   for (unsigned Kind = AbsFunctionKind; Kind != 0;
8201        Kind = getLargerAbsoluteValueFunction(Kind)) {
8202     QualType ParamType = getAbsoluteValueArgumentType(Context, Kind);
8203     if (Context.getTypeSize(ParamType) >= ArgSize) {
8204       if (BestKind == 0)
8205         BestKind = Kind;
8206       else if (Context.hasSameType(ParamType, ArgType)) {
8207         BestKind = Kind;
8208         break;
8209       }
8210     }
8211   }
8212   return BestKind;
8213 }
8214 
8215 enum AbsoluteValueKind {
8216   AVK_Integer,
8217   AVK_Floating,
8218   AVK_Complex
8219 };
8220 
8221 static AbsoluteValueKind getAbsoluteValueKind(QualType T) {
8222   if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8223     return AVK_Integer;
8224   if (T->isRealFloatingType())
8225     return AVK_Floating;
8226   if (T->isAnyComplexType())
8227     return AVK_Complex;
8228 
8229   llvm_unreachable("Type not integer, floating, or complex");
8230 }
8231 
8232 // Changes the absolute value function to a different type.  Preserves whether
8233 // the function is a builtin.
8234 static unsigned changeAbsFunction(unsigned AbsKind,
8235                                   AbsoluteValueKind ValueKind) {
8236   switch (ValueKind) {
8237   case AVK_Integer:
8238     switch (AbsKind) {
8239     default:
8240       return 0;
8241     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
8242     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
8243     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
8244     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
8245     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
8246     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
8247       return Builtin::BI__builtin_abs;
8248     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
8249     case Builtin::BIfabs:
8250     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
8251     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
8252     case Builtin::BIcabs:
8253     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
8254       return Builtin::BIabs;
8255     }
8256   case AVK_Floating:
8257     switch (AbsKind) {
8258     default:
8259       return 0;
8260     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
8261     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
8262     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
8263     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
8264     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
8265     case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
8266       return Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf;
8267     case Builtin::BIabs:
8268     case Builtin::BIlabs:
8269     case Builtin::BIllabs:
8270     case Builtin::BIcabsf:
8271     case Builtin::BIcabs:
8272     case Builtin::BIcabsl:
8273       return Builtin::BIfabsf;
8274     }
8275   case AVK_Complex:
8276     switch (AbsKind) {
8277     default:
8278       return 0;
8279     case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
8280     case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
8281     case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
8282     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
8283     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
8284     case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
8285       return Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf;
8286     case Builtin::BIabs:
8287     case Builtin::BIlabs:
8288     case Builtin::BIllabs:
8289     case Builtin::BIfabsf:
8290     case Builtin::BIfabs:
8291     case Builtin::BIfabsl:
8292       return Builtin::BIcabsf;
8293     }
8294   }
8295   llvm_unreachable("Unable to convert function");
8296 }
8297 
8298 static unsigned getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
8299   const IdentifierInfo *FnInfo = FDecl->getIdentifier();
8300   if (!FnInfo)
8301     return 0;
8302 
8303   switch (FDecl->getBuiltinID()) {
8304   default:
8305     return 0;
8306   case Builtin::BI__builtin_abs:
8307   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabs:
8308   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsf:
8309   case Builtin::BI__builtin_fabsl:
8310   case Builtin::BI__builtin_labs:
8311   case Builtin::BI__builtin_llabs:
8312   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabs:
8313   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsf:
8314   case Builtin::BI__builtin_cabsl:
8315   case Builtin::BIabs:
8316   case Builtin::BIlabs:
8317   case Builtin::BIllabs:
8318   case Builtin::BIfabs:
8319   case Builtin::BIfabsf:
8320   case Builtin::BIfabsl:
8321   case Builtin::BIcabs:
8322   case Builtin::BIcabsf:
8323   case Builtin::BIcabsl:
8324     return FDecl->getBuiltinID();
8325   }
8326   llvm_unreachable("Unknown Builtin type");
8327 }
8328 
8329 // If the replacement is valid, emit a note with replacement function.
8330 // Additionally, suggest including the proper header if not already included.
8331 static void emitReplacement(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8332                             unsigned AbsKind, QualType ArgType) {
8333   bool EmitHeaderHint = true;
8334   const char *HeaderName = nullptr;
8335   StringRef FunctionName;
8336   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !ArgType->isAnyComplexType()) {
8337     FunctionName = "std::abs";
8338     if (ArgType->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8339       HeaderName = "cstdlib";
8340     } else if (ArgType->isRealFloatingType()) {
8341       HeaderName = "cmath";
8342     } else {
8343       llvm_unreachable("Invalid Type");
8344     }
8345 
8346     // Lookup all std::abs
8347     if (NamespaceDecl *Std = S.getStdNamespace()) {
8348       LookupResult R(S, &S.Context.Idents.get("abs"), Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
8349       R.suppressDiagnostics();
8350       S.LookupQualifiedName(R, Std);
8351 
8352       for (const auto *I : R) {
8353         const FunctionDecl *FDecl = nullptr;
8354         if (const UsingShadowDecl *UsingD = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(I)) {
8355           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(UsingD->getTargetDecl());
8356         } else {
8357           FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(I);
8358         }
8359         if (!FDecl)
8360           continue;
8361 
8362         // Found std::abs(), check that they are the right ones.
8363         if (FDecl->getNumParams() != 1)
8364           continue;
8365 
8366         // Check that the parameter type can handle the argument.
8367         QualType ParamType = FDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
8368         if (getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType) == getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType) &&
8369             S.Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <=
8370                 S.Context.getTypeSize(ParamType)) {
8371           // Found a function, don't need the header hint.
8372           EmitHeaderHint = false;
8373           break;
8374         }
8375       }
8376     }
8377   } else {
8378     FunctionName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
8379     HeaderName = S.Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(AbsKind);
8380 
8381     if (HeaderName) {
8382       DeclarationName DN(&S.Context.Idents.get(FunctionName));
8383       LookupResult R(S, DN, Loc, Sema::LookupAnyName);
8384       R.suppressDiagnostics();
8385       S.LookupName(R, S.getCurScope());
8386 
8387       if (R.isSingleResult()) {
8388         FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());
8389         if (FD && FD->getBuiltinID() == AbsKind) {
8390           EmitHeaderHint = false;
8391         } else {
8392           return;
8393         }
8394       } else if (!R.empty()) {
8395         return;
8396       }
8397     }
8398   }
8399 
8400   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_replace_abs_function)
8401       << FunctionName << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Range, FunctionName);
8402 
8403   if (!HeaderName)
8404     return;
8405 
8406   if (!EmitHeaderHint)
8407     return;
8408 
8409   S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) << HeaderName
8410                                                     << FunctionName;
8411 }
8412 
8413 template <std::size_t StrLen>
8414 static bool IsStdFunction(const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8415                           const char (&Str)[StrLen]) {
8416   if (!FDecl)
8417     return false;
8418   if (!FDecl->getIdentifier() || !FDecl->getIdentifier()->isStr(Str))
8419     return false;
8420   if (!FDecl->isInStdNamespace())
8421     return false;
8422 
8423   return true;
8424 }
8425 
8426 enum class MathCheck { NaN, Inf };
8427 static bool IsInfOrNanFunction(StringRef calleeName, MathCheck Check) {
8428   auto MatchesAny = [&](std::initializer_list<llvm::StringRef> names) {
8429     return std::any_of(names.begin(), names.end(), [&](llvm::StringRef name) {
8430       return calleeName == name;
8431     });
8432   };
8433 
8434   switch (Check) {
8435   case MathCheck::NaN:
8436     return MatchesAny({"__builtin_nan", "__builtin_nanf", "__builtin_nanl",
8437                        "__builtin_nanf16", "__builtin_nanf128"});
8438   case MathCheck::Inf:
8439     return MatchesAny({"__builtin_inf", "__builtin_inff", "__builtin_infl",
8440                        "__builtin_inff16", "__builtin_inff128"});
8441   }
8442   llvm_unreachable("unknown MathCheck");
8443 }
8444 
8445 void Sema::CheckInfNaNFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8446                                const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
8447   FPOptions FPO = Call->getFPFeaturesInEffect(getLangOpts());
8448   bool HasIdentifier = FDecl->getIdentifier() != nullptr;
8449   bool IsNaNOrIsUnordered =
8450       IsStdFunction(FDecl, "isnan") || IsStdFunction(FDecl, "isunordered");
8451   bool IsSpecialNaN =
8452       HasIdentifier && IsInfOrNanFunction(FDecl->getName(), MathCheck::NaN);
8453   if ((IsNaNOrIsUnordered || IsSpecialNaN) && FPO.getNoHonorNaNs()) {
8454     Diag(Call->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_fp_nan_inf_when_disabled)
8455         << 1 << 0 << Call->getSourceRange();
8456   } else {
8457     bool IsInfOrIsFinite =
8458         IsStdFunction(FDecl, "isinf") || IsStdFunction(FDecl, "isfinite");
8459     bool IsInfinityOrIsSpecialInf =
8460         HasIdentifier && ((FDecl->getName() == "infinity") ||
8461                           IsInfOrNanFunction(FDecl->getName(), MathCheck::Inf));
8462     if ((IsInfOrIsFinite || IsInfinityOrIsSpecialInf) && FPO.getNoHonorInfs())
8463       Diag(Call->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_fp_nan_inf_when_disabled)
8464           << 0 << 0 << Call->getSourceRange();
8465   }
8466 }
8467 
8468 void Sema::CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
8469                                       const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
8470   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 1)
8471     return;
8472 
8473   unsigned AbsKind = getAbsoluteValueFunctionKind(FDecl);
8474   bool IsStdAbs = IsStdFunction(FDecl, "abs");
8475   if (AbsKind == 0 && !IsStdAbs)
8476     return;
8477 
8478   QualType ArgType = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
8479   QualType ParamType = Call->getArg(0)->getType();
8480 
8481   // Unsigned types cannot be negative.  Suggest removing the absolute value
8482   // function call.
8483   if (ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
8484     StringRef FunctionName =
8485         IsStdAbs ? "std::abs" : Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(AbsKind);
8486     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_unsigned_abs) << ArgType << ParamType;
8487     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_abs)
8488         << FunctionName
8489         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
8490     return;
8491   }
8492 
8493   // Taking the absolute value of a pointer is very suspicious, they probably
8494   // wanted to index into an array, dereference a pointer, call a function, etc.
8495   if (ArgType->isPointerType() || ArgType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
8496     unsigned DiagType = 0;
8497     if (ArgType->isFunctionType())
8498       DiagType = 1;
8499     else if (ArgType->isArrayType())
8500       DiagType = 2;
8501 
8502     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_pointer_abs) << DiagType << ArgType;
8503     return;
8504   }
8505 
8506   // std::abs has overloads which prevent most of the absolute value problems
8507   // from occurring.
8508   if (IsStdAbs)
8509     return;
8510 
8511   AbsoluteValueKind ArgValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ArgType);
8512   AbsoluteValueKind ParamValueKind = getAbsoluteValueKind(ParamType);
8513 
8514   // The argument and parameter are the same kind.  Check if they are the right
8515   // size.
8516   if (ArgValueKind == ParamValueKind) {
8517     if (Context.getTypeSize(ArgType) <= Context.getTypeSize(ParamType))
8518       return;
8519 
8520     unsigned NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, AbsKind);
8521     Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_abs_too_small)
8522         << FDecl << ArgType << ParamType;
8523 
8524     if (NewAbsKind == 0)
8525       return;
8526 
8527     emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
8528                     Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
8529     return;
8530   }
8531 
8532   // ArgValueKind != ParamValueKind
8533   // The wrong type of absolute value function was used.  Attempt to find the
8534   // proper one.
8535   unsigned NewAbsKind = changeAbsFunction(AbsKind, ArgValueKind);
8536   NewAbsKind = getBestAbsFunction(Context, ArgType, NewAbsKind);
8537   if (NewAbsKind == 0)
8538     return;
8539 
8540   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_wrong_absolute_value_type)
8541       << FDecl << ParamValueKind << ArgValueKind;
8542 
8543   emitReplacement(*this, Call->getExprLoc(),
8544                   Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange(), NewAbsKind, ArgType);
8545 }
8546 
8547 //===--- CHECK: Warn on use of std::max and unsigned zero. r---------------===//
8548 void Sema::CheckMaxUnsignedZero(const CallExpr *Call,
8549                                 const FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
8550   if (!Call || !FDecl) return;
8551 
8552   // Ignore template specializations and macros.
8553   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) return;
8554   if (Call->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) return;
8555 
8556   // Only care about the one template argument, two function parameter std::max
8557   if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2) return;
8558   if (!IsStdFunction(FDecl, "max")) return;
8559   const auto * ArgList = FDecl->getTemplateSpecializationArgs();
8560   if (!ArgList) return;
8561   if (ArgList->size() != 1) return;
8562 
8563   // Check that template type argument is unsigned integer.
8564   const auto& TA = ArgList->get(0);
8565   if (TA.getKind() != TemplateArgument::Type) return;
8566   QualType ArgType = TA.getAsType();
8567   if (!ArgType->isUnsignedIntegerType()) return;
8568 
8569   // See if either argument is a literal zero.
8570   auto IsLiteralZeroArg = [](const Expr* E) -> bool {
8571     const auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(E);
8572     if (!MTE) return false;
8573     const auto *Num = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(MTE->getSubExpr());
8574     if (!Num) return false;
8575     if (Num->getValue() != 0) return false;
8576     return true;
8577   };
8578 
8579   const Expr *FirstArg = Call->getArg(0);
8580   const Expr *SecondArg = Call->getArg(1);
8581   const bool IsFirstArgZero = IsLiteralZeroArg(FirstArg);
8582   const bool IsSecondArgZero = IsLiteralZeroArg(SecondArg);
8583 
8584   // Only warn when exactly one argument is zero.
8585   if (IsFirstArgZero == IsSecondArgZero) return;
8586 
8587   SourceRange FirstRange = FirstArg->getSourceRange();
8588   SourceRange SecondRange = SecondArg->getSourceRange();
8589 
8590   SourceRange ZeroRange = IsFirstArgZero ? FirstRange : SecondRange;
8591 
8592   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_max_unsigned_zero)
8593       << IsFirstArgZero << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange() << ZeroRange;
8594 
8595   // Deduce what parts to remove so that "std::max(0u, foo)" becomes "(foo)".
8596   SourceRange RemovalRange;
8597   if (IsFirstArgZero) {
8598     RemovalRange = SourceRange(FirstRange.getBegin(),
8599                                SecondRange.getBegin().getLocWithOffset(-1));
8600   } else {
8601     RemovalRange = SourceRange(getLocForEndOfToken(FirstRange.getEnd()),
8602                                SecondRange.getEnd());
8603   }
8604 
8605   Diag(Call->getExprLoc(), diag::note_remove_max_call)
8606         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange())
8607         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemovalRange);
8608 }
8609 
8610 //===--- CHECK: Standard memory functions ---------------------------------===//
8611 
8612 /// Takes the expression passed to the size_t parameter of functions
8613 /// such as memcmp, strncat, etc and warns if it's a comparison.
8614 ///
8615 /// This is to catch typos like `if (memcmp(&a, &b, sizeof(a) > 0))`.
8616 static bool CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
8617                                            IdentifierInfo *FnName,
8618                                            SourceLocation FnLoc,
8619                                            SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
8620   const BinaryOperator *Size = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
8621   if (!Size)
8622     return false;
8623 
8624   // if E is binop and op is <=>, >, <, >=, <=, ==, &&, ||:
8625   if (!Size->isComparisonOp() && !Size->isLogicalOp())
8626     return false;
8627 
8628   SourceRange SizeRange = Size->getSourceRange();
8629   S.Diag(Size->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_memsize_comparison)
8630       << SizeRange << FnName;
8631   S.Diag(FnLoc, diag::note_memsize_comparison_paren)
8632       << FnName
8633       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
8634              S.getLocForEndOfToken(Size->getLHS()->getEndLoc()), ")")
8635       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RParenLoc);
8636   S.Diag(SizeRange.getBegin(), diag::note_memsize_comparison_cast_silence)
8637       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SizeRange.getBegin(), "(size_t)(")
8638       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(S.getLocForEndOfToken(SizeRange.getEnd()),
8639                                     ")");
8640 
8641   return true;
8642 }
8643 
8644 /// Determine whether the given type is or contains a dynamic class type
8645 /// (e.g., whether it has a vtable).
8646 static const CXXRecordDecl *getContainedDynamicClass(QualType T,
8647                                                      bool &IsContained) {
8648   // Look through array types while ignoring qualifiers.
8649   const Type *Ty = T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
8650   IsContained = false;
8651 
8652   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8653   RD = RD ? RD->getDefinition() : nullptr;
8654   if (!RD || RD->isInvalidDecl())
8655     return nullptr;
8656 
8657   if (RD->isDynamicClass())
8658     return RD;
8659 
8660   // Check all the fields.  If any bases were dynamic, the class is dynamic.
8661   // It's impossible for a class to transitively contain itself by value, so
8662   // infinite recursion is impossible.
8663   for (auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8664     bool SubContained;
8665     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
8666             getContainedDynamicClass(FD->getType(), SubContained)) {
8667       IsContained = true;
8668       return ContainedRD;
8669     }
8670   }
8671 
8672   return nullptr;
8673 }
8674 
8675 static const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *getAsSizeOfExpr(const Expr *E) {
8676   if (const auto *Unary = dyn_cast<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E))
8677     if (Unary->getKind() == UETT_SizeOf)
8678       return Unary;
8679   return nullptr;
8680 }
8681 
8682 /// If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument expression,
8683 /// otherwise returns NULL.
8684 static const Expr *getSizeOfExprArg(const Expr *E) {
8685   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = getAsSizeOfExpr(E))
8686     if (!SizeOf->isArgumentType())
8687       return SizeOf->getArgumentExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8688   return nullptr;
8689 }
8690 
8691 /// If E is a sizeof expression, returns its argument type.
8692 static QualType getSizeOfArgType(const Expr *E) {
8693   if (const UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr *SizeOf = getAsSizeOfExpr(E))
8694     return SizeOf->getTypeOfArgument();
8695   return QualType();
8696 }
8697 
8698 namespace {
8699 
8700 struct SearchNonTrivialToInitializeField
8701     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<SearchNonTrivialToInitializeField> {
8702   using Super =
8703       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<SearchNonTrivialToInitializeField>;
8704 
8705   SearchNonTrivialToInitializeField(const Expr *E, Sema &S) : E(E), S(S) {}
8706 
8707   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType FT,
8708                      SourceLocation SL) {
8709     if (const auto *AT = asDerived().getContext().getAsArrayType(FT)) {
8710       asDerived().visitArray(PDIK, AT, SL);
8711       return;
8712     }
8713 
8714     Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, FT, SL);
8715   }
8716 
8717   void visitARCStrong(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {
8718     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, E, S.PDiag(diag::note_nontrivial_field) << 1);
8719   }
8720   void visitARCWeak(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {
8721     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, E, S.PDiag(diag::note_nontrivial_field) << 1);
8722   }
8723   void visitStruct(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {
8724     for (const FieldDecl *FD : FT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->fields())
8725       visit(FD->getType(), FD->getLocation());
8726   }
8727   void visitArray(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK,
8728                   const ArrayType *AT, SourceLocation SL) {
8729     visit(getContext().getBaseElementType(AT), SL);
8730   }
8731   void visitTrivial(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {}
8732 
8733   static void diag(QualType RT, const Expr *E, Sema &S) {
8734     SearchNonTrivialToInitializeField(E, S).visitStruct(RT, SourceLocation());
8735   }
8736 
8737   ASTContext &getContext() { return S.getASTContext(); }
8738 
8739   const Expr *E;
8740   Sema &S;
8741 };
8742 
8743 struct SearchNonTrivialToCopyField
8744     : CopiedTypeVisitor<SearchNonTrivialToCopyField, false> {
8745   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<SearchNonTrivialToCopyField, false>;
8746 
8747   SearchNonTrivialToCopyField(const Expr *E, Sema &S) : E(E), S(S) {}
8748 
8749   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType FT,
8750                      SourceLocation SL) {
8751     if (const auto *AT = asDerived().getContext().getAsArrayType(FT)) {
8752       asDerived().visitArray(PCK, AT, SL);
8753       return;
8754     }
8755 
8756     Super::visitWithKind(PCK, FT, SL);
8757   }
8758 
8759   void visitARCStrong(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {
8760     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, E, S.PDiag(diag::note_nontrivial_field) << 0);
8761   }
8762   void visitARCWeak(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {
8763     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, E, S.PDiag(diag::note_nontrivial_field) << 0);
8764   }
8765   void visitStruct(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {
8766     for (const FieldDecl *FD : FT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->fields())
8767       visit(FD->getType(), FD->getLocation());
8768   }
8769   void visitArray(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, const ArrayType *AT,
8770                   SourceLocation SL) {
8771     visit(getContext().getBaseElementType(AT), SL);
8772   }
8773   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType FT,
8774                 SourceLocation SL) {}
8775   void visitTrivial(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {}
8776   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType FT, SourceLocation SL) {}
8777 
8778   static void diag(QualType RT, const Expr *E, Sema &S) {
8779     SearchNonTrivialToCopyField(E, S).visitStruct(RT, SourceLocation());
8780   }
8781 
8782   ASTContext &getContext() { return S.getASTContext(); }
8783 
8784   const Expr *E;
8785   Sema &S;
8786 };
8787 
8788 }
8789 
8790 /// Detect if \c SizeofExpr is likely to calculate the sizeof an object.
8791 static bool doesExprLikelyComputeSize(const Expr *SizeofExpr) {
8792   SizeofExpr = SizeofExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8793 
8794   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SizeofExpr)) {
8795     if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Mul && BO->getOpcode() != BO_Add)
8796       return false;
8797 
8798     return doesExprLikelyComputeSize(BO->getLHS()) ||
8799            doesExprLikelyComputeSize(BO->getRHS());
8800   }
8801 
8802   return getAsSizeOfExpr(SizeofExpr) != nullptr;
8803 }
8804 
8805 /// Check if the ArgLoc originated from a macro passed to the call at CallLoc.
8806 ///
8807 /// \code
8808 ///   #define MACRO 0
8809 ///   foo(MACRO);
8810 ///   foo(0);
8811 /// \endcode
8812 ///
8813 /// This should return true for the first call to foo, but not for the second
8814 /// (regardless of whether foo is a macro or function).
8815 static bool isArgumentExpandedFromMacro(SourceManager &SM,
8816                                         SourceLocation CallLoc,
8817                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc) {
8818   if (!CallLoc.isMacroID())
8819     return SM.getFileID(CallLoc) != SM.getFileID(ArgLoc);
8820 
8821   return SM.getFileID(SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(CallLoc)) !=
8822          SM.getFileID(SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(ArgLoc));
8823 }
8824 
8825 /// Diagnose cases like 'memset(buf, sizeof(buf), 0)', which should have the
8826 /// last two arguments transposed.
8827 static void CheckMemaccessSize(Sema &S, unsigned BId, const CallExpr *Call) {
8828   if (BId != Builtin::BImemset && BId != Builtin::BIbzero)
8829     return;
8830 
8831   const Expr *SizeArg =
8832     Call->getArg(BId == Builtin::BImemset ? 2 : 1)->IgnoreImpCasts();
8833 
8834   auto isLiteralZero = [](const Expr *E) {
8835     return (isa<IntegerLiteral>(E) &&
8836             cast<IntegerLiteral>(E)->getValue() == 0) ||
8837            (isa<CharacterLiteral>(E) &&
8838             cast<CharacterLiteral>(E)->getValue() == 0);
8839   };
8840 
8841   // If we're memsetting or bzeroing 0 bytes, then this is likely an error.
8842   SourceLocation CallLoc = Call->getRParenLoc();
8843   SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager();
8844   if (isLiteralZero(SizeArg) &&
8845       !isArgumentExpandedFromMacro(SM, CallLoc, SizeArg->getExprLoc())) {
8846 
8847     SourceLocation DiagLoc = SizeArg->getExprLoc();
8848 
8849     // Some platforms #define bzero to __builtin_memset. See if this is the
8850     // case, and if so, emit a better diagnostic.
8851     if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
8852         (CallLoc.isMacroID() && Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(
8853                                     CallLoc, SM, S.getLangOpts()) == "bzero")) {
8854       S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::warn_suspicious_bzero_size);
8855       S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::note_suspicious_bzero_size_silence);
8856     } else if (!isLiteralZero(Call->getArg(1)->IgnoreImpCasts())) {
8857       S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::warn_suspicious_sizeof_memset) << 0;
8858       S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::note_suspicious_sizeof_memset_silence) << 0;
8859     }
8860     return;
8861   }
8862 
8863   // If the second argument to a memset is a sizeof expression and the third
8864   // isn't, this is also likely an error. This should catch
8865   // 'memset(buf, sizeof(buf), 0xff)'.
8866   if (BId == Builtin::BImemset &&
8867       doesExprLikelyComputeSize(Call->getArg(1)) &&
8868       !doesExprLikelyComputeSize(Call->getArg(2))) {
8869     SourceLocation DiagLoc = Call->getArg(1)->getExprLoc();
8870     S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::warn_suspicious_sizeof_memset) << 1;
8871     S.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::note_suspicious_sizeof_memset_silence) << 1;
8872     return;
8873   }
8874 }
8875 
8876 void Sema::CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
8877                                    unsigned BId,
8878                                    IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
8879   assert(BId != 0);
8880 
8881   // It is possible to have a non-standard definition of memset.  Validate
8882   // we have enough arguments, and if not, abort further checking.
8883   unsigned ExpectedNumArgs =
8884       (BId == Builtin::BIstrndup || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ? 2 : 3);
8885   if (Call->getNumArgs() < ExpectedNumArgs)
8886     return;
8887 
8888   unsigned LastArg = (BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero ||
8889                       BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
8890   unsigned LenArg =
8891       (BId == Builtin::BIbzero || BId == Builtin::BIstrndup ? 1 : 2);
8892   const Expr *LenExpr = Call->getArg(LenArg)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8893 
8894   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenExpr, FnName,
8895                                      Call->getBeginLoc(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
8896     return;
8897 
8898   // Catch cases like 'memset(buf, sizeof(buf), 0)'.
8899   CheckMemaccessSize(*this, BId, Call);
8900 
8901   // We have special checking when the length is a sizeof expression.
8902   QualType SizeOfArgTy = getSizeOfArgType(LenExpr);
8903   const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenExpr);
8904   llvm::FoldingSetNodeID SizeOfArgID;
8905 
8906   // Although widely used, 'bzero' is not a standard function. Be more strict
8907   // with the argument types before allowing diagnostics and only allow the
8908   // form bzero(ptr, sizeof(...)).
8909   QualType FirstArgTy = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType();
8910   if (BId == Builtin::BIbzero && !FirstArgTy->getAs<PointerType>())
8911     return;
8912 
8913   for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx != LastArg; ++ArgIdx) {
8914     const Expr *Dest = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8915     SourceRange ArgRange = Call->getArg(ArgIdx)->getSourceRange();
8916 
8917     QualType DestTy = Dest->getType();
8918     QualType PointeeTy;
8919     if (const PointerType *DestPtrTy = DestTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
8920       PointeeTy = DestPtrTy->getPointeeType();
8921 
8922       // Never warn about void type pointers. This can be used to suppress
8923       // false positives.
8924       if (PointeeTy->isVoidType())
8925         continue;
8926 
8927       // Catch "memset(p, 0, sizeof(p))" -- needs to be sizeof(*p). Do this by
8928       // actually comparing the expressions for equality. Because computing the
8929       // expression IDs can be expensive, we only do this if the diagnostic is
8930       // enabled.
8931       if (SizeOfArg &&
8932           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess,
8933                            SizeOfArg->getExprLoc())) {
8934         // We only compute IDs for expressions if the warning is enabled, and
8935         // cache the sizeof arg's ID.
8936         if (SizeOfArgID == llvm::FoldingSetNodeID())
8937           SizeOfArg->Profile(SizeOfArgID, Context, true);
8938         llvm::FoldingSetNodeID DestID;
8939         Dest->Profile(DestID, Context, true);
8940         if (DestID == SizeOfArgID) {
8941           // TODO: For strncpy() and friends, this could suggest sizeof(dst)
8942           //       over sizeof(src) as well.
8943           unsigned ActionIdx = 0; // Default is to suggest dereferencing.
8944           StringRef ReadableName = FnName->getName();
8945 
8946           if (const UnaryOperator *UnaryOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Dest))
8947             if (UnaryOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
8948               ActionIdx = 1; // If its an address-of operator, just remove it.
8949           if (!PointeeTy->isIncompleteType() &&
8950               (Context.getTypeSize(PointeeTy) == Context.getCharWidth()))
8951             ActionIdx = 2; // If the pointee's size is sizeof(char),
8952                            // suggest an explicit length.
8953 
8954           // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro
8955           // expansion.
8956           SourceLocation SL = SizeOfArg->getExprLoc();
8957           SourceRange DSR = Dest->getSourceRange();
8958           SourceRange SSR = SizeOfArg->getSourceRange();
8959           SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
8960 
8961           if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
8962             ReadableName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(SL, SM, LangOpts);
8963             SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
8964             DSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getBegin()),
8965                              SM.getSpellingLoc(DSR.getEnd()));
8966             SSR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getBegin()),
8967                              SM.getSpellingLoc(SSR.getEnd()));
8968           }
8969 
8970           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
8971                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess)
8972                                 << ReadableName
8973                                 << PointeeTy
8974                                 << DestTy
8975                                 << DSR
8976                                 << SSR);
8977           DiagRuntimeBehavior(SL, SizeOfArg,
8978                          PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess_note)
8979                                 << ActionIdx
8980                                 << SSR);
8981 
8982           break;
8983         }
8984       }
8985 
8986       // Also check for cases where the sizeof argument is the exact same
8987       // type as the memory argument, and where it points to a user-defined
8988       // record type.
8989       if (SizeOfArgTy != QualType()) {
8990         if (PointeeTy->isRecordType() &&
8991             Context.typesAreCompatible(SizeOfArgTy, DestTy)) {
8992           DiagRuntimeBehavior(LenExpr->getExprLoc(), Dest,
8993                               PDiag(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_type_memaccess)
8994                                 << FnName << SizeOfArgTy << ArgIdx
8995                                 << PointeeTy << Dest->getSourceRange()
8996                                 << LenExpr->getSourceRange());
8997           break;
8998         }
8999       }
9000     } else if (DestTy->isArrayType()) {
9001       PointeeTy = DestTy;
9002     }
9003 
9004     if (PointeeTy == QualType())
9005       continue;
9006 
9007     // Always complain about dynamic classes.
9008     bool IsContained;
9009     if (const CXXRecordDecl *ContainedRD =
9010             getContainedDynamicClass(PointeeTy, IsContained)) {
9011 
9012       unsigned OperationType = 0;
9013       const bool IsCmp = BId == Builtin::BImemcmp || BId == Builtin::BIbcmp;
9014       // "overwritten" if we're warning about the destination for any call
9015       // but memcmp; otherwise a verb appropriate to the call.
9016       if (ArgIdx != 0 || IsCmp) {
9017         if (BId == Builtin::BImemcpy)
9018           OperationType = 1;
9019         else if(BId == Builtin::BImemmove)
9020           OperationType = 2;
9021         else if (IsCmp)
9022           OperationType = 3;
9023       }
9024 
9025       DiagRuntimeBehavior(Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9026                           PDiag(diag::warn_dyn_class_memaccess)
9027                               << (IsCmp ? ArgIdx + 2 : ArgIdx) << FnName
9028                               << IsContained << ContainedRD << OperationType
9029                               << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
9030     } else if (PointeeTy.hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
9031              BId != Builtin::BImemset)
9032       DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9033         Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9034         PDiag(diag::warn_arc_object_memaccess)
9035           << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy
9036           << Call->getCallee()->getSourceRange());
9037     else if (const auto *RT = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9038 
9039       // FIXME: Do not consider incomplete types even though they may be
9040       // completed later. GCC does not diagnose such code, but we may want to
9041       // consider diagnosing it in the future, perhaps under a different, but
9042       // related, diagnostic group.
9043       bool MayBeTriviallyCopyableCXXRecord =
9044           RT->isIncompleteType() ||
9045           RT->desugar().isTriviallyCopyableType(Context);
9046 
9047       if ((BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero) &&
9048           RT->getDecl()->isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
9049         DiagRuntimeBehavior(Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9050                             PDiag(diag::warn_cstruct_memaccess)
9051                                 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy << 0);
9052         SearchNonTrivialToInitializeField::diag(PointeeTy, Dest, *this);
9053       } else if ((BId == Builtin::BImemset || BId == Builtin::BIbzero) &&
9054                  !MayBeTriviallyCopyableCXXRecord && ArgIdx == 0) {
9055         // FIXME: Limiting this warning to dest argument until we decide
9056         // whether it's valid for source argument too.
9057         DiagRuntimeBehavior(Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9058                             PDiag(diag::warn_cxxstruct_memaccess)
9059                                 << FnName << PointeeTy);
9060       } else if ((BId == Builtin::BImemcpy || BId == Builtin::BImemmove) &&
9061                  RT->getDecl()->isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy()) {
9062         DiagRuntimeBehavior(Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9063                             PDiag(diag::warn_cstruct_memaccess)
9064                                 << ArgIdx << FnName << PointeeTy << 1);
9065         SearchNonTrivialToCopyField::diag(PointeeTy, Dest, *this);
9066       } else if ((BId == Builtin::BImemcpy || BId == Builtin::BImemmove) &&
9067                  !MayBeTriviallyCopyableCXXRecord && ArgIdx == 0) {
9068         // FIXME: Limiting this warning to dest argument until we decide
9069         // whether it's valid for source argument too.
9070         DiagRuntimeBehavior(Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9071                             PDiag(diag::warn_cxxstruct_memaccess)
9072                                 << FnName << PointeeTy);
9073       } else {
9074         continue;
9075       }
9076     } else
9077       continue;
9078 
9079     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
9080       Dest->getExprLoc(), Dest,
9081       PDiag(diag::note_bad_memaccess_silence)
9082         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ArgRange.getBegin(), "(void*)"));
9083     break;
9084   }
9085 }
9086 
9087 // A little helper routine: ignore addition and subtraction of integer literals.
9088 // This intentionally does not ignore all integer constant expressions because
9089 // we don't want to remove sizeof().
9090 static const Expr *ignoreLiteralAdditions(const Expr *Ex, ASTContext &Ctx) {
9091   Ex = Ex->IgnoreParenCasts();
9092 
9093   while (true) {
9094     const BinaryOperator * BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Ex);
9095     if (!BO || !BO->isAdditiveOp())
9096       break;
9097 
9098     const Expr *RHS = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
9099     const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
9100 
9101     if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(RHS))
9102       Ex = LHS;
9103     else if (isa<IntegerLiteral>(LHS))
9104       Ex = RHS;
9105     else
9106       break;
9107   }
9108 
9109   return Ex;
9110 }
9111 
9112 static bool isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(QualType Ty,
9113                                                       ASTContext &Context) {
9114   // Only handle constant-sized or VLAs, but not flexible members.
9115   if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
9116     // Only issue the FIXIT for arrays of size > 1.
9117     if (CAT->getZExtSize() <= 1)
9118       return false;
9119   } else if (!Ty->isVariableArrayType()) {
9120     return false;
9121   }
9122   return true;
9123 }
9124 
9125 void Sema::CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9126                                     IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
9127 
9128   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments
9129   unsigned NumArgs = Call->getNumArgs();
9130   if ((NumArgs != 3) && (NumArgs != 4))
9131     return;
9132 
9133   const Expr *SrcArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(1), Context);
9134   const Expr *SizeArg = ignoreLiteralAdditions(Call->getArg(2), Context);
9135   const Expr *CompareWithSrc = nullptr;
9136 
9137   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, SizeArg, FnName,
9138                                      Call->getBeginLoc(), Call->getRParenLoc()))
9139     return;
9140 
9141   // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, sizeof(x))'
9142   if (const Expr *Ex = getSizeOfExprArg(SizeArg))
9143     CompareWithSrc = Ex;
9144   else {
9145     // Look for 'strlcpy(dst, x, strlen(x))'
9146     if (const CallExpr *SizeCall = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SizeArg)) {
9147       if (SizeCall->getBuiltinCallee() == Builtin::BIstrlen &&
9148           SizeCall->getNumArgs() == 1)
9149         CompareWithSrc = ignoreLiteralAdditions(SizeCall->getArg(0), Context);
9150     }
9151   }
9152 
9153   if (!CompareWithSrc)
9154     return;
9155 
9156   // Determine if the argument to sizeof/strlen is equal to the source
9157   // argument.  In principle there's all kinds of things you could do
9158   // here, for instance creating an == expression and evaluating it with
9159   // EvaluateAsBooleanCondition, but this uses a more direct technique:
9160   const DeclRefExpr *SrcArgDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SrcArg);
9161   if (!SrcArgDRE)
9162     return;
9163 
9164   const DeclRefExpr *CompareWithSrcDRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(CompareWithSrc);
9165   if (!CompareWithSrcDRE ||
9166       SrcArgDRE->getDecl() != CompareWithSrcDRE->getDecl())
9167     return;
9168 
9169   const Expr *OriginalSizeArg = Call->getArg(2);
9170   Diag(CompareWithSrcDRE->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
9171       << OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange() << FnName;
9172 
9173   // Output a FIXIT hint if the destination is an array (rather than a
9174   // pointer to an array).  This could be enhanced to handle some
9175   // pointers if we know the actual size, like if DstArg is 'array+2'
9176   // we could say 'sizeof(array)-2'.
9177   const Expr *DstArg = Call->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9178   if (!isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstArg->getType(), Context))
9179     return;
9180 
9181   SmallString<128> sizeString;
9182   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
9183   OS << "sizeof(";
9184   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9185   OS << ")";
9186 
9187   Diag(OriginalSizeArg->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_strlcpycat_wrong_size)
9188       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OriginalSizeArg->getSourceRange(),
9189                                       OS.str());
9190 }
9191 
9192 /// Check if two expressions refer to the same declaration.
9193 static bool referToTheSameDecl(const Expr *E1, const Expr *E2) {
9194   if (const DeclRefExpr *D1 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E1))
9195     if (const DeclRefExpr *D2 = dyn_cast_or_null<DeclRefExpr>(E2))
9196       return D1->getDecl() == D2->getDecl();
9197   return false;
9198 }
9199 
9200 static const Expr *getStrlenExprArg(const Expr *E) {
9201   if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
9202     const FunctionDecl *FD = CE->getDirectCallee();
9203     if (!FD || FD->getMemoryFunctionKind() != Builtin::BIstrlen)
9204       return nullptr;
9205     return CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
9206   }
9207   return nullptr;
9208 }
9209 
9210 void Sema::CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *CE,
9211                                  IdentifierInfo *FnName) {
9212   // Don't crash if the user has the wrong number of arguments.
9213   if (CE->getNumArgs() < 3)
9214     return;
9215   const Expr *DstArg = CE->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
9216   const Expr *SrcArg = CE->getArg(1)->IgnoreParenCasts();
9217   const Expr *LenArg = CE->getArg(2)->IgnoreParenCasts();
9218 
9219   if (CheckMemorySizeofForComparison(*this, LenArg, FnName, CE->getBeginLoc(),
9220                                      CE->getRParenLoc()))
9221     return;
9222 
9223   // Identify common expressions, which are wrongly used as the size argument
9224   // to strncat and may lead to buffer overflows.
9225   unsigned PatternType = 0;
9226   if (const Expr *SizeOfArg = getSizeOfExprArg(LenArg)) {
9227     // - sizeof(dst)
9228     if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, DstArg))
9229       PatternType = 1;
9230     // - sizeof(src)
9231     else if (referToTheSameDecl(SizeOfArg, SrcArg))
9232       PatternType = 2;
9233   } else if (const BinaryOperator *BE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(LenArg)) {
9234     if (BE->getOpcode() == BO_Sub) {
9235       const Expr *L = BE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
9236       const Expr *R = BE->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts();
9237       // - sizeof(dst) - strlen(dst)
9238       if (referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)) &&
9239           referToTheSameDecl(DstArg, getStrlenExprArg(R)))
9240         PatternType = 1;
9241       // - sizeof(src) - (anything)
9242       else if (referToTheSameDecl(SrcArg, getSizeOfExprArg(L)))
9243         PatternType = 2;
9244     }
9245   }
9246 
9247   if (PatternType == 0)
9248     return;
9249 
9250   // Generate the diagnostic.
9251   SourceLocation SL = LenArg->getBeginLoc();
9252   SourceRange SR = LenArg->getSourceRange();
9253   SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
9254 
9255   // If the function is defined as a builtin macro, do not show macro expansion.
9256   if (SM.isMacroArgExpansion(SL)) {
9257     SL = SM.getSpellingLoc(SL);
9258     SR = SourceRange(SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getBegin()),
9259                      SM.getSpellingLoc(SR.getEnd()));
9260   }
9261 
9262   // Check if the destination is an array (rather than a pointer to an array).
9263   QualType DstTy = DstArg->getType();
9264   bool isKnownSizeArray = isConstantSizeArrayWithMoreThanOneElement(DstTy,
9265                                                                     Context);
9266   if (!isKnownSizeArray) {
9267     if (PatternType == 1)
9268       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_wrong_size) << SR;
9269     else
9270       Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
9271     return;
9272   }
9273 
9274   if (PatternType == 1)
9275     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_large_size) << SR;
9276   else
9277     Diag(SL, diag::warn_strncat_src_size) << SR;
9278 
9279   SmallString<128> sizeString;
9280   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(sizeString);
9281   OS << "sizeof(";
9282   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9283   OS << ") - ";
9284   OS << "strlen(";
9285   DstArg->printPretty(OS, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
9286   OS << ") - 1";
9287 
9288   Diag(SL, diag::note_strncat_wrong_size)
9289     << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SR, OS.str());
9290 }
9291 
9292 namespace {
9293 void CheckFreeArgumentsOnLvalue(Sema &S, const std::string &CalleeName,
9294                                 const UnaryOperator *UnaryExpr, const Decl *D) {
9295   if (isa<FieldDecl, FunctionDecl, VarDecl>(D)) {
9296     S.Diag(UnaryExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_free_nonheap_object)
9297         << CalleeName << 0 /*object: */ << cast<NamedDecl>(D);
9298     return;
9299   }
9300 }
9301 
9302 void CheckFreeArgumentsAddressof(Sema &S, const std::string &CalleeName,
9303                                  const UnaryOperator *UnaryExpr) {
9304   if (const auto *Lvalue = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(UnaryExpr->getSubExpr())) {
9305     const Decl *D = Lvalue->getDecl();
9306     if (isa<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9307       if (!dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)->getType()->isReferenceType())
9308         return CheckFreeArgumentsOnLvalue(S, CalleeName, UnaryExpr, D);
9309   }
9310 
9311   if (const auto *Lvalue = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(UnaryExpr->getSubExpr()))
9312     return CheckFreeArgumentsOnLvalue(S, CalleeName, UnaryExpr,
9313                                       Lvalue->getMemberDecl());
9314 }
9315 
9316 void CheckFreeArgumentsPlus(Sema &S, const std::string &CalleeName,
9317                             const UnaryOperator *UnaryExpr) {
9318   const auto *Lambda = dyn_cast<LambdaExpr>(
9319       UnaryExpr->getSubExpr()->IgnoreImplicitAsWritten()->IgnoreParens());
9320   if (!Lambda)
9321     return;
9322 
9323   S.Diag(Lambda->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_free_nonheap_object)
9324       << CalleeName << 2 /*object: lambda expression*/;
9325 }
9326 
9327 void CheckFreeArgumentsStackArray(Sema &S, const std::string &CalleeName,
9328                                   const DeclRefExpr *Lvalue) {
9329   const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Lvalue->getDecl());
9330   if (Var == nullptr)
9331     return;
9332 
9333   S.Diag(Lvalue->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_free_nonheap_object)
9334       << CalleeName << 0 /*object: */ << Var;
9335 }
9336 
9337 void CheckFreeArgumentsCast(Sema &S, const std::string &CalleeName,
9338                             const CastExpr *Cast) {
9339   SmallString<128> SizeString;
9340   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(SizeString);
9341 
9342   clang::CastKind Kind = Cast->getCastKind();
9343   if (Kind == clang::CK_BitCast &&
9344       !Cast->getSubExpr()->getType()->isFunctionPointerType())
9345     return;
9346   if (Kind == clang::CK_IntegralToPointer &&
9347       !isa<IntegerLiteral>(
9348           Cast->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParens()))
9349     return;
9350 
9351   switch (Cast->getCastKind()) {
9352   case clang::CK_BitCast:
9353   case clang::CK_IntegralToPointer:
9354   case clang::CK_FunctionToPointerDecay:
9355     OS << '\'';
9356     Cast->printPretty(OS, nullptr, S.getPrintingPolicy());
9357     OS << '\'';
9358     break;
9359   default:
9360     return;
9361   }
9362 
9363   S.Diag(Cast->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_free_nonheap_object)
9364       << CalleeName << 0 /*object: */ << OS.str();
9365 }
9366 } // namespace
9367 
9368 void Sema::CheckFreeArguments(const CallExpr *E) {
9369   const std::string CalleeName =
9370       cast<FunctionDecl>(E->getCalleeDecl())->getQualifiedNameAsString();
9371 
9372   { // Prefer something that doesn't involve a cast to make things simpler.
9373     const Expr *Arg = E->getArg(0)->IgnoreParenCasts();
9374     if (const auto *UnaryExpr = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(Arg))
9375       switch (UnaryExpr->getOpcode()) {
9376       case UnaryOperator::Opcode::UO_AddrOf:
9377         return CheckFreeArgumentsAddressof(*this, CalleeName, UnaryExpr);
9378       case UnaryOperator::Opcode::UO_Plus:
9379         return CheckFreeArgumentsPlus(*this, CalleeName, UnaryExpr);
9380       default:
9381         break;
9382       }
9383 
9384     if (const auto *Lvalue = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Arg))
9385       if (Lvalue->getType()->isArrayType())
9386         return CheckFreeArgumentsStackArray(*this, CalleeName, Lvalue);
9387 
9388     if (const auto *Label = dyn_cast<AddrLabelExpr>(Arg)) {
9389       Diag(Label->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_free_nonheap_object)
9390           << CalleeName << 0 /*object: */ << Label->getLabel()->getIdentifier();
9391       return;
9392     }
9393 
9394     if (isa<BlockExpr>(Arg)) {
9395       Diag(Arg->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_free_nonheap_object)
9396           << CalleeName << 1 /*object: block*/;
9397       return;
9398     }
9399   }
9400   // Maybe the cast was important, check after the other cases.
9401   if (const auto *Cast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
9402     return CheckFreeArgumentsCast(*this, CalleeName, Cast);
9403 }
9404 
9405 void
9406 Sema::CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
9407                          SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
9408                          bool isObjCMethod,
9409                          const AttrVec *Attrs,
9410                          const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9411   // Check if the return value is null but should not be.
9412   if (((Attrs && hasSpecificAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>(*Attrs)) ||
9413        (!isObjCMethod && isNonNullType(lhsType))) &&
9414       CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
9415     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_null_ret)
9416       << (isObjCMethod ? 1 : 0) << RetValExp->getSourceRange();
9417 
9418   // C++11 [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
9419   //   If an allocation function declared with a non-throwing
9420   //   exception-specification fails to allocate storage, it shall return
9421   //   a null pointer. Any other allocation function that fails to allocate
9422   //   storage shall indicate failure only by throwing an exception [...]
9423   if (FD) {
9424     OverloadedOperatorKind Op = FD->getOverloadedOperator();
9425     if (Op == OO_New || Op == OO_Array_New) {
9426       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
9427         = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9428       if (!Proto->isNothrow(/*ResultIfDependent*/true) &&
9429           CheckNonNullExpr(*this, RetValExp))
9430         Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::warn_operator_new_returns_null)
9431           << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
9432     }
9433   }
9434 
9435   if (RetValExp && RetValExp->getType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) {
9436     Diag(ReturnLoc, diag::err_wasm_table_art) << 1;
9437   }
9438 
9439   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as return type. Checking the type
9440   // here prevent the user from using a PPC MMA type as trailing return type.
9441   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64())
9442     PPC().CheckPPCMMAType(RetValExp->getType(), ReturnLoc);
9443 }
9444 
9445 void Sema::CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
9446                                 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode) {
9447   if (!BinaryOperator::isEqualityOp(Opcode))
9448     return;
9449 
9450   // Match and capture subexpressions such as "(float) X == 0.1".
9451   FloatingLiteral *FPLiteral;
9452   CastExpr *FPCast;
9453   auto getCastAndLiteral = [&FPLiteral, &FPCast](Expr *L, Expr *R) {
9454     FPLiteral = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(L->IgnoreParens());
9455     FPCast = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(R->IgnoreParens());
9456     return FPLiteral && FPCast;
9457   };
9458 
9459   if (getCastAndLiteral(LHS, RHS) || getCastAndLiteral(RHS, LHS)) {
9460     auto *SourceTy = FPCast->getSubExpr()->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
9461     auto *TargetTy = FPLiteral->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
9462     if (SourceTy && TargetTy && SourceTy->isFloatingPoint() &&
9463         TargetTy->isFloatingPoint()) {
9464       bool Lossy;
9465       llvm::APFloat TargetC = FPLiteral->getValue();
9466       TargetC.convert(Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceTy, 0)),
9467                       llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &Lossy);
9468       if (Lossy) {
9469         // If the literal cannot be represented in the source type, then a
9470         // check for == is always false and check for != is always true.
9471         Diag(Loc, diag::warn_float_compare_literal)
9472             << (Opcode == BO_EQ) << QualType(SourceTy, 0)
9473             << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
9474         return;
9475       }
9476     }
9477   }
9478 
9479   // Match a more general floating-point equality comparison (-Wfloat-equal).
9480   Expr* LeftExprSansParen = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9481   Expr* RightExprSansParen = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
9482 
9483   // Special case: check for x == x (which is OK).
9484   // Do not emit warnings for such cases.
9485   if (auto *DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
9486     if (auto *DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
9487       if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
9488         return;
9489 
9490   // Special case: check for comparisons against literals that can be exactly
9491   //  represented by APFloat.  In such cases, do not emit a warning.  This
9492   //  is a heuristic: often comparison against such literals are used to
9493   //  detect if a value in a variable has not changed.  This clearly can
9494   //  lead to false negatives.
9495   if (FloatingLiteral* FLL = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(LeftExprSansParen)) {
9496     if (FLL->isExact())
9497       return;
9498   } else
9499     if (FloatingLiteral* FLR = dyn_cast<FloatingLiteral>(RightExprSansParen))
9500       if (FLR->isExact())
9501         return;
9502 
9503   // Check for comparisons with builtin types.
9504   if (CallExpr* CL = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(LeftExprSansParen))
9505     if (CL->getBuiltinCallee())
9506       return;
9507 
9508   if (CallExpr* CR = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RightExprSansParen))
9509     if (CR->getBuiltinCallee())
9510       return;
9511 
9512   // Emit the diagnostic.
9513   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_floatingpoint_eq)
9514     << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
9515 }
9516 
9517 //===--- CHECK: Integer mixed-sign comparisons (-Wsign-compare) --------===//
9518 //===--- CHECK: Lossy implicit conversions (-Wconversion) --------------===//
9519 
9520 namespace {
9521 
9522 /// Structure recording the 'active' range of an integer-valued
9523 /// expression.
9524 struct IntRange {
9525   /// The number of bits active in the int. Note that this includes exactly one
9526   /// sign bit if !NonNegative.
9527   unsigned Width;
9528 
9529   /// True if the int is known not to have negative values. If so, all leading
9530   /// bits before Width are known zero, otherwise they are known to be the
9531   /// same as the MSB within Width.
9532   bool NonNegative;
9533 
9534   IntRange(unsigned Width, bool NonNegative)
9535       : Width(Width), NonNegative(NonNegative) {}
9536 
9537   /// Number of bits excluding the sign bit.
9538   unsigned valueBits() const {
9539     return NonNegative ? Width : Width - 1;
9540   }
9541 
9542   /// Returns the range of the bool type.
9543   static IntRange forBoolType() {
9544     return IntRange(1, true);
9545   }
9546 
9547   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of the given integral type.
9548   static IntRange forValueOfType(ASTContext &C, QualType T) {
9549     return forValueOfCanonicalType(C,
9550                           T->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getTypePtr());
9551   }
9552 
9553   /// Returns the range of an opaque value of a canonical integral type.
9554   static IntRange forValueOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
9555     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
9556 
9557     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
9558       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9559     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
9560       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9561     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
9562       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
9563 
9564     if (!C.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9565       // For enum types in C code, use the underlying datatype.
9566       if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
9567         T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType().getDesugaredType(C).getTypePtr();
9568     } else if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T)) {
9569       // For enum types in C++, use the known bit width of the enumerators.
9570       EnumDecl *Enum = ET->getDecl();
9571       // In C++11, enums can have a fixed underlying type. Use this type to
9572       // compute the range.
9573       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
9574         return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)),
9575                         !ET->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9576       }
9577 
9578       unsigned NumPositive = Enum->getNumPositiveBits();
9579       unsigned NumNegative = Enum->getNumNegativeBits();
9580 
9581       if (NumNegative == 0)
9582         return IntRange(NumPositive, true/*NonNegative*/);
9583       else
9584         return IntRange(std::max(NumPositive + 1, NumNegative),
9585                         false/*NonNegative*/);
9586     }
9587 
9588     if (const auto *EIT = dyn_cast<BitIntType>(T))
9589       return IntRange(EIT->getNumBits(), EIT->isUnsigned());
9590 
9591     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
9592     assert(BT->isInteger());
9593 
9594     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
9595   }
9596 
9597   /// Returns the "target" range of a canonical integral type, i.e.
9598   /// the range of values expressible in the type.
9599   ///
9600   /// This matches forValueOfCanonicalType except that enums have the
9601   /// full range of their type, not the range of their enumerators.
9602   static IntRange forTargetOfCanonicalType(ASTContext &C, const Type *T) {
9603     assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified());
9604 
9605     if (const VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<VectorType>(T))
9606       T = VT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9607     if (const ComplexType *CT = dyn_cast<ComplexType>(T))
9608       T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
9609     if (const AtomicType *AT = dyn_cast<AtomicType>(T))
9610       T = AT->getValueType().getTypePtr();
9611     if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
9612       T = C.getCanonicalType(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType()).getTypePtr();
9613 
9614     if (const auto *EIT = dyn_cast<BitIntType>(T))
9615       return IntRange(EIT->getNumBits(), EIT->isUnsigned());
9616 
9617     const BuiltinType *BT = cast<BuiltinType>(T);
9618     assert(BT->isInteger());
9619 
9620     return IntRange(C.getIntWidth(QualType(T, 0)), BT->isUnsignedInteger());
9621   }
9622 
9623   /// Returns the supremum of two ranges: i.e. their conservative merge.
9624   static IntRange join(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
9625     bool Unsigned = L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative;
9626     return IntRange(std::max(L.valueBits(), R.valueBits()) + !Unsigned,
9627                     L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative);
9628   }
9629 
9630   /// Return the range of a bitwise-AND of the two ranges.
9631   static IntRange bit_and(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
9632     unsigned Bits = std::max(L.Width, R.Width);
9633     bool NonNegative = false;
9634     if (L.NonNegative) {
9635       Bits = std::min(Bits, L.Width);
9636       NonNegative = true;
9637     }
9638     if (R.NonNegative) {
9639       Bits = std::min(Bits, R.Width);
9640       NonNegative = true;
9641     }
9642     return IntRange(Bits, NonNegative);
9643   }
9644 
9645   /// Return the range of a sum of the two ranges.
9646   static IntRange sum(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
9647     bool Unsigned = L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative;
9648     return IntRange(std::max(L.valueBits(), R.valueBits()) + 1 + !Unsigned,
9649                     Unsigned);
9650   }
9651 
9652   /// Return the range of a difference of the two ranges.
9653   static IntRange difference(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
9654     // We need a 1-bit-wider range if:
9655     //   1) LHS can be negative: least value can be reduced.
9656     //   2) RHS can be negative: greatest value can be increased.
9657     bool CanWiden = !L.NonNegative || !R.NonNegative;
9658     bool Unsigned = L.NonNegative && R.Width == 0;
9659     return IntRange(std::max(L.valueBits(), R.valueBits()) + CanWiden +
9660                         !Unsigned,
9661                     Unsigned);
9662   }
9663 
9664   /// Return the range of a product of the two ranges.
9665   static IntRange product(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
9666     // If both LHS and RHS can be negative, we can form
9667     //   -2^L * -2^R = 2^(L + R)
9668     // which requires L + R + 1 value bits to represent.
9669     bool CanWiden = !L.NonNegative && !R.NonNegative;
9670     bool Unsigned = L.NonNegative && R.NonNegative;
9671     return IntRange(L.valueBits() + R.valueBits() + CanWiden + !Unsigned,
9672                     Unsigned);
9673   }
9674 
9675   /// Return the range of a remainder operation between the two ranges.
9676   static IntRange rem(IntRange L, IntRange R) {
9677     // The result of a remainder can't be larger than the result of
9678     // either side. The sign of the result is the sign of the LHS.
9679     bool Unsigned = L.NonNegative;
9680     return IntRange(std::min(L.valueBits(), R.valueBits()) + !Unsigned,
9681                     Unsigned);
9682   }
9683 };
9684 
9685 } // namespace
9686 
9687 static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, llvm::APSInt &value,
9688                               unsigned MaxWidth) {
9689   if (value.isSigned() && value.isNegative())
9690     return IntRange(value.getSignificantBits(), false);
9691 
9692   if (value.getBitWidth() > MaxWidth)
9693     value = value.trunc(MaxWidth);
9694 
9695   // isNonNegative() just checks the sign bit without considering
9696   // signedness.
9697   return IntRange(value.getActiveBits(), true);
9698 }
9699 
9700 static IntRange GetValueRange(ASTContext &C, APValue &result, QualType Ty,
9701                               unsigned MaxWidth) {
9702   if (result.isInt())
9703     return GetValueRange(C, result.getInt(), MaxWidth);
9704 
9705   if (result.isVector()) {
9706     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(0), Ty, MaxWidth);
9707     for (unsigned i = 1, e = result.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i) {
9708       IntRange El = GetValueRange(C, result.getVectorElt(i), Ty, MaxWidth);
9709       R = IntRange::join(R, El);
9710     }
9711     return R;
9712   }
9713 
9714   if (result.isComplexInt()) {
9715     IntRange R = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntReal(), MaxWidth);
9716     IntRange I = GetValueRange(C, result.getComplexIntImag(), MaxWidth);
9717     return IntRange::join(R, I);
9718   }
9719 
9720   // This can happen with lossless casts to intptr_t of "based" lvalues.
9721   // Assume it might use arbitrary bits.
9722   // FIXME: The only reason we need to pass the type in here is to get
9723   // the sign right on this one case.  It would be nice if APValue
9724   // preserved this.
9725   assert(result.isLValue() || result.isAddrLabelDiff());
9726   return IntRange(MaxWidth, Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
9727 }
9728 
9729 static QualType GetExprType(const Expr *E) {
9730   QualType Ty = E->getType();
9731   if (const AtomicType *AtomicRHS = Ty->getAs<AtomicType>())
9732     Ty = AtomicRHS->getValueType();
9733   return Ty;
9734 }
9735 
9736 /// Attempts to estimate an approximate range for the given integer expression.
9737 /// Returns a range if successful, otherwise it returns \c std::nullopt if a
9738 /// reliable estimation cannot be determined.
9739 ///
9740 /// \param MaxWidth The width to which the value will be truncated.
9741 /// \param InConstantContext If \c true, interpret the expression within a
9742 ///        constant context.
9743 /// \param Approximate If \c true, provide a likely range of values by assuming
9744 ///        that arithmetic on narrower types remains within those types.
9745 ///        If \c false, return a range that includes all possible values
9746 ///        resulting from the expression.
9747 /// \returns A range of values that the expression might take, or
9748 ///          std::nullopt if a reliable estimation cannot be determined.
9749 static std::optional<IntRange> TryGetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E,
9750                                                unsigned MaxWidth,
9751                                                bool InConstantContext,
9752                                                bool Approximate) {
9753   E = E->IgnoreParens();
9754 
9755   // Try a full evaluation first.
9756   Expr::EvalResult result;
9757   if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, C, InConstantContext))
9758     return GetValueRange(C, result.Val, GetExprType(E), MaxWidth);
9759 
9760   // I think we only want to look through implicit casts here; if the
9761   // user has an explicit widening cast, we should treat the value as
9762   // being of the new, wider type.
9763   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
9764     if (CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp || CE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
9765       return TryGetExprRange(C, CE->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth, InConstantContext,
9766                              Approximate);
9767 
9768     IntRange OutputTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(CE));
9769 
9770     bool isIntegerCast = CE->getCastKind() == CK_IntegralCast ||
9771                          CE->getCastKind() == CK_BooleanToSignedIntegral;
9772 
9773     // Assume that non-integer casts can span the full range of the type.
9774     if (!isIntegerCast)
9775       return OutputTypeRange;
9776 
9777     std::optional<IntRange> SubRange = TryGetExprRange(
9778         C, CE->getSubExpr(), std::min(MaxWidth, OutputTypeRange.Width),
9779         InConstantContext, Approximate);
9780     if (!SubRange)
9781       return std::nullopt;
9782 
9783     // Bail out if the subexpr's range is as wide as the cast type.
9784     if (SubRange->Width >= OutputTypeRange.Width)
9785       return OutputTypeRange;
9786 
9787     // Otherwise, we take the smaller width, and we're non-negative if
9788     // either the output type or the subexpr is.
9789     return IntRange(SubRange->Width,
9790                     SubRange->NonNegative || OutputTypeRange.NonNegative);
9791   }
9792 
9793   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
9794     // If we can fold the condition, just take that operand.
9795     bool CondResult;
9796     if (CO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(CondResult, C))
9797       return TryGetExprRange(
9798           C, CondResult ? CO->getTrueExpr() : CO->getFalseExpr(), MaxWidth,
9799           InConstantContext, Approximate);
9800 
9801     // Otherwise, conservatively merge.
9802     // TryGetExprRange requires an integer expression, but a throw expression
9803     // results in a void type.
9804     Expr *TrueExpr = CO->getTrueExpr();
9805     if (TrueExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
9806       return std::nullopt;
9807 
9808     std::optional<IntRange> L =
9809         TryGetExprRange(C, TrueExpr, MaxWidth, InConstantContext, Approximate);
9810     if (!L)
9811       return std::nullopt;
9812 
9813     Expr *FalseExpr = CO->getFalseExpr();
9814     if (FalseExpr->getType()->isVoidType())
9815       return std::nullopt;
9816 
9817     std::optional<IntRange> R =
9818         TryGetExprRange(C, FalseExpr, MaxWidth, InConstantContext, Approximate);
9819     if (!R)
9820       return std::nullopt;
9821 
9822     return IntRange::join(*L, *R);
9823   }
9824 
9825   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
9826     IntRange (*Combine)(IntRange, IntRange) = IntRange::join;
9827 
9828     switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
9829     case BO_Cmp:
9830       llvm_unreachable("builtin <=> should have class type");
9831 
9832     // Boolean-valued operations are single-bit and positive.
9833     case BO_LAnd:
9834     case BO_LOr:
9835     case BO_LT:
9836     case BO_GT:
9837     case BO_LE:
9838     case BO_GE:
9839     case BO_EQ:
9840     case BO_NE:
9841       return IntRange::forBoolType();
9842 
9843     // The type of the assignments is the type of the LHS, so the RHS
9844     // is not necessarily the same type.
9845     case BO_MulAssign:
9846     case BO_DivAssign:
9847     case BO_RemAssign:
9848     case BO_AddAssign:
9849     case BO_SubAssign:
9850     case BO_XorAssign:
9851     case BO_OrAssign:
9852       // TODO: bitfields?
9853       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
9854 
9855     // Simple assignments just pass through the RHS, which will have
9856     // been coerced to the LHS type.
9857     case BO_Assign:
9858       // TODO: bitfields?
9859       return TryGetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth, InConstantContext,
9860                              Approximate);
9861 
9862     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
9863     case BO_PtrMemD:
9864     case BO_PtrMemI:
9865       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
9866 
9867     // Bitwise-and uses the *infinum* of the two source ranges.
9868     case BO_And:
9869     case BO_AndAssign:
9870       Combine = IntRange::bit_and;
9871       break;
9872 
9873     // Left shift gets black-listed based on a judgement call.
9874     case BO_Shl:
9875       // ...except that we want to treat '1 << (blah)' as logically
9876       // positive.  It's an important idiom.
9877       if (IntegerLiteral *I
9878             = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
9879         if (I->getValue() == 1) {
9880           IntRange R = IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
9881           return IntRange(R.Width, /*NonNegative*/ true);
9882         }
9883       }
9884       [[fallthrough]];
9885 
9886     case BO_ShlAssign:
9887       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
9888 
9889     // Right shift by a constant can narrow its left argument.
9890     case BO_Shr:
9891     case BO_ShrAssign: {
9892       std::optional<IntRange> L = TryGetExprRange(
9893           C, BO->getLHS(), MaxWidth, InConstantContext, Approximate);
9894       if (!L)
9895         return std::nullopt;
9896 
9897       // If the shift amount is a positive constant, drop the width by
9898       // that much.
9899       if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> shift =
9900               BO->getRHS()->getIntegerConstantExpr(C)) {
9901         if (shift->isNonNegative()) {
9902           if (shift->uge(L->Width))
9903             L->Width = (L->NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
9904           else
9905             L->Width -= shift->getZExtValue();
9906         }
9907       }
9908 
9909       return L;
9910     }
9911 
9912     // Comma acts as its right operand.
9913     case BO_Comma:
9914       return TryGetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), MaxWidth, InConstantContext,
9915                              Approximate);
9916 
9917     case BO_Add:
9918       if (!Approximate)
9919         Combine = IntRange::sum;
9920       break;
9921 
9922     case BO_Sub:
9923       if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isPointerType())
9924         return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
9925       if (!Approximate)
9926         Combine = IntRange::difference;
9927       break;
9928 
9929     case BO_Mul:
9930       if (!Approximate)
9931         Combine = IntRange::product;
9932       break;
9933 
9934     // The width of a division result is mostly determined by the size
9935     // of the LHS.
9936     case BO_Div: {
9937       // Don't 'pre-truncate' the operands.
9938       unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E));
9939       std::optional<IntRange> L = TryGetExprRange(
9940           C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth, InConstantContext, Approximate);
9941       if (!L)
9942         return std::nullopt;
9943 
9944       // If the divisor is constant, use that.
9945       if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> divisor =
9946               BO->getRHS()->getIntegerConstantExpr(C)) {
9947         unsigned log2 = divisor->logBase2(); // floor(log_2(divisor))
9948         if (log2 >= L->Width)
9949           L->Width = (L->NonNegative ? 0 : 1);
9950         else
9951           L->Width = std::min(L->Width - log2, MaxWidth);
9952         return L;
9953       }
9954 
9955       // Otherwise, just use the LHS's width.
9956       // FIXME: This is wrong if the LHS could be its minimal value and the RHS
9957       // could be -1.
9958       std::optional<IntRange> R = TryGetExprRange(
9959           C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth, InConstantContext, Approximate);
9960       if (!R)
9961         return std::nullopt;
9962 
9963       return IntRange(L->Width, L->NonNegative && R->NonNegative);
9964     }
9965 
9966     case BO_Rem:
9967       Combine = IntRange::rem;
9968       break;
9969 
9970     // The default behavior is okay for these.
9971     case BO_Xor:
9972     case BO_Or:
9973       break;
9974     }
9975 
9976     // Combine the two ranges, but limit the result to the type in which we
9977     // performed the computation.
9978     QualType T = GetExprType(E);
9979     unsigned opWidth = C.getIntWidth(T);
9980     std::optional<IntRange> L = TryGetExprRange(C, BO->getLHS(), opWidth,
9981                                                 InConstantContext, Approximate);
9982     if (!L)
9983       return std::nullopt;
9984 
9985     std::optional<IntRange> R = TryGetExprRange(C, BO->getRHS(), opWidth,
9986                                                 InConstantContext, Approximate);
9987     if (!R)
9988       return std::nullopt;
9989 
9990     IntRange C = Combine(*L, *R);
9991     C.NonNegative |= T->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
9992     C.Width = std::min(C.Width, MaxWidth);
9993     return C;
9994   }
9995 
9996   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
9997     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
9998     // Boolean-valued operations are white-listed.
9999     case UO_LNot:
10000       return IntRange::forBoolType();
10001 
10002     // Operations with opaque sources are black-listed.
10003     case UO_Deref:
10004     case UO_AddrOf: // should be impossible
10005       return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
10006 
10007     default:
10008       return TryGetExprRange(C, UO->getSubExpr(), MaxWidth, InConstantContext,
10009                              Approximate);
10010     }
10011   }
10012 
10013   if (const auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
10014     return TryGetExprRange(C, OVE->getSourceExpr(), MaxWidth, InConstantContext,
10015                            Approximate);
10016 
10017   if (const auto *BitField = E->getSourceBitField())
10018     return IntRange(BitField->getBitWidthValue(C),
10019                     BitField->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10020 
10021   if (GetExprType(E)->isVoidType())
10022     return std::nullopt;
10023 
10024   return IntRange::forValueOfType(C, GetExprType(E));
10025 }
10026 
10027 static std::optional<IntRange> TryGetExprRange(ASTContext &C, const Expr *E,
10028                                                bool InConstantContext,
10029                                                bool Approximate) {
10030   return TryGetExprRange(C, E, C.getIntWidth(GetExprType(E)), InConstantContext,
10031                          Approximate);
10032 }
10033 
10034 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
10035 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
10036 /// target semantics.
10037 static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const llvm::APFloat &value,
10038                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
10039                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
10040   llvm::APFloat truncated = value;
10041 
10042   bool ignored;
10043   truncated.convert(Src, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
10044   truncated.convert(Tgt, llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven, &ignored);
10045 
10046   return truncated.bitwiseIsEqual(value);
10047 }
10048 
10049 /// Checks whether the given value, which currently has the given
10050 /// source semantics, has the same value when coerced through the
10051 /// target semantics.
10052 ///
10053 /// The value might be a vector of floats (or a complex number).
10054 static bool IsSameFloatAfterCast(const APValue &value,
10055                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Src,
10056                                  const llvm::fltSemantics &Tgt) {
10057   if (value.isFloat())
10058     return IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getFloat(), Src, Tgt);
10059 
10060   if (value.isVector()) {
10061     for (unsigned i = 0, e = value.getVectorLength(); i != e; ++i)
10062       if (!IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getVectorElt(i), Src, Tgt))
10063         return false;
10064     return true;
10065   }
10066 
10067   assert(value.isComplexFloat());
10068   return (IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatReal(), Src, Tgt) &&
10069           IsSameFloatAfterCast(value.getComplexFloatImag(), Src, Tgt));
10070 }
10071 
10072 static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC,
10073                                        bool IsListInit = false);
10074 
10075 static bool IsEnumConstOrFromMacro(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
10076   // Suppress cases where we are comparing against an enum constant.
10077   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR =
10078       dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
10079     if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl()))
10080       return true;
10081 
10082   // Suppress cases where the value is expanded from a macro, unless that macro
10083   // is how a language represents a boolean literal. This is the case in both C
10084   // and Objective-C.
10085   SourceLocation BeginLoc = E->getBeginLoc();
10086   if (BeginLoc.isMacroID()) {
10087     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroName(
10088         BeginLoc, S.getSourceManager(), S.getLangOpts());
10089     return MacroName != "YES" && MacroName != "NO" &&
10090            MacroName != "true" && MacroName != "false";
10091   }
10092 
10093   return false;
10094 }
10095 
10096 static bool isKnownToHaveUnsignedValue(Expr *E) {
10097   return E->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
10098          (!E->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() ||
10099           !E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isSignedIntegerType());
10100 }
10101 
10102 namespace {
10103 /// The promoted range of values of a type. In general this has the
10104 /// following structure:
10105 ///
10106 ///     |-----------| . . . |-----------|
10107 ///     ^           ^       ^           ^
10108 ///    Min       HoleMin  HoleMax      Max
10109 ///
10110 /// ... where there is only a hole if a signed type is promoted to unsigned
10111 /// (in which case Min and Max are the smallest and largest representable
10112 /// values).
10113 struct PromotedRange {
10114   // Min, or HoleMax if there is a hole.
10115   llvm::APSInt PromotedMin;
10116   // Max, or HoleMin if there is a hole.
10117   llvm::APSInt PromotedMax;
10118 
10119   PromotedRange(IntRange R, unsigned BitWidth, bool Unsigned) {
10120     if (R.Width == 0)
10121       PromotedMin = PromotedMax = llvm::APSInt(BitWidth, Unsigned);
10122     else if (R.Width >= BitWidth && !Unsigned) {
10123       // Promotion made the type *narrower*. This happens when promoting
10124       // a < 32-bit unsigned / <= 32-bit signed bit-field to 'signed int'.
10125       // Treat all values of 'signed int' as being in range for now.
10126       PromotedMin = llvm::APSInt::getMinValue(BitWidth, Unsigned);
10127       PromotedMax = llvm::APSInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth, Unsigned);
10128     } else {
10129       PromotedMin = llvm::APSInt::getMinValue(R.Width, R.NonNegative)
10130                         .extOrTrunc(BitWidth);
10131       PromotedMin.setIsUnsigned(Unsigned);
10132 
10133       PromotedMax = llvm::APSInt::getMaxValue(R.Width, R.NonNegative)
10134                         .extOrTrunc(BitWidth);
10135       PromotedMax.setIsUnsigned(Unsigned);
10136     }
10137   }
10138 
10139   // Determine whether this range is contiguous (has no hole).
10140   bool isContiguous() const { return PromotedMin <= PromotedMax; }
10141 
10142   // Where a constant value is within the range.
10143   enum ComparisonResult {
10144     LT = 0x1,
10145     LE = 0x2,
10146     GT = 0x4,
10147     GE = 0x8,
10148     EQ = 0x10,
10149     NE = 0x20,
10150     InRangeFlag = 0x40,
10151 
10152     Less = LE | LT | NE,
10153     Min = LE | InRangeFlag,
10154     InRange = InRangeFlag,
10155     Max = GE | InRangeFlag,
10156     Greater = GE | GT | NE,
10157 
10158     OnlyValue = LE | GE | EQ | InRangeFlag,
10159     InHole = NE
10160   };
10161 
10162   ComparisonResult compare(const llvm::APSInt &Value) const {
10163     assert(Value.getBitWidth() == PromotedMin.getBitWidth() &&
10164            Value.isUnsigned() == PromotedMin.isUnsigned());
10165     if (!isContiguous()) {
10166       assert(Value.isUnsigned() && "discontiguous range for signed compare");
10167       if (Value.isMinValue()) return Min;
10168       if (Value.isMaxValue()) return Max;
10169       if (Value >= PromotedMin) return InRange;
10170       if (Value <= PromotedMax) return InRange;
10171       return InHole;
10172     }
10173 
10174     switch (llvm::APSInt::compareValues(Value, PromotedMin)) {
10175     case -1: return Less;
10176     case 0: return PromotedMin == PromotedMax ? OnlyValue : Min;
10177     case 1:
10178       switch (llvm::APSInt::compareValues(Value, PromotedMax)) {
10179       case -1: return InRange;
10180       case 0: return Max;
10181       case 1: return Greater;
10182       }
10183     }
10184 
10185     llvm_unreachable("impossible compare result");
10186   }
10187 
10188   static std::optional<StringRef>
10189   constantValue(BinaryOperatorKind Op, ComparisonResult R, bool ConstantOnRHS) {
10190     if (Op == BO_Cmp) {
10191       ComparisonResult LTFlag = LT, GTFlag = GT;
10192       if (ConstantOnRHS) std::swap(LTFlag, GTFlag);
10193 
10194       if (R & EQ) return StringRef("'std::strong_ordering::equal'");
10195       if (R & LTFlag) return StringRef("'std::strong_ordering::less'");
10196       if (R & GTFlag) return StringRef("'std::strong_ordering::greater'");
10197       return std::nullopt;
10198     }
10199 
10200     ComparisonResult TrueFlag, FalseFlag;
10201     if (Op == BO_EQ) {
10202       TrueFlag = EQ;
10203       FalseFlag = NE;
10204     } else if (Op == BO_NE) {
10205       TrueFlag = NE;
10206       FalseFlag = EQ;
10207     } else {
10208       if ((Op == BO_LT || Op == BO_GE) ^ ConstantOnRHS) {
10209         TrueFlag = LT;
10210         FalseFlag = GE;
10211       } else {
10212         TrueFlag = GT;
10213         FalseFlag = LE;
10214       }
10215       if (Op == BO_GE || Op == BO_LE)
10216         std::swap(TrueFlag, FalseFlag);
10217     }
10218     if (R & TrueFlag)
10219       return StringRef("true");
10220     if (R & FalseFlag)
10221       return StringRef("false");
10222     return std::nullopt;
10223   }
10224 };
10225 }
10226 
10227 static bool HasEnumType(Expr *E) {
10228   // Strip off implicit integral promotions.
10229   while (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
10230     if (ICE->getCastKind() != CK_IntegralCast &&
10231         ICE->getCastKind() != CK_NoOp)
10232       break;
10233     E = ICE->getSubExpr();
10234   }
10235 
10236   return E->getType()->isEnumeralType();
10237 }
10238 
10239 static int classifyConstantValue(Expr *Constant) {
10240   // The values of this enumeration are used in the diagnostics
10241   // diag::warn_out_of_range_compare and diag::warn_tautological_bool_compare.
10242   enum ConstantValueKind {
10243     Miscellaneous = 0,
10244     LiteralTrue,
10245     LiteralFalse
10246   };
10247   if (auto *BL = dyn_cast<CXXBoolLiteralExpr>(Constant))
10248     return BL->getValue() ? ConstantValueKind::LiteralTrue
10249                           : ConstantValueKind::LiteralFalse;
10250   return ConstantValueKind::Miscellaneous;
10251 }
10252 
10253 static bool CheckTautologicalComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E,
10254                                         Expr *Constant, Expr *Other,
10255                                         const llvm::APSInt &Value,
10256                                         bool RhsConstant) {
10257   if (S.inTemplateInstantiation())
10258     return false;
10259 
10260   Expr *OriginalOther = Other;
10261 
10262   Constant = Constant->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10263   Other = Other->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10264 
10265   // Suppress warnings on tautological comparisons between values of the same
10266   // enumeration type. There are only two ways we could warn on this:
10267   //  - If the constant is outside the range of representable values of
10268   //    the enumeration. In such a case, we should warn about the cast
10269   //    to enumeration type, not about the comparison.
10270   //  - If the constant is the maximum / minimum in-range value. For an
10271   //    enumeratin type, such comparisons can be meaningful and useful.
10272   if (Constant->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
10273       S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Constant->getType(), Other->getType()))
10274     return false;
10275 
10276   std::optional<IntRange> OtherValueRange = TryGetExprRange(
10277       S.Context, Other, S.isConstantEvaluatedContext(), /*Approximate=*/false);
10278   if (!OtherValueRange)
10279     return false;
10280 
10281   QualType OtherT = Other->getType();
10282   if (const auto *AT = OtherT->getAs<AtomicType>())
10283     OtherT = AT->getValueType();
10284   IntRange OtherTypeRange = IntRange::forValueOfType(S.Context, OtherT);
10285 
10286   // Special case for ObjC BOOL on targets where its a typedef for a signed char
10287   // (Namely, macOS). FIXME: IntRange::forValueOfType should do this.
10288   bool IsObjCSignedCharBool = S.getLangOpts().ObjC &&
10289                               S.ObjC().NSAPIObj->isObjCBOOLType(OtherT) &&
10290                               OtherT->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::SChar);
10291 
10292   // Whether we're treating Other as being a bool because of the form of
10293   // expression despite it having another type (typically 'int' in C).
10294   bool OtherIsBooleanDespiteType =
10295       !OtherT->isBooleanType() && Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue();
10296   if (OtherIsBooleanDespiteType || IsObjCSignedCharBool)
10297     OtherTypeRange = *OtherValueRange = IntRange::forBoolType();
10298 
10299   // Check if all values in the range of possible values of this expression
10300   // lead to the same comparison outcome.
10301   PromotedRange OtherPromotedValueRange(*OtherValueRange, Value.getBitWidth(),
10302                                         Value.isUnsigned());
10303   auto Cmp = OtherPromotedValueRange.compare(Value);
10304   auto Result = PromotedRange::constantValue(E->getOpcode(), Cmp, RhsConstant);
10305   if (!Result)
10306     return false;
10307 
10308   // Also consider the range determined by the type alone. This allows us to
10309   // classify the warning under the proper diagnostic group.
10310   bool TautologicalTypeCompare = false;
10311   {
10312     PromotedRange OtherPromotedTypeRange(OtherTypeRange, Value.getBitWidth(),
10313                                          Value.isUnsigned());
10314     auto TypeCmp = OtherPromotedTypeRange.compare(Value);
10315     if (auto TypeResult = PromotedRange::constantValue(E->getOpcode(), TypeCmp,
10316                                                        RhsConstant)) {
10317       TautologicalTypeCompare = true;
10318       Cmp = TypeCmp;
10319       Result = TypeResult;
10320     }
10321   }
10322 
10323   // Don't warn if the non-constant operand actually always evaluates to the
10324   // same value.
10325   if (!TautologicalTypeCompare && OtherValueRange->Width == 0)
10326     return false;
10327 
10328   // Suppress the diagnostic for an in-range comparison if the constant comes
10329   // from a macro or enumerator. We don't want to diagnose
10330   //
10331   //   some_long_value <= INT_MAX
10332   //
10333   // when sizeof(int) == sizeof(long).
10334   bool InRange = Cmp & PromotedRange::InRangeFlag;
10335   if (InRange && IsEnumConstOrFromMacro(S, Constant))
10336     return false;
10337 
10338   // A comparison of an unsigned bit-field against 0 is really a type problem,
10339   // even though at the type level the bit-field might promote to 'signed int'.
10340   if (Other->refersToBitField() && InRange && Value == 0 &&
10341       Other->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10342     TautologicalTypeCompare = true;
10343 
10344   // If this is a comparison to an enum constant, include that
10345   // constant in the diagnostic.
10346   const EnumConstantDecl *ED = nullptr;
10347   if (const DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Constant))
10348     ED = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DR->getDecl());
10349 
10350   // Should be enough for uint128 (39 decimal digits)
10351   SmallString<64> PrettySourceValue;
10352   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(PrettySourceValue);
10353   if (ED) {
10354     OS << '\'' << *ED << "' (" << Value << ")";
10355   } else if (auto *BL = dyn_cast<ObjCBoolLiteralExpr>(
10356                Constant->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
10357     OS << (BL->getValue() ? "YES" : "NO");
10358   } else {
10359     OS << Value;
10360   }
10361 
10362   if (!TautologicalTypeCompare) {
10363     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_tautological_compare_value_range)
10364         << RhsConstant << OtherValueRange->Width << OtherValueRange->NonNegative
10365         << E->getOpcodeStr() << OS.str() << *Result
10366         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
10367     return true;
10368   }
10369 
10370   if (IsObjCSignedCharBool) {
10371     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
10372                           S.PDiag(diag::warn_tautological_compare_objc_bool)
10373                               << OS.str() << *Result);
10374     return true;
10375   }
10376 
10377   // FIXME: We use a somewhat different formatting for the in-range cases and
10378   // cases involving boolean values for historical reasons. We should pick a
10379   // consistent way of presenting these diagnostics.
10380   if (!InRange || Other->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue()) {
10381 
10382     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
10383         E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
10384         S.PDiag(!InRange ? diag::warn_out_of_range_compare
10385                          : diag::warn_tautological_bool_compare)
10386             << OS.str() << classifyConstantValue(Constant) << OtherT
10387             << OtherIsBooleanDespiteType << *Result
10388             << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange());
10389   } else {
10390     bool IsCharTy = OtherT.withoutLocalFastQualifiers() == S.Context.CharTy;
10391     unsigned Diag =
10392         (isKnownToHaveUnsignedValue(OriginalOther) && Value == 0)
10393             ? (HasEnumType(OriginalOther)
10394                    ? diag::warn_unsigned_enum_always_true_comparison
10395                    : IsCharTy ? diag::warn_unsigned_char_always_true_comparison
10396                               : diag::warn_unsigned_always_true_comparison)
10397             : diag::warn_tautological_constant_compare;
10398 
10399     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), Diag)
10400         << RhsConstant << OtherT << E->getOpcodeStr() << OS.str() << *Result
10401         << E->getLHS()->getSourceRange() << E->getRHS()->getSourceRange();
10402   }
10403 
10404   return true;
10405 }
10406 
10407 /// Analyze the operands of the given comparison.  Implements the
10408 /// fallback case from AnalyzeComparison.
10409 static void AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
10410   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
10411   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
10412 }
10413 
10414 /// Implements -Wsign-compare.
10415 ///
10416 /// \param E the binary operator to check for warnings
10417 static void AnalyzeComparison(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
10418   // The type the comparison is being performed in.
10419   QualType T = E->getLHS()->getType();
10420 
10421   // Only analyze comparison operators where both sides have been converted to
10422   // the same type.
10423   if (!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, E->getRHS()->getType()))
10424     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
10425 
10426   // Don't analyze value-dependent comparisons directly.
10427   if (E->isValueDependent())
10428     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
10429 
10430   Expr *LHS = E->getLHS();
10431   Expr *RHS = E->getRHS();
10432 
10433   if (T->isIntegralType(S.Context)) {
10434     std::optional<llvm::APSInt> RHSValue =
10435         RHS->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
10436     std::optional<llvm::APSInt> LHSValue =
10437         LHS->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context);
10438 
10439     // We don't care about expressions whose result is a constant.
10440     if (RHSValue && LHSValue)
10441       return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
10442 
10443     // We only care about expressions where just one side is literal
10444     if ((bool)RHSValue ^ (bool)LHSValue) {
10445       // Is the constant on the RHS or LHS?
10446       const bool RhsConstant = (bool)RHSValue;
10447       Expr *Const = RhsConstant ? RHS : LHS;
10448       Expr *Other = RhsConstant ? LHS : RHS;
10449       const llvm::APSInt &Value = RhsConstant ? *RHSValue : *LHSValue;
10450 
10451       // Check whether an integer constant comparison results in a value
10452       // of 'true' or 'false'.
10453       if (CheckTautologicalComparison(S, E, Const, Other, Value, RhsConstant))
10454         return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
10455     }
10456   }
10457 
10458   if (!T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
10459     // We don't do anything special if this isn't an unsigned integral
10460     // comparison:  we're only interested in integral comparisons, and
10461     // signed comparisons only happen in cases we don't care to warn about.
10462     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
10463   }
10464 
10465   LHS = LHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10466   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10467 
10468   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10469     // Avoid warning about comparison of integers with different signs when
10470     // RHS/LHS has a `typeof(E)` type whose sign is different from the sign of
10471     // the type of `E`.
10472     if (const auto *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(LHS->getType()))
10473       LHS = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10474     if (const auto *TET = dyn_cast<TypeOfExprType>(RHS->getType()))
10475       RHS = TET->getUnderlyingExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10476   }
10477 
10478   // Check to see if one of the (unmodified) operands is of different
10479   // signedness.
10480   Expr *signedOperand, *unsignedOperand;
10481   if (LHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
10482     assert(!RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() &&
10483            "unsigned comparison between two signed integer expressions?");
10484     signedOperand = LHS;
10485     unsignedOperand = RHS;
10486   } else if (RHS->getType()->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation()) {
10487     signedOperand = RHS;
10488     unsignedOperand = LHS;
10489   } else {
10490     return AnalyzeImpConvsInComparison(S, E);
10491   }
10492 
10493   // Otherwise, calculate the effective range of the signed operand.
10494   std::optional<IntRange> signedRange =
10495       TryGetExprRange(S.Context, signedOperand, S.isConstantEvaluatedContext(),
10496                       /*Approximate=*/true);
10497   if (!signedRange)
10498     return;
10499 
10500   // Go ahead and analyze implicit conversions in the operands.  Note
10501   // that we skip the implicit conversions on both sides.
10502   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, LHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
10503   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, RHS, E->getOperatorLoc());
10504 
10505   // If the signed range is non-negative, -Wsign-compare won't fire.
10506   if (signedRange->NonNegative)
10507     return;
10508 
10509   // For (in)equality comparisons, if the unsigned operand is a
10510   // constant which cannot collide with a overflowed signed operand,
10511   // then reinterpreting the signed operand as unsigned will not
10512   // change the result of the comparison.
10513   if (E->isEqualityOp()) {
10514     unsigned comparisonWidth = S.Context.getIntWidth(T);
10515     std::optional<IntRange> unsignedRange = TryGetExprRange(
10516         S.Context, unsignedOperand, S.isConstantEvaluatedContext(),
10517         /*Approximate=*/true);
10518     if (!unsignedRange)
10519       return;
10520 
10521     // We should never be unable to prove that the unsigned operand is
10522     // non-negative.
10523     assert(unsignedRange->NonNegative && "unsigned range includes negative?");
10524 
10525     if (unsignedRange->Width < comparisonWidth)
10526       return;
10527   }
10528 
10529   S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getOperatorLoc(), E,
10530                         S.PDiag(diag::warn_mixed_sign_comparison)
10531                             << LHS->getType() << RHS->getType()
10532                             << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange());
10533 }
10534 
10535 /// Analyzes an attempt to assign the given value to a bitfield.
10536 ///
10537 /// Returns true if there was something fishy about the attempt.
10538 static bool AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(Sema &S, FieldDecl *Bitfield, Expr *Init,
10539                                       SourceLocation InitLoc) {
10540   assert(Bitfield->isBitField());
10541   if (Bitfield->isInvalidDecl())
10542     return false;
10543 
10544   // White-list bool bitfields.
10545   QualType BitfieldType = Bitfield->getType();
10546   if (BitfieldType->isBooleanType())
10547      return false;
10548 
10549   if (BitfieldType->isEnumeralType()) {
10550     EnumDecl *BitfieldEnumDecl = BitfieldType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl();
10551     // If the underlying enum type was not explicitly specified as an unsigned
10552     // type and the enum contain only positive values, MSVC++ will cause an
10553     // inconsistency by storing this as a signed type.
10554     if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10555         !BitfieldEnumDecl->getIntegerTypeSourceInfo() &&
10556         BitfieldEnumDecl->getNumPositiveBits() > 0 &&
10557         BitfieldEnumDecl->getNumNegativeBits() == 0) {
10558       S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_no_underlying_type_specified_for_enum_bitfield)
10559           << BitfieldEnumDecl;
10560     }
10561   }
10562 
10563   // Ignore value- or type-dependent expressions.
10564   if (Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isValueDependent() ||
10565       Bitfield->getBitWidth()->isTypeDependent() ||
10566       Init->isValueDependent() ||
10567       Init->isTypeDependent())
10568     return false;
10569 
10570   Expr *OriginalInit = Init->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10571   unsigned FieldWidth = Bitfield->getBitWidthValue(S.Context);
10572 
10573   Expr::EvalResult Result;
10574   if (!OriginalInit->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context,
10575                                    Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
10576     // The RHS is not constant.  If the RHS has an enum type, make sure the
10577     // bitfield is wide enough to hold all the values of the enum without
10578     // truncation.
10579     if (const auto *EnumTy = OriginalInit->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
10580       EnumDecl *ED = EnumTy->getDecl();
10581       bool SignedBitfield = BitfieldType->isSignedIntegerType();
10582 
10583       // Enum types are implicitly signed on Windows, so check if there are any
10584       // negative enumerators to see if the enum was intended to be signed or
10585       // not.
10586       bool SignedEnum = ED->getNumNegativeBits() > 0;
10587 
10588       // Check for surprising sign changes when assigning enum values to a
10589       // bitfield of different signedness.  If the bitfield is signed and we
10590       // have exactly the right number of bits to store this unsigned enum,
10591       // suggest changing the enum to an unsigned type. This typically happens
10592       // on Windows where unfixed enums always use an underlying type of 'int'.
10593       unsigned DiagID = 0;
10594       if (SignedEnum && !SignedBitfield) {
10595         DiagID = diag::warn_unsigned_bitfield_assigned_signed_enum;
10596       } else if (SignedBitfield && !SignedEnum &&
10597                  ED->getNumPositiveBits() == FieldWidth) {
10598         DiagID = diag::warn_signed_bitfield_enum_conversion;
10599       }
10600 
10601       if (DiagID) {
10602         S.Diag(InitLoc, DiagID) << Bitfield << ED;
10603         TypeSourceInfo *TSI = Bitfield->getTypeSourceInfo();
10604         SourceRange TypeRange =
10605             TSI ? TSI->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
10606         S.Diag(Bitfield->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_change_bitfield_sign)
10607             << SignedEnum << TypeRange;
10608       }
10609 
10610       // Compute the required bitwidth. If the enum has negative values, we need
10611       // one more bit than the normal number of positive bits to represent the
10612       // sign bit.
10613       unsigned BitsNeeded = SignedEnum ? std::max(ED->getNumPositiveBits() + 1,
10614                                                   ED->getNumNegativeBits())
10615                                        : ED->getNumPositiveBits();
10616 
10617       // Check the bitwidth.
10618       if (BitsNeeded > FieldWidth) {
10619         Expr *WidthExpr = Bitfield->getBitWidth();
10620         S.Diag(InitLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_too_small_for_enum)
10621             << Bitfield << ED;
10622         S.Diag(WidthExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::note_widen_bitfield)
10623             << BitsNeeded << ED << WidthExpr->getSourceRange();
10624       }
10625     }
10626 
10627     return false;
10628   }
10629 
10630   llvm::APSInt Value = Result.Val.getInt();
10631 
10632   unsigned OriginalWidth = Value.getBitWidth();
10633 
10634   // In C, the macro 'true' from stdbool.h will evaluate to '1'; To reduce
10635   // false positives where the user is demonstrating they intend to use the
10636   // bit-field as a Boolean, check to see if the value is 1 and we're assigning
10637   // to a one-bit bit-field to see if the value came from a macro named 'true'.
10638   bool OneAssignedToOneBitBitfield = FieldWidth == 1 && Value == 1;
10639   if (OneAssignedToOneBitBitfield && !S.LangOpts.CPlusPlus) {
10640     SourceLocation MaybeMacroLoc = OriginalInit->getBeginLoc();
10641     if (S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(MaybeMacroLoc) &&
10642         S.findMacroSpelling(MaybeMacroLoc, "true"))
10643       return false;
10644   }
10645 
10646   if (!Value.isSigned() || Value.isNegative())
10647     if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OriginalInit))
10648       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not)
10649         OriginalWidth = Value.getSignificantBits();
10650 
10651   if (OriginalWidth <= FieldWidth)
10652     return false;
10653 
10654   // Compute the value which the bitfield will contain.
10655   llvm::APSInt TruncatedValue = Value.trunc(FieldWidth);
10656   TruncatedValue.setIsSigned(BitfieldType->isSignedIntegerType());
10657 
10658   // Check whether the stored value is equal to the original value.
10659   TruncatedValue = TruncatedValue.extend(OriginalWidth);
10660   if (llvm::APSInt::isSameValue(Value, TruncatedValue))
10661     return false;
10662 
10663   std::string PrettyValue = toString(Value, 10);
10664   std::string PrettyTrunc = toString(TruncatedValue, 10);
10665 
10666   S.Diag(InitLoc, OneAssignedToOneBitBitfield
10667                       ? diag::warn_impcast_single_bit_bitield_precision_constant
10668                       : diag::warn_impcast_bitfield_precision_constant)
10669       << PrettyValue << PrettyTrunc << OriginalInit->getType()
10670       << Init->getSourceRange();
10671 
10672   return true;
10673 }
10674 
10675 /// Analyze the given simple or compound assignment for warning-worthy
10676 /// operations.
10677 static void AnalyzeAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
10678   // Just recurse on the LHS.
10679   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
10680 
10681   // We want to recurse on the RHS as normal unless we're assigning to
10682   // a bitfield.
10683   if (FieldDecl *Bitfield = E->getLHS()->getSourceBitField()) {
10684     if (AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(S, Bitfield, E->getRHS(),
10685                                   E->getOperatorLoc())) {
10686       // Recurse, ignoring any implicit conversions on the RHS.
10687       return AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
10688                                         E->getOperatorLoc());
10689     }
10690   }
10691 
10692   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
10693 
10694   // Diagnose implicitly sequentially-consistent atomic assignment.
10695   if (E->getLHS()->getType()->isAtomicType())
10696     S.Diag(E->getRHS()->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst);
10697 }
10698 
10699 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
10700 static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType SourceType, QualType T,
10701                             SourceLocation CContext, unsigned diag,
10702                             bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
10703   if (pruneControlFlow) {
10704     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
10705                           S.PDiag(diag)
10706                               << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange()
10707                               << SourceRange(CContext));
10708     return;
10709   }
10710   S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag)
10711     << SourceType << T << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
10712 }
10713 
10714 /// Diagnose an implicit cast;  purely a helper for CheckImplicitConversion.
10715 static void DiagnoseImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
10716                             SourceLocation CContext,
10717                             unsigned diag, bool pruneControlFlow = false) {
10718   DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getType(), T, CContext, diag, pruneControlFlow);
10719 }
10720 
10721 /// Diagnose an implicit cast from a floating point value to an integer value.
10722 static void DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
10723                                     SourceLocation CContext) {
10724   const bool IsBool = T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool);
10725   const bool PruneWarnings = S.inTemplateInstantiation();
10726 
10727   Expr *InnerE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10728   // We also want to warn on, e.g., "int i = -1.234"
10729   if (UnaryOperator *UOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(InnerE))
10730     if (UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Minus || UOp->getOpcode() == UO_Plus)
10731       InnerE = UOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10732 
10733   const bool IsLiteral =
10734       isa<FloatingLiteral>(E) || isa<FloatingLiteral>(InnerE);
10735 
10736   llvm::APFloat Value(0.0);
10737   bool IsConstant =
10738     E->EvaluateAsFloat(Value, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects);
10739   if (!IsConstant) {
10740     if (S.ObjC().isSignedCharBool(T)) {
10741       return S.ObjC().adornBoolConversionDiagWithTernaryFixit(
10742           E, S.Diag(CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_to_objc_signed_char_bool)
10743                  << E->getType());
10744     }
10745 
10746     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
10747                            diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
10748   }
10749 
10750   bool isExact = false;
10751 
10752   llvm::APSInt IntegerValue(S.Context.getIntWidth(T),
10753                             T->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation());
10754   llvm::APFloat::opStatus Result = Value.convertToInteger(
10755       IntegerValue, llvm::APFloat::rmTowardZero, &isExact);
10756 
10757   // FIXME: Force the precision of the source value down so we don't print
10758   // digits which are usually useless (we don't really care here if we
10759   // truncate a digit by accident in edge cases).  Ideally, APFloat::toString
10760   // would automatically print the shortest representation, but it's a bit
10761   // tricky to implement.
10762   SmallString<16> PrettySourceValue;
10763   unsigned precision = llvm::APFloat::semanticsPrecision(Value.getSemantics());
10764   precision = (precision * 59 + 195) / 196;
10765   Value.toString(PrettySourceValue, precision);
10766 
10767   if (S.ObjC().isSignedCharBool(T) && IntegerValue != 0 && IntegerValue != 1) {
10768     return S.ObjC().adornBoolConversionDiagWithTernaryFixit(
10769         E, S.Diag(CContext, diag::warn_impcast_constant_value_to_objc_bool)
10770                << PrettySourceValue);
10771   }
10772 
10773   if (Result == llvm::APFloat::opOK && isExact) {
10774     if (IsLiteral) return;
10775     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext, diag::warn_impcast_float_integer,
10776                            PruneWarnings);
10777   }
10778 
10779   // Conversion of a floating-point value to a non-bool integer where the
10780   // integral part cannot be represented by the integer type is undefined.
10781   if (!IsBool && Result == llvm::APFloat::opInvalidOp)
10782     return DiagnoseImpCast(
10783         S, E, T, CContext,
10784         IsLiteral ? diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer_out_of_range
10785                   : diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_out_of_range,
10786         PruneWarnings);
10787 
10788   unsigned DiagID = 0;
10789   if (IsLiteral) {
10790     // Warn on floating point literal to integer.
10791     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_literal_float_to_integer;
10792   } else if (IntegerValue == 0) {
10793     if (Value.isZero()) {  // Skip -0.0 to 0 conversion.
10794       return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
10795                              diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
10796     }
10797     // Warn on non-zero to zero conversion.
10798     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer_zero;
10799   } else {
10800     if (IntegerValue.isUnsigned()) {
10801       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxValue()) {
10802         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
10803                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
10804       }
10805     } else {  // IntegerValue.isSigned()
10806       if (!IntegerValue.isMaxSignedValue() &&
10807           !IntegerValue.isMinSignedValue()) {
10808         return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, T, CContext,
10809                                diag::warn_impcast_float_integer, PruneWarnings);
10810       }
10811     }
10812     // Warn on evaluatable floating point expression to integer conversion.
10813     DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_float_to_integer;
10814   }
10815 
10816   SmallString<16> PrettyTargetValue;
10817   if (IsBool)
10818     PrettyTargetValue = Value.isZero() ? "false" : "true";
10819   else
10820     IntegerValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue);
10821 
10822   if (PruneWarnings) {
10823     S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
10824                           S.PDiag(DiagID)
10825                               << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType()
10826                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
10827                               << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext));
10828   } else {
10829     S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID)
10830         << E->getType() << T.getUnqualifiedType() << PrettySourceValue
10831         << PrettyTargetValue << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CContext);
10832   }
10833 }
10834 
10835 /// Analyze the given compound assignment for the possible losing of
10836 /// floating-point precision.
10837 static void AnalyzeCompoundAssignment(Sema &S, BinaryOperator *E) {
10838   assert(isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(E) &&
10839          "Must be compound assignment operation");
10840   // Recurse on the LHS and RHS in here
10841   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getLHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
10842   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getRHS(), E->getOperatorLoc());
10843 
10844   if (E->getLHS()->getType()->isAtomicType())
10845     S.Diag(E->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst);
10846 
10847   // Now check the outermost expression
10848   const auto *ResultBT = E->getLHS()->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
10849   const auto *RBT = cast<CompoundAssignOperator>(E)
10850                         ->getComputationResultType()
10851                         ->getAs<BuiltinType>();
10852 
10853   // The below checks assume source is floating point.
10854   if (!ResultBT || !RBT || !RBT->isFloatingPoint()) return;
10855 
10856   // If source is floating point but target is an integer.
10857   if (ResultBT->isInteger())
10858     return DiagnoseImpCast(S, E, E->getRHS()->getType(), E->getLHS()->getType(),
10859                            E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_float_integer);
10860 
10861   if (!ResultBT->isFloatingPoint())
10862     return;
10863 
10864   // If both source and target are floating points, warn about losing precision.
10865   int Order = S.getASTContext().getFloatingTypeSemanticOrder(
10866       QualType(ResultBT, 0), QualType(RBT, 0));
10867   if (Order < 0 && !S.SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(E->getOperatorLoc()))
10868     // warn about dropping FP rank.
10869     DiagnoseImpCast(S, E->getRHS(), E->getLHS()->getType(), E->getOperatorLoc(),
10870                     diag::warn_impcast_float_result_precision);
10871 }
10872 
10873 static std::string PrettyPrintInRange(const llvm::APSInt &Value,
10874                                       IntRange Range) {
10875   if (!Range.Width) return "0";
10876 
10877   llvm::APSInt ValueInRange = Value;
10878   ValueInRange.setIsSigned(!Range.NonNegative);
10879   ValueInRange = ValueInRange.trunc(Range.Width);
10880   return toString(ValueInRange, 10);
10881 }
10882 
10883 static bool IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(Sema &S, Expr *Ex, bool ToBool) {
10884   if (!isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(Ex))
10885     return false;
10886 
10887   Expr *InnerE = Ex->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10888   const Type *Target = S.Context.getCanonicalType(Ex->getType()).getTypePtr();
10889   const Type *Source =
10890     S.Context.getCanonicalType(InnerE->getType()).getTypePtr();
10891   if (Target->isDependentType())
10892     return false;
10893 
10894   const BuiltinType *FloatCandidateBT =
10895     dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(ToBool ? Source : Target);
10896   const Type *BoolCandidateType = ToBool ? Target : Source;
10897 
10898   return (BoolCandidateType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool) &&
10899           FloatCandidateBT && (FloatCandidateBT->isFloatingPoint()));
10900 }
10901 
10902 static void CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
10903                                              SourceLocation CC) {
10904   unsigned NumArgs = TheCall->getNumArgs();
10905   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumArgs; ++i) {
10906     Expr *CurrA = TheCall->getArg(i);
10907     if (!IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, CurrA, true))
10908       continue;
10909 
10910     bool IsSwapped = ((i > 0) &&
10911         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i - 1), false));
10912     IsSwapped |= ((i < (NumArgs - 1)) &&
10913         IsImplicitBoolFloatConversion(S, TheCall->getArg(i + 1), false));
10914     if (IsSwapped) {
10915       // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion.
10916       DiagnoseImpCast(S, CurrA->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
10917                       CurrA->getType(), CC,
10918                       diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
10919     }
10920   }
10921 }
10922 
10923 static void DiagnoseNullConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
10924                                    SourceLocation CC) {
10925   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer,
10926                         E->getExprLoc()))
10927     return;
10928 
10929   // Don't warn on functions which have return type nullptr_t.
10930   if (isa<CallExpr>(E))
10931     return;
10932 
10933   // Check for NULL (GNUNull) or nullptr (CXX11_nullptr).
10934   const Expr *NewE = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
10935   bool IsGNUNullExpr = isa<GNUNullExpr>(NewE);
10936   bool HasNullPtrType = NewE->getType()->isNullPtrType();
10937   if (!IsGNUNullExpr && !HasNullPtrType)
10938     return;
10939 
10940   // Return if target type is a safe conversion.
10941   if (T->isAnyPointerType() || T->isBlockPointerType() ||
10942       T->isMemberPointerType() || !T->isScalarType() || T->isNullPtrType())
10943     return;
10944 
10945   SourceLocation Loc = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
10946 
10947   // Venture through the macro stacks to get to the source of macro arguments.
10948   // The new location is a better location than the complete location that was
10949   // passed in.
10950   Loc = S.SourceMgr.getTopMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
10951   CC = S.SourceMgr.getTopMacroCallerLoc(CC);
10952 
10953   // __null is usually wrapped in a macro.  Go up a macro if that is the case.
10954   if (IsGNUNullExpr && Loc.isMacroID()) {
10955     StringRef MacroName = Lexer::getImmediateMacroNameForDiagnostics(
10956         Loc, S.SourceMgr, S.getLangOpts());
10957     if (MacroName == "NULL")
10958       Loc = S.SourceMgr.getImmediateExpansionRange(Loc).getBegin();
10959   }
10960 
10961   // Only warn if the null and context location are in the same macro expansion.
10962   if (S.SourceMgr.getFileID(Loc) != S.SourceMgr.getFileID(CC))
10963     return;
10964 
10965   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_impcast_null_pointer_to_integer)
10966       << HasNullPtrType << T << SourceRange(CC)
10967       << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc,
10968                                       S.getFixItZeroLiteralForType(T, Loc));
10969 }
10970 
10971 // Helper function to filter out cases for constant width constant conversion.
10972 // Don't warn on char array initialization or for non-decimal values.
10973 static bool isSameWidthConstantConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
10974                                           SourceLocation CC) {
10975   // If initializing from a constant, and the constant starts with '0',
10976   // then it is a binary, octal, or hexadecimal.  Allow these constants
10977   // to fill all the bits, even if there is a sign change.
10978   if (auto *IntLit = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
10979     const char FirstLiteralCharacter =
10980         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(IntLit->getBeginLoc())[0];
10981     if (FirstLiteralCharacter == '0')
10982       return false;
10983   }
10984 
10985   // If the CC location points to a '{', and the type is char, then assume
10986   // assume it is an array initialization.
10987   if (CC.isValid() && T->isCharType()) {
10988     const char FirstContextCharacter =
10989         S.getSourceManager().getCharacterData(CC)[0];
10990     if (FirstContextCharacter == '{')
10991       return false;
10992   }
10993 
10994   return true;
10995 }
10996 
10997 static const IntegerLiteral *getIntegerLiteral(Expr *E) {
10998   const auto *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(E);
10999   if (!IL) {
11000     if (auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
11001       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus)
11002         return dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(UO->getSubExpr());
11003     }
11004   }
11005 
11006   return IL;
11007 }
11008 
11009 static void DiagnoseIntInBoolContext(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
11010   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11011   SourceLocation ExprLoc = E->getExprLoc();
11012 
11013   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11014     BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = BO->getOpcode();
11015     Expr::EvalResult Result;
11016     // Do not diagnose unsigned shifts.
11017     if (Opc == BO_Shl) {
11018       const auto *LHS = getIntegerLiteral(BO->getLHS());
11019       const auto *RHS = getIntegerLiteral(BO->getRHS());
11020       if (LHS && LHS->getValue() == 0)
11021         S.Diag(ExprLoc, diag::warn_left_shift_always) << 0;
11022       else if (!E->isValueDependent() && LHS && RHS &&
11023                RHS->getValue().isNonNegative() &&
11024                E->EvaluateAsInt(Result, S.Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
11025         S.Diag(ExprLoc, diag::warn_left_shift_always)
11026             << (Result.Val.getInt() != 0);
11027       else if (E->getType()->isSignedIntegerType())
11028         S.Diag(ExprLoc, diag::warn_left_shift_in_bool_context) << E;
11029     }
11030   }
11031 
11032   if (const auto *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11033     const auto *LHS = getIntegerLiteral(CO->getTrueExpr());
11034     const auto *RHS = getIntegerLiteral(CO->getFalseExpr());
11035     if (!LHS || !RHS)
11036       return;
11037     if ((LHS->getValue() == 0 || LHS->getValue() == 1) &&
11038         (RHS->getValue() == 0 || RHS->getValue() == 1))
11039       // Do not diagnose common idioms.
11040       return;
11041     if (LHS->getValue() != 0 && RHS->getValue() != 0)
11042       S.Diag(ExprLoc, diag::warn_integer_constants_in_conditional_always_true);
11043   }
11044 }
11045 
11046 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversion(Expr *E, QualType T, SourceLocation CC,
11047                                    bool *ICContext, bool IsListInit) {
11048   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent()) return;
11049 
11050   const Type *Source = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType()).getTypePtr();
11051   const Type *Target = Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
11052   if (Source == Target) return;
11053   if (Target->isDependentType()) return;
11054 
11055   // If the conversion context location is invalid don't complain. We also
11056   // don't want to emit a warning if the issue occurs from the expansion of
11057   // a system macro. The problem is that 'getSpellingLoc()' is slow, so we
11058   // delay this check as long as possible. Once we detect we are in that
11059   // scenario, we just return.
11060   if (CC.isInvalid())
11061     return;
11062 
11063   if (Source->isAtomicType())
11064     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst);
11065 
11066   // Diagnose implicit casts to bool.
11067   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool)) {
11068     if (isa<StringLiteral>(E))
11069       // Warn on string literal to bool.  Checks for string literals in logical
11070       // and expressions, for instance, assert(0 && "error here"), are
11071       // prevented by a check in AnalyzeImplicitConversions().
11072       return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11073                              diag::warn_impcast_string_literal_to_bool);
11074     if (isa<ObjCStringLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E) ||
11075         isa<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E) || isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
11076       // This covers the literal expressions that evaluate to Objective-C
11077       // objects.
11078       return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11079                              diag::warn_impcast_objective_c_literal_to_bool);
11080     }
11081     if (Source->isPointerType() || Source->canDecayToPointerType()) {
11082       // Warn on pointer to bool conversion that is always true.
11083       DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(E, Expr::NPCK_NotNull, /*IsEqual*/ false,
11084                                    SourceRange(CC));
11085     }
11086   }
11087 
11088   // If the we're converting a constant to an ObjC BOOL on a platform where BOOL
11089   // is a typedef for signed char (macOS), then that constant value has to be 1
11090   // or 0.
11091   if (ObjC().isSignedCharBool(T) && Source->isIntegralType(Context)) {
11092     Expr::EvalResult Result;
11093     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Result, getASTContext(), Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
11094       if (Result.Val.getInt() != 1 && Result.Val.getInt() != 0) {
11095         ObjC().adornBoolConversionDiagWithTernaryFixit(
11096             E, Diag(CC, diag::warn_impcast_constant_value_to_objc_bool)
11097                    << toString(Result.Val.getInt(), 10));
11098       }
11099       return;
11100     }
11101   }
11102 
11103   // Check implicit casts from Objective-C collection literals to specialized
11104   // collection types, e.g., NSArray<NSString *> *.
11105   if (auto *ArrayLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E))
11106     ObjC().checkArrayLiteral(QualType(Target, 0), ArrayLiteral);
11107   else if (auto *DictionaryLiteral = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E))
11108     ObjC().checkDictionaryLiteral(QualType(Target, 0), DictionaryLiteral);
11109 
11110   // Strip vector types.
11111   if (isa<VectorType>(Source)) {
11112     if (Target->isSveVLSBuiltinType() &&
11113         (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(QualType(Target, 0),
11114                                        QualType(Source, 0)) ||
11115          Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(QualType(Target, 0),
11116                                           QualType(Source, 0))))
11117       return;
11118 
11119     if (Target->isRVVVLSBuiltinType() &&
11120         (Context.areCompatibleRVVTypes(QualType(Target, 0),
11121                                        QualType(Source, 0)) ||
11122          Context.areLaxCompatibleRVVTypes(QualType(Target, 0),
11123                                           QualType(Source, 0))))
11124       return;
11125 
11126     if (!isa<VectorType>(Target)) {
11127       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11128         return;
11129       return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_vector_scalar);
11130     } else if (getLangOpts().HLSL &&
11131                Target->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements() <
11132                    Source->castAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements()) {
11133       // Diagnose vector truncation but don't return. We may also want to
11134       // diagnose an element conversion.
11135       DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11136                       diag::warn_hlsl_impcast_vector_truncation);
11137     }
11138 
11139     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
11140     // a bitcast, not a conversion, except under HLSL where it is a conversion.
11141     if (!getLangOpts().HLSL &&
11142         Context.getTypeSize(Source) == Context.getTypeSize(Target))
11143       return;
11144 
11145     Source = cast<VectorType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
11146     Target = cast<VectorType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
11147   }
11148   if (auto VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Target))
11149     Target = VecTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
11150 
11151   // Strip complex types.
11152   if (isa<ComplexType>(Source)) {
11153     if (!isa<ComplexType>(Target)) {
11154       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC) || Target->isBooleanType())
11155         return;
11156 
11157       return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11158                              getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11159                                  ? diag::err_impcast_complex_scalar
11160                                  : diag::warn_impcast_complex_scalar);
11161     }
11162 
11163     Source = cast<ComplexType>(Source)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
11164     Target = cast<ComplexType>(Target)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
11165   }
11166 
11167   const BuiltinType *SourceBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Source);
11168   const BuiltinType *TargetBT = dyn_cast<BuiltinType>(Target);
11169 
11170   // Strip SVE vector types
11171   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isSveVLSBuiltinType()) {
11172     // Need the original target type for vector type checks
11173     const Type *OriginalTarget = Context.getCanonicalType(T).getTypePtr();
11174     // Handle conversion from scalable to fixed when msve-vector-bits is
11175     // specified
11176     if (Context.areCompatibleSveTypes(QualType(OriginalTarget, 0),
11177                                       QualType(Source, 0)) ||
11178         Context.areLaxCompatibleSveTypes(QualType(OriginalTarget, 0),
11179                                          QualType(Source, 0)))
11180       return;
11181 
11182     // If the vector cast is cast between two vectors of the same size, it is
11183     // a bitcast, not a conversion.
11184     if (Context.getTypeSize(Source) == Context.getTypeSize(Target))
11185       return;
11186 
11187     Source = SourceBT->getSveEltType(Context).getTypePtr();
11188   }
11189 
11190   if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isSveVLSBuiltinType())
11191     Target = TargetBT->getSveEltType(Context).getTypePtr();
11192 
11193   // If the source is floating point...
11194   if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
11195     // ...and the target is floating point...
11196     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isFloatingPoint()) {
11197       // ...then warn if we're dropping FP rank.
11198 
11199       int Order = getASTContext().getFloatingTypeSemanticOrder(
11200           QualType(SourceBT, 0), QualType(TargetBT, 0));
11201       if (Order > 0) {
11202         // Don't warn about float constants that are precisely
11203         // representable in the target type.
11204         Expr::EvalResult result;
11205         if (E->EvaluateAsRValue(result, Context)) {
11206           // Value might be a float, a float vector, or a float complex.
11207           if (IsSameFloatAfterCast(
11208                   result.Val,
11209                   Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)),
11210                   Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(SourceBT, 0))))
11211             return;
11212         }
11213 
11214         if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11215           return;
11216 
11217         DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_float_precision);
11218       }
11219       // ... or possibly if we're increasing rank, too
11220       else if (Order < 0) {
11221         if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11222           return;
11223 
11224         DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_double_promotion);
11225       }
11226       return;
11227     }
11228 
11229     // If the target is integral, always warn.
11230     if (TargetBT && TargetBT->isInteger()) {
11231       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11232         return;
11233 
11234       DiagnoseFloatingImpCast(*this, E, T, CC);
11235     }
11236 
11237     // Detect the case where a call result is converted from floating-point to
11238     // to bool, and the final argument to the call is converted from bool, to
11239     // discover this typo:
11240     //
11241     //    bool b = fabs(x < 1.0);  // should be "bool b = fabs(x) < 1.0;"
11242     //
11243     // FIXME: This is an incredibly special case; is there some more general
11244     // way to detect this class of misplaced-parentheses bug?
11245     if (Target->isBooleanType() && isa<CallExpr>(E)) {
11246       // Check last argument of function call to see if it is an
11247       // implicit cast from a type matching the type the result
11248       // is being cast to.
11249       CallExpr *CEx = cast<CallExpr>(E);
11250       if (unsigned NumArgs = CEx->getNumArgs()) {
11251         Expr *LastA = CEx->getArg(NumArgs - 1);
11252         Expr *InnerE = LastA->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11253         if (isa<ImplicitCastExpr>(LastA) &&
11254             InnerE->getType()->isBooleanType()) {
11255           // Warn on this floating-point to bool conversion
11256           DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11257                           diag::warn_impcast_floating_point_to_bool);
11258         }
11259       }
11260     }
11261     return;
11262   }
11263 
11264   // Valid casts involving fixed point types should be accounted for here.
11265   if (Source->isFixedPointType()) {
11266     if (Target->isUnsaturatedFixedPointType()) {
11267       Expr::EvalResult Result;
11268       if (E->EvaluateAsFixedPoint(Result, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects,
11269                                   isConstantEvaluatedContext())) {
11270         llvm::APFixedPoint Value = Result.Val.getFixedPoint();
11271         llvm::APFixedPoint MaxVal = Context.getFixedPointMax(T);
11272         llvm::APFixedPoint MinVal = Context.getFixedPointMin(T);
11273         if (Value > MaxVal || Value < MinVal) {
11274           DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
11275                               PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_fixed_point_range)
11276                                   << Value.toString() << T
11277                                   << E->getSourceRange()
11278                                   << clang::SourceRange(CC));
11279           return;
11280         }
11281       }
11282     } else if (Target->isIntegerType()) {
11283       Expr::EvalResult Result;
11284       if (!isConstantEvaluatedContext() &&
11285           E->EvaluateAsFixedPoint(Result, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
11286         llvm::APFixedPoint FXResult = Result.Val.getFixedPoint();
11287 
11288         bool Overflowed;
11289         llvm::APSInt IntResult = FXResult.convertToInt(
11290             Context.getIntWidth(T), Target->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(),
11291             &Overflowed);
11292 
11293         if (Overflowed) {
11294           DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
11295                               PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_fixed_point_range)
11296                                   << FXResult.toString() << T
11297                                   << E->getSourceRange()
11298                                   << clang::SourceRange(CC));
11299           return;
11300         }
11301       }
11302     }
11303   } else if (Target->isUnsaturatedFixedPointType()) {
11304     if (Source->isIntegerType()) {
11305       Expr::EvalResult Result;
11306       if (!isConstantEvaluatedContext() &&
11307           E->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects)) {
11308         llvm::APSInt Value = Result.Val.getInt();
11309 
11310         bool Overflowed;
11311         llvm::APFixedPoint IntResult = llvm::APFixedPoint::getFromIntValue(
11312             Value, Context.getFixedPointSemantics(T), &Overflowed);
11313 
11314         if (Overflowed) {
11315           DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
11316                               PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_fixed_point_range)
11317                                   << toString(Value, /*Radix=*/10) << T
11318                                   << E->getSourceRange()
11319                                   << clang::SourceRange(CC));
11320           return;
11321         }
11322       }
11323     }
11324   }
11325 
11326   // If we are casting an integer type to a floating point type without
11327   // initialization-list syntax, we might lose accuracy if the floating
11328   // point type has a narrower significand than the integer type.
11329   if (SourceBT && TargetBT && SourceBT->isIntegerType() &&
11330       TargetBT->isFloatingType() && !IsListInit) {
11331     // Determine the number of precision bits in the source integer type.
11332     std::optional<IntRange> SourceRange =
11333         TryGetExprRange(Context, E, isConstantEvaluatedContext(),
11334                         /*Approximate=*/true);
11335     if (!SourceRange)
11336       return;
11337     unsigned int SourcePrecision = SourceRange->Width;
11338 
11339     // Determine the number of precision bits in the
11340     // target floating point type.
11341     unsigned int TargetPrecision = llvm::APFloatBase::semanticsPrecision(
11342         Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)));
11343 
11344     if (SourcePrecision > 0 && TargetPrecision > 0 &&
11345         SourcePrecision > TargetPrecision) {
11346 
11347       if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> SourceInt =
11348               E->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
11349         // If the source integer is a constant, convert it to the target
11350         // floating point type. Issue a warning if the value changes
11351         // during the whole conversion.
11352         llvm::APFloat TargetFloatValue(
11353             Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType(TargetBT, 0)));
11354         llvm::APFloat::opStatus ConversionStatus =
11355             TargetFloatValue.convertFromAPInt(
11356                 *SourceInt, SourceBT->isSignedInteger(),
11357                 llvm::APFloat::rmNearestTiesToEven);
11358 
11359         if (ConversionStatus != llvm::APFloat::opOK) {
11360           SmallString<32> PrettySourceValue;
11361           SourceInt->toString(PrettySourceValue, 10);
11362           SmallString<32> PrettyTargetValue;
11363           TargetFloatValue.toString(PrettyTargetValue, TargetPrecision);
11364 
11365           DiagRuntimeBehavior(
11366               E->getExprLoc(), E,
11367               PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_float_precision_constant)
11368                   << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
11369                   << E->getSourceRange() << clang::SourceRange(CC));
11370         }
11371       } else {
11372         // Otherwise, the implicit conversion may lose precision.
11373         DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11374                         diag::warn_impcast_integer_float_precision);
11375       }
11376     }
11377   }
11378 
11379   DiagnoseNullConversion(*this, E, T, CC);
11380 
11381   DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(Target, E);
11382 
11383   if (Target->isBooleanType())
11384     DiagnoseIntInBoolContext(*this, E);
11385 
11386   if (!Source->isIntegerType() || !Target->isIntegerType())
11387     return;
11388 
11389   // TODO: remove this early return once the false positives for constant->bool
11390   // in templates, macros, etc, are reduced or removed.
11391   if (Target->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
11392     return;
11393 
11394   if (ObjC().isSignedCharBool(T) && !Source->isCharType() &&
11395       !E->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue(/*Semantic=*/false)) {
11396     return ObjC().adornBoolConversionDiagWithTernaryFixit(
11397         E, Diag(CC, diag::warn_impcast_int_to_objc_signed_char_bool)
11398                << E->getType());
11399   }
11400   std::optional<IntRange> LikelySourceRange = TryGetExprRange(
11401       Context, E, isConstantEvaluatedContext(), /*Approximate=*/true);
11402   if (!LikelySourceRange)
11403     return;
11404 
11405   IntRange SourceTypeRange =
11406       IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(Context, Source);
11407   IntRange TargetRange = IntRange::forTargetOfCanonicalType(Context, Target);
11408 
11409   if (LikelySourceRange->Width > TargetRange.Width) {
11410     // If the source is a constant, use a default-on diagnostic.
11411     // TODO: this should happen for bitfield stores, too.
11412     Expr::EvalResult Result;
11413     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects,
11414                          isConstantEvaluatedContext())) {
11415       llvm::APSInt Value(32);
11416       Value = Result.Val.getInt();
11417 
11418       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11419         return;
11420 
11421       std::string PrettySourceValue = toString(Value, 10);
11422       std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
11423 
11424       DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getExprLoc(), E,
11425                           PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
11426                               << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue
11427                               << E->getType() << T << E->getSourceRange()
11428                               << SourceRange(CC));
11429       return;
11430     }
11431 
11432     // People want to build with -Wshorten-64-to-32 and not -Wconversion.
11433     if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11434       return;
11435 
11436     if (TargetRange.Width == 32 && Context.getIntWidth(E->getType()) == 64)
11437       return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC, diag::warn_impcast_integer_64_32,
11438                              /* pruneControlFlow */ true);
11439     return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11440                            diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision);
11441   }
11442 
11443   if (TargetRange.Width > SourceTypeRange.Width) {
11444     if (auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
11445       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus)
11446         if (Source->isUnsignedIntegerType()) {
11447           if (Target->isUnsignedIntegerType())
11448             return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11449                                    diag::warn_impcast_high_order_zero_bits);
11450           if (Target->isSignedIntegerType())
11451             return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC,
11452                                    diag::warn_impcast_nonnegative_result);
11453         }
11454   }
11455 
11456   if (TargetRange.Width == LikelySourceRange->Width &&
11457       !TargetRange.NonNegative && LikelySourceRange->NonNegative &&
11458       Source->isSignedIntegerType()) {
11459     // Warn when doing a signed to signed conversion, warn if the positive
11460     // source value is exactly the width of the target type, which will
11461     // cause a negative value to be stored.
11462 
11463     Expr::EvalResult Result;
11464     if (E->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects) &&
11465         !SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC)) {
11466       llvm::APSInt Value = Result.Val.getInt();
11467       if (isSameWidthConstantConversion(*this, E, T, CC)) {
11468         std::string PrettySourceValue = toString(Value, 10);
11469         std::string PrettyTargetValue = PrettyPrintInRange(Value, TargetRange);
11470 
11471         Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
11472              PDiag(diag::warn_impcast_integer_precision_constant)
11473                  << PrettySourceValue << PrettyTargetValue << E->getType() << T
11474                  << E->getSourceRange() << SourceRange(CC));
11475         return;
11476       }
11477     }
11478 
11479     // Fall through for non-constants to give a sign conversion warning.
11480   }
11481 
11482   if ((!isa<EnumType>(Target) || !isa<EnumType>(Source)) &&
11483       ((TargetRange.NonNegative && !LikelySourceRange->NonNegative) ||
11484        (!TargetRange.NonNegative && LikelySourceRange->NonNegative &&
11485         LikelySourceRange->Width == TargetRange.Width))) {
11486     if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11487       return;
11488 
11489     if (SourceBT && SourceBT->isInteger() && TargetBT &&
11490         TargetBT->isInteger() &&
11491         Source->isSignedIntegerType() == Target->isSignedIntegerType()) {
11492       return;
11493     }
11494 
11495     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign;
11496 
11497     // Traditionally, gcc has warned about this under -Wsign-compare.
11498     // We also want to warn about it in -Wconversion.
11499     // So if -Wconversion is off, use a completely identical diagnostic
11500     // in the sign-compare group.
11501     // The conditional-checking code will
11502     if (ICContext) {
11503       DiagID = diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional;
11504       *ICContext = true;
11505     }
11506 
11507     return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, T, CC, DiagID);
11508   }
11509 
11510   // Diagnose conversions between different enumeration types.
11511   // In C, we pretend that the type of an EnumConstantDecl is its enumeration
11512   // type, to give us better diagnostics.
11513   QualType SourceType = E->getEnumCoercedType(Context);
11514   Source = Context.getCanonicalType(SourceType).getTypePtr();
11515 
11516   if (const EnumType *SourceEnum = Source->getAs<EnumType>())
11517     if (const EnumType *TargetEnum = Target->getAs<EnumType>())
11518       if (SourceEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11519           TargetEnum->getDecl()->hasNameForLinkage() &&
11520           SourceEnum != TargetEnum) {
11521         if (SourceMgr.isInSystemMacro(CC))
11522           return;
11523 
11524         return DiagnoseImpCast(*this, E, SourceType, T, CC,
11525                                diag::warn_impcast_different_enum_types);
11526       }
11527 }
11528 
11529 static void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, AbstractConditionalOperator *E,
11530                                      SourceLocation CC, QualType T);
11531 
11532 static void CheckConditionalOperand(Sema &S, Expr *E, QualType T,
11533                                     SourceLocation CC, bool &ICContext) {
11534   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11535   // Diagnose incomplete type for second or third operand in C.
11536   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isRecordType())
11537     S.RequireCompleteExprType(E, diag::err_incomplete_type);
11538 
11539   if (auto *CO = dyn_cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(E))
11540     return CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
11541 
11542   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E, CC);
11543   if (E->getType() != T)
11544     return S.CheckImplicitConversion(E, T, CC, &ICContext);
11545 }
11546 
11547 static void CheckConditionalOperator(Sema &S, AbstractConditionalOperator *E,
11548                                      SourceLocation CC, QualType T) {
11549   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, E->getCond(), E->getQuestionLoc());
11550 
11551   Expr *TrueExpr = E->getTrueExpr();
11552   if (auto *BCO = dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E))
11553     TrueExpr = BCO->getCommon();
11554 
11555   bool Suspicious = false;
11556   CheckConditionalOperand(S, TrueExpr, T, CC, Suspicious);
11557   CheckConditionalOperand(S, E->getFalseExpr(), T, CC, Suspicious);
11558 
11559   if (T->isBooleanType())
11560     DiagnoseIntInBoolContext(S, E);
11561 
11562   // If -Wconversion would have warned about either of the candidates
11563   // for a signedness conversion to the context type...
11564   if (!Suspicious) return;
11565 
11566   // ...but it's currently ignored...
11567   if (!S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_impcast_integer_sign_conditional, CC))
11568     return;
11569 
11570   // ...then check whether it would have warned about either of the
11571   // candidates for a signedness conversion to the condition type.
11572   if (E->getType() == T) return;
11573 
11574   Suspicious = false;
11575   S.CheckImplicitConversion(TrueExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), E->getType(), CC,
11576                             &Suspicious);
11577   if (!Suspicious)
11578     S.CheckImplicitConversion(E->getFalseExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(),
11579                               E->getType(), CC, &Suspicious);
11580 }
11581 
11582 /// Check conversion of given expression to boolean.
11583 /// Input argument E is a logical expression.
11584 static void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Sema &S, Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
11585   // Run the bool-like conversion checks only for C since there bools are
11586   // still not used as the return type from "boolean" operators or as the input
11587   // type for conditional operators.
11588   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11589     return;
11590   if (E->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->getType()->isAtomicType())
11591     return;
11592   S.CheckImplicitConversion(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(), S.Context.BoolTy, CC);
11593 }
11594 
11595 namespace {
11596 struct AnalyzeImplicitConversionsWorkItem {
11597   Expr *E;
11598   SourceLocation CC;
11599   bool IsListInit;
11600 };
11601 }
11602 
11603 /// Data recursive variant of AnalyzeImplicitConversions. Subexpressions
11604 /// that should be visited are added to WorkList.
11605 static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(
11606     Sema &S, AnalyzeImplicitConversionsWorkItem Item,
11607     llvm::SmallVectorImpl<AnalyzeImplicitConversionsWorkItem> &WorkList) {
11608   Expr *OrigE = Item.E;
11609   SourceLocation CC = Item.CC;
11610 
11611   QualType T = OrigE->getType();
11612   Expr *E = OrigE->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11613 
11614   // Propagate whether we are in a C++ list initialization expression.
11615   // If so, we do not issue warnings for implicit int-float conversion
11616   // precision loss, because C++11 narrowing already handles it.
11617   bool IsListInit = Item.IsListInit ||
11618                     (isa<InitListExpr>(OrigE) && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus);
11619 
11620   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
11621     return;
11622 
11623   Expr *SourceExpr = E;
11624   // Examine, but don't traverse into the source expression of an
11625   // OpaqueValueExpr, since it may have multiple parents and we don't want to
11626   // emit duplicate diagnostics. Its fine to examine the form or attempt to
11627   // evaluate it in the context of checking the specific conversion to T though.
11628   if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E))
11629     if (auto *Src = OVE->getSourceExpr())
11630       SourceExpr = Src;
11631 
11632   if (const auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(SourceExpr))
11633     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Not &&
11634         UO->getSubExpr()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue())
11635       S.Diag(UO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_negation_bool)
11636           << OrigE->getSourceRange() << T->isBooleanType()
11637           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(UO->getBeginLoc(), "!");
11638 
11639   if (const auto *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(SourceExpr))
11640     if ((BO->getOpcode() == BO_And || BO->getOpcode() == BO_Or) &&
11641         BO->getLHS()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue() &&
11642         BO->getRHS()->isKnownToHaveBooleanValue() &&
11643         BO->getLHS()->HasSideEffects(S.Context) &&
11644         BO->getRHS()->HasSideEffects(S.Context)) {
11645       SourceManager &SM = S.getSourceManager();
11646       const LangOptions &LO = S.getLangOpts();
11647       SourceLocation BLoc = BO->getOperatorLoc();
11648       SourceLocation ELoc = Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken(BLoc, 0, SM, LO);
11649       StringRef SR = clang::Lexer::getSourceText(
11650           clang::CharSourceRange::getTokenRange(BLoc, ELoc), SM, LO);
11651       // To reduce false positives, only issue the diagnostic if the operator
11652       // is explicitly spelled as a punctuator. This suppresses the diagnostic
11653       // when using 'bitand' or 'bitor' either as keywords in C++ or as macros
11654       // in C, along with other macro spellings the user might invent.
11655       if (SR.str() == "&" || SR.str() == "|") {
11656 
11657         S.Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_instead_of_logical)
11658             << (BO->getOpcode() == BO_And ? "&" : "|")
11659             << OrigE->getSourceRange()
11660             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
11661                    BO->getOperatorLoc(),
11662                    (BO->getOpcode() == BO_And ? "&&" : "||"));
11663         S.Diag(BO->getBeginLoc(), diag::note_cast_operand_to_int);
11664       }
11665     }
11666 
11667   // For conditional operators, we analyze the arguments as if they
11668   // were being fed directly into the output.
11669   if (auto *CO = dyn_cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(SourceExpr)) {
11670     CheckConditionalOperator(S, CO, CC, T);
11671     return;
11672   }
11673 
11674   // Check implicit argument conversions for function calls.
11675   if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(SourceExpr))
11676     CheckImplicitArgumentConversions(S, Call, CC);
11677 
11678   // Go ahead and check any implicit conversions we might have skipped.
11679   // The non-canonical typecheck is just an optimization;
11680   // CheckImplicitConversion will filter out dead implicit conversions.
11681   if (SourceExpr->getType() != T)
11682     S.CheckImplicitConversion(SourceExpr, T, CC, nullptr, IsListInit);
11683 
11684   // Now continue drilling into this expression.
11685 
11686   if (PseudoObjectExpr *POE = dyn_cast<PseudoObjectExpr>(E)) {
11687     // The bound subexpressions in a PseudoObjectExpr are not reachable
11688     // as transitive children.
11689     // FIXME: Use a more uniform representation for this.
11690     for (auto *SE : POE->semantics())
11691       if (auto *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(SE))
11692         WorkList.push_back({OVE->getSourceExpr(), CC, IsListInit});
11693   }
11694 
11695   // Skip past explicit casts.
11696   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ExplicitCastExpr>(E)) {
11697     E = CE->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11698     if (!CE->getType()->isVoidType() && E->getType()->isAtomicType())
11699       S.Diag(E->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst);
11700     WorkList.push_back({E, CC, IsListInit});
11701     return;
11702   }
11703 
11704   if (auto *OutArgE = dyn_cast<HLSLOutArgExpr>(E)) {
11705     WorkList.push_back({OutArgE->getArgLValue(), CC, IsListInit});
11706     // The base expression is only used to initialize the parameter for
11707     // arguments to `inout` parameters, so we only traverse down the base
11708     // expression for `inout` cases.
11709     if (OutArgE->isInOut())
11710       WorkList.push_back(
11711           {OutArgE->getCastedTemporary()->getSourceExpr(), CC, IsListInit});
11712     WorkList.push_back({OutArgE->getWritebackCast(), CC, IsListInit});
11713     return;
11714   }
11715 
11716   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11717     // Do a somewhat different check with comparison operators.
11718     if (BO->isComparisonOp())
11719       return AnalyzeComparison(S, BO);
11720 
11721     // And with simple assignments.
11722     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Assign)
11723       return AnalyzeAssignment(S, BO);
11724     // And with compound assignments.
11725     if (BO->isAssignmentOp())
11726       return AnalyzeCompoundAssignment(S, BO);
11727   }
11728 
11729   // These break the otherwise-useful invariant below.  Fortunately,
11730   // we don't really need to recurse into them, because any internal
11731   // expressions should have been analyzed already when they were
11732   // built into statements.
11733   if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) return;
11734 
11735   // Don't descend into unevaluated contexts.
11736   if (isa<UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr>(E)) return;
11737 
11738   // Now just recurse over the expression's children.
11739   CC = E->getExprLoc();
11740   BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
11741   bool IsLogicalAndOperator = BO && BO->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd;
11742   for (Stmt *SubStmt : E->children()) {
11743     Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(SubStmt);
11744     if (!ChildExpr)
11745       continue;
11746 
11747     if (auto *CSE = dyn_cast<CoroutineSuspendExpr>(E))
11748       if (ChildExpr == CSE->getOperand())
11749         // Do not recurse over a CoroutineSuspendExpr's operand.
11750         // The operand is also a subexpression of getCommonExpr(), and
11751         // recursing into it directly would produce duplicate diagnostics.
11752         continue;
11753 
11754     if (IsLogicalAndOperator &&
11755         isa<StringLiteral>(ChildExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()))
11756       // Ignore checking string literals that are in logical and operators.
11757       // This is a common pattern for asserts.
11758       continue;
11759     WorkList.push_back({ChildExpr, CC, IsListInit});
11760   }
11761 
11762   if (BO && BO->isLogicalOp()) {
11763     Expr *SubExpr = BO->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11764     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
11765       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
11766 
11767     SubExpr = BO->getRHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11768     if (!IsLogicalAndOperator || !isa<StringLiteral>(SubExpr))
11769       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, SubExpr, BO->getExprLoc());
11770   }
11771 
11772   if (const UnaryOperator *U = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
11773     if (U->getOpcode() == UO_LNot) {
11774       ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(S, U->getSubExpr(), CC);
11775     } else if (U->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf) {
11776       if (U->getSubExpr()->getType()->isAtomicType())
11777         S.Diag(U->getSubExpr()->getBeginLoc(),
11778                diag::warn_atomic_implicit_seq_cst);
11779     }
11780   }
11781 }
11782 
11783 /// AnalyzeImplicitConversions - Find and report any interesting
11784 /// implicit conversions in the given expression.  There are a couple
11785 /// of competing diagnostics here, -Wconversion and -Wsign-compare.
11786 static void AnalyzeImplicitConversions(Sema &S, Expr *OrigE, SourceLocation CC,
11787                                        bool IsListInit/*= false*/) {
11788   llvm::SmallVector<AnalyzeImplicitConversionsWorkItem, 16> WorkList;
11789   WorkList.push_back({OrigE, CC, IsListInit});
11790   while (!WorkList.empty())
11791     AnalyzeImplicitConversions(S, WorkList.pop_back_val(), WorkList);
11792 }
11793 
11794 // Helper function for Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer.
11795 // Returns true when emitting a warning about taking the address of a reference.
11796 static bool CheckForReference(Sema &SemaRef, const Expr *E,
11797                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
11798   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11799 
11800   const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
11801 
11802   if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11803     if (!DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
11804       return false;
11805   } else if (const MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11806     if (!M->getMemberDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType())
11807       return false;
11808   } else if (const CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
11809     if (!Call->getCallReturnType(SemaRef.Context)->isReferenceType())
11810       return false;
11811     FD = Call->getDirectCallee();
11812   } else {
11813     return false;
11814   }
11815 
11816   SemaRef.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), PD);
11817 
11818   // If possible, point to location of function.
11819   if (FD) {
11820     SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_reference_is_return_value) << FD;
11821   }
11822 
11823   return true;
11824 }
11825 
11826 // Returns true if the SourceLocation is expanded from any macro body.
11827 // Returns false if the SourceLocation is invalid, is from not in a macro
11828 // expansion, or is from expanded from a top-level macro argument.
11829 static bool IsInAnyMacroBody(const SourceManager &SM, SourceLocation Loc) {
11830   if (Loc.isInvalid())
11831     return false;
11832 
11833   while (Loc.isMacroID()) {
11834     if (SM.isMacroBodyExpansion(Loc))
11835       return true;
11836     Loc = SM.getImmediateMacroCallerLoc(Loc);
11837   }
11838 
11839   return false;
11840 }
11841 
11842 void Sema::DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
11843                                         Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind,
11844                                         bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range) {
11845   if (!E)
11846     return;
11847 
11848   // Don't warn inside macros.
11849   if (E->getExprLoc().isMacroID()) {
11850     const SourceManager &SM = getSourceManager();
11851     if (IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, E->getExprLoc()) ||
11852         IsInAnyMacroBody(SM, Range.getBegin()))
11853       return;
11854   }
11855   E = E->IgnoreImpCasts();
11856 
11857   const bool IsCompare = NullKind != Expr::NPCK_NotNull;
11858 
11859   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(E)) {
11860     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_this_null_compare
11861                                 : diag::warn_this_bool_conversion;
11862     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
11863     return;
11864   }
11865 
11866   bool IsAddressOf = false;
11867 
11868   if (auto *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParens())) {
11869     if (UO->getOpcode() != UO_AddrOf)
11870       return;
11871     IsAddressOf = true;
11872     E = UO->getSubExpr();
11873   }
11874 
11875   if (IsAddressOf) {
11876     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare
11877                           ? diag::warn_address_of_reference_null_compare
11878                           : diag::warn_address_of_reference_bool_conversion;
11879     PartialDiagnostic PD = PDiag(DiagID) << E->getSourceRange() << Range
11880                                          << IsEqual;
11881     if (CheckForReference(*this, E, PD)) {
11882       return;
11883     }
11884   }
11885 
11886   auto ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall = [&](const Attr *NonnullAttr) {
11887     bool IsParam = isa<NonNullAttr>(NonnullAttr);
11888     std::string Str;
11889     llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
11890     E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
11891     unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_nonnull_expr_compare
11892                                 : diag::warn_cast_nonnull_to_bool;
11893     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << IsParam << S.str()
11894       << E->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
11895     Diag(NonnullAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_nonnull) << IsParam;
11896   };
11897 
11898   // If we have a CallExpr that is tagged with returns_nonnull, we can complain.
11899   if (auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E->IgnoreParenImpCasts())) {
11900     if (auto *Callee = Call->getDirectCallee()) {
11901       if (const Attr *A = Callee->getAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>()) {
11902         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
11903         return;
11904       }
11905     }
11906   }
11907 
11908   // Complain if we are converting a lambda expression to a boolean value
11909   // outside of instantiation.
11910   if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
11911     if (const auto *MCallExpr = dyn_cast<CXXMemberCallExpr>(E)) {
11912       if (const auto *MRecordDecl = MCallExpr->getRecordDecl();
11913           MRecordDecl && MRecordDecl->isLambda()) {
11914         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool)
11915             << /*LambdaPointerConversionOperatorType=*/3
11916             << MRecordDecl->getSourceRange() << Range << IsEqual;
11917         return;
11918       }
11919     }
11920   }
11921 
11922   // Expect to find a single Decl.  Skip anything more complicated.
11923   ValueDecl *D = nullptr;
11924   if (DeclRefExpr *R = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11925     D = R->getDecl();
11926   } else if (MemberExpr *M = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11927     D = M->getMemberDecl();
11928   }
11929 
11930   // Weak Decls can be null.
11931   if (!D || D->isWeak())
11932     return;
11933 
11934   // Check for parameter decl with nonnull attribute
11935   if (const auto* PV = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
11936     if (getCurFunction() &&
11937         !getCurFunction()->ModifiedNonNullParams.count(PV)) {
11938       if (const Attr *A = PV->getAttr<NonNullAttr>()) {
11939         ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(A);
11940         return;
11941       }
11942 
11943       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(PV->getDeclContext())) {
11944         // Skip function template not specialized yet.
11945         if (FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
11946           return;
11947         auto ParamIter = llvm::find(FD->parameters(), PV);
11948         assert(ParamIter != FD->param_end());
11949         unsigned ParamNo = std::distance(FD->param_begin(), ParamIter);
11950 
11951         for (const auto *NonNull : FD->specific_attrs<NonNullAttr>()) {
11952           if (!NonNull->args_size()) {
11953               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
11954               return;
11955           }
11956 
11957           for (const ParamIdx &ArgNo : NonNull->args()) {
11958             if (ArgNo.getASTIndex() == ParamNo) {
11959               ComplainAboutNonnullParamOrCall(NonNull);
11960               return;
11961             }
11962           }
11963         }
11964       }
11965     }
11966   }
11967 
11968   QualType T = D->getType();
11969   const bool IsArray = T->isArrayType();
11970   const bool IsFunction = T->isFunctionType();
11971 
11972   // Address of function is used to silence the function warning.
11973   if (IsAddressOf && IsFunction) {
11974     return;
11975   }
11976 
11977   // Found nothing.
11978   if (!IsAddressOf && !IsFunction && !IsArray)
11979     return;
11980 
11981   // Pretty print the expression for the diagnostic.
11982   std::string Str;
11983   llvm::raw_string_ostream S(Str);
11984   E->printPretty(S, nullptr, getPrintingPolicy());
11985 
11986   unsigned DiagID = IsCompare ? diag::warn_null_pointer_compare
11987                               : diag::warn_impcast_pointer_to_bool;
11988   enum {
11989     AddressOf,
11990     FunctionPointer,
11991     ArrayPointer
11992   } DiagType;
11993   if (IsAddressOf)
11994     DiagType = AddressOf;
11995   else if (IsFunction)
11996     DiagType = FunctionPointer;
11997   else if (IsArray)
11998     DiagType = ArrayPointer;
11999   else
12000     llvm_unreachable("Could not determine diagnostic.");
12001   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), DiagID) << DiagType << S.str() << E->getSourceRange()
12002                                 << Range << IsEqual;
12003 
12004   if (!IsFunction)
12005     return;
12006 
12007   // Suggest '&' to silence the function warning.
12008   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_warning_silence)
12009       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(E->getBeginLoc(), "&");
12010 
12011   // Check to see if '()' fixit should be emitted.
12012   QualType ReturnType;
12013   UnresolvedSet<4> NonTemplateOverloads;
12014   tryExprAsCall(*E, ReturnType, NonTemplateOverloads);
12015   if (ReturnType.isNull())
12016     return;
12017 
12018   if (IsCompare) {
12019     // There are two cases here.  If there is null constant, the only suggest
12020     // for a pointer return type.  If the null is 0, then suggest if the return
12021     // type is a pointer or an integer type.
12022     if (!ReturnType->isPointerType()) {
12023       if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroExpression ||
12024           NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroLiteral) {
12025         if (!ReturnType->isIntegerType())
12026           return;
12027       } else {
12028         return;
12029       }
12030     }
12031   } else { // !IsCompare
12032     // For function to bool, only suggest if the function pointer has bool
12033     // return type.
12034     if (!ReturnType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Bool))
12035       return;
12036   }
12037   Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_function_to_function_call)
12038       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(E->getEndLoc()), "()");
12039 }
12040 
12041 void Sema::CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
12042   // Don't diagnose in unevaluated contexts.
12043   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
12044     return;
12045 
12046   // Don't diagnose for value- or type-dependent expressions.
12047   if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
12048     return;
12049 
12050   // Check for array bounds violations in cases where the check isn't triggered
12051   // elsewhere for other Expr types (like BinaryOperators), e.g. when an
12052   // ArraySubscriptExpr is on the RHS of a variable initialization.
12053   CheckArrayAccess(E);
12054 
12055   // This is not the right CC for (e.g.) a variable initialization.
12056   AnalyzeImplicitConversions(*this, E, CC);
12057 }
12058 
12059 void Sema::CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC) {
12060   ::CheckBoolLikeConversion(*this, E, CC);
12061 }
12062 
12063 void Sema::CheckForIntOverflow (const Expr *E) {
12064   // Use a work list to deal with nested struct initializers.
12065   SmallVector<const Expr *, 2> Exprs(1, E);
12066 
12067   do {
12068     const Expr *OriginalE = Exprs.pop_back_val();
12069     const Expr *E = OriginalE->IgnoreParenCasts();
12070 
12071     if (isa<BinaryOperator, UnaryOperator>(E)) {
12072       E->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
12073       continue;
12074     }
12075 
12076     if (const auto *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(OriginalE))
12077       Exprs.append(InitList->inits().begin(), InitList->inits().end());
12078     else if (isa<ObjCBoxedExpr>(OriginalE))
12079       E->EvaluateForOverflow(Context);
12080     else if (const auto *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E))
12081       Exprs.append(Call->arg_begin(), Call->arg_end());
12082     else if (const auto *Message = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E))
12083       Exprs.append(Message->arg_begin(), Message->arg_end());
12084     else if (const auto *Construct = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(E))
12085       Exprs.append(Construct->arg_begin(), Construct->arg_end());
12086     else if (const auto *Temporary = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E))
12087       Exprs.push_back(Temporary->getSubExpr());
12088     else if (const auto *Array = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
12089       Exprs.push_back(Array->getIdx());
12090     else if (const auto *Compound = dyn_cast<CompoundLiteralExpr>(E))
12091       Exprs.push_back(Compound->getInitializer());
12092     else if (const auto *New = dyn_cast<CXXNewExpr>(E);
12093              New && New->isArray()) {
12094       if (auto ArraySize = New->getArraySize())
12095         Exprs.push_back(*ArraySize);
12096     } else if (const auto *MTE = dyn_cast<MaterializeTemporaryExpr>(OriginalE))
12097       Exprs.push_back(MTE->getSubExpr());
12098   } while (!Exprs.empty());
12099 }
12100 
12101 namespace {
12102 
12103 /// Visitor for expressions which looks for unsequenced operations on the
12104 /// same object.
12105 class SequenceChecker : public ConstEvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker> {
12106   using Base = ConstEvaluatedExprVisitor<SequenceChecker>;
12107 
12108   /// A tree of sequenced regions within an expression. Two regions are
12109   /// unsequenced if one is an ancestor or a descendent of the other. When we
12110   /// finish processing an expression with sequencing, such as a comma
12111   /// expression, we fold its tree nodes into its parent, since they are
12112   /// unsequenced with respect to nodes we will visit later.
12113   class SequenceTree {
12114     struct Value {
12115       explicit Value(unsigned Parent) : Parent(Parent), Merged(false) {}
12116       unsigned Parent : 31;
12117       LLVM_PREFERRED_TYPE(bool)
12118       unsigned Merged : 1;
12119     };
12120     SmallVector<Value, 8> Values;
12121 
12122   public:
12123     /// A region within an expression which may be sequenced with respect
12124     /// to some other region.
12125     class Seq {
12126       friend class SequenceTree;
12127 
12128       unsigned Index;
12129 
12130       explicit Seq(unsigned N) : Index(N) {}
12131 
12132     public:
12133       Seq() : Index(0) {}
12134     };
12135 
12136     SequenceTree() { Values.push_back(Value(0)); }
12137     Seq root() const { return Seq(0); }
12138 
12139     /// Create a new sequence of operations, which is an unsequenced
12140     /// subset of \p Parent. This sequence of operations is sequenced with
12141     /// respect to other children of \p Parent.
12142     Seq allocate(Seq Parent) {
12143       Values.push_back(Value(Parent.Index));
12144       return Seq(Values.size() - 1);
12145     }
12146 
12147     /// Merge a sequence of operations into its parent.
12148     void merge(Seq S) {
12149       Values[S.Index].Merged = true;
12150     }
12151 
12152     /// Determine whether two operations are unsequenced. This operation
12153     /// is asymmetric: \p Cur should be the more recent sequence, and \p Old
12154     /// should have been merged into its parent as appropriate.
12155     bool isUnsequenced(Seq Cur, Seq Old) {
12156       unsigned C = representative(Cur.Index);
12157       unsigned Target = representative(Old.Index);
12158       while (C >= Target) {
12159         if (C == Target)
12160           return true;
12161         C = Values[C].Parent;
12162       }
12163       return false;
12164     }
12165 
12166   private:
12167     /// Pick a representative for a sequence.
12168     unsigned representative(unsigned K) {
12169       if (Values[K].Merged)
12170         // Perform path compression as we go.
12171         return Values[K].Parent = representative(Values[K].Parent);
12172       return K;
12173     }
12174   };
12175 
12176   /// An object for which we can track unsequenced uses.
12177   using Object = const NamedDecl *;
12178 
12179   /// Different flavors of object usage which we track. We only track the
12180   /// least-sequenced usage of each kind.
12181   enum UsageKind {
12182     /// A read of an object. Multiple unsequenced reads are OK.
12183     UK_Use,
12184 
12185     /// A modification of an object which is sequenced before the value
12186     /// computation of the expression, such as ++n in C++.
12187     UK_ModAsValue,
12188 
12189     /// A modification of an object which is not sequenced before the value
12190     /// computation of the expression, such as n++.
12191     UK_ModAsSideEffect,
12192 
12193     UK_Count = UK_ModAsSideEffect + 1
12194   };
12195 
12196   /// Bundle together a sequencing region and the expression corresponding
12197   /// to a specific usage. One Usage is stored for each usage kind in UsageInfo.
12198   struct Usage {
12199     const Expr *UsageExpr = nullptr;
12200     SequenceTree::Seq Seq;
12201 
12202     Usage() = default;
12203   };
12204 
12205   struct UsageInfo {
12206     Usage Uses[UK_Count];
12207 
12208     /// Have we issued a diagnostic for this object already?
12209     bool Diagnosed = false;
12210 
12211     UsageInfo();
12212   };
12213   using UsageInfoMap = llvm::SmallDenseMap<Object, UsageInfo, 16>;
12214 
12215   Sema &SemaRef;
12216 
12217   /// Sequenced regions within the expression.
12218   SequenceTree Tree;
12219 
12220   /// Declaration modifications and references which we have seen.
12221   UsageInfoMap UsageMap;
12222 
12223   /// The region we are currently within.
12224   SequenceTree::Seq Region;
12225 
12226   /// Filled in with declarations which were modified as a side-effect
12227   /// (that is, post-increment operations).
12228   SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage>> *ModAsSideEffect = nullptr;
12229 
12230   /// Expressions to check later. We defer checking these to reduce
12231   /// stack usage.
12232   SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &WorkList;
12233 
12234   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a sequenced subexpression of an
12235   /// expression. At the end of this process, the side-effects of the evaluation
12236   /// become sequenced with respect to the value computation of the result, so
12237   /// we downgrade any UK_ModAsSideEffect within the evaluation to
12238   /// UK_ModAsValue.
12239   struct SequencedSubexpression {
12240     SequencedSubexpression(SequenceChecker &Self)
12241       : Self(Self), OldModAsSideEffect(Self.ModAsSideEffect) {
12242       Self.ModAsSideEffect = &ModAsSideEffect;
12243     }
12244 
12245     ~SequencedSubexpression() {
12246       for (const std::pair<Object, Usage> &M : llvm::reverse(ModAsSideEffect)) {
12247         // Add a new usage with usage kind UK_ModAsValue, and then restore
12248         // the previous usage with UK_ModAsSideEffect (thus clearing it if
12249         // the previous one was empty).
12250         UsageInfo &UI = Self.UsageMap[M.first];
12251         auto &SideEffectUsage = UI.Uses[UK_ModAsSideEffect];
12252         Self.addUsage(M.first, UI, SideEffectUsage.UsageExpr, UK_ModAsValue);
12253         SideEffectUsage = M.second;
12254       }
12255       Self.ModAsSideEffect = OldModAsSideEffect;
12256     }
12257 
12258     SequenceChecker &Self;
12259     SmallVector<std::pair<Object, Usage>, 4> ModAsSideEffect;
12260     SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<Object, Usage>> *OldModAsSideEffect;
12261   };
12262 
12263   /// RAII object wrapping the visitation of a subexpression which we might
12264   /// choose to evaluate as a constant. If any subexpression is evaluated and
12265   /// found to be non-constant, this allows us to suppress the evaluation of
12266   /// the outer expression.
12267   class EvaluationTracker {
12268   public:
12269     EvaluationTracker(SequenceChecker &Self)
12270         : Self(Self), Prev(Self.EvalTracker) {
12271       Self.EvalTracker = this;
12272     }
12273 
12274     ~EvaluationTracker() {
12275       Self.EvalTracker = Prev;
12276       if (Prev)
12277         Prev->EvalOK &= EvalOK;
12278     }
12279 
12280     bool evaluate(const Expr *E, bool &Result) {
12281       if (!EvalOK || E->isValueDependent())
12282         return false;
12283       EvalOK = E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(
12284           Result, Self.SemaRef.Context,
12285           Self.SemaRef.isConstantEvaluatedContext());
12286       return EvalOK;
12287     }
12288 
12289   private:
12290     SequenceChecker &Self;
12291     EvaluationTracker *Prev;
12292     bool EvalOK = true;
12293   } *EvalTracker = nullptr;
12294 
12295   /// Find the object which is produced by the specified expression,
12296   /// if any.
12297   Object getObject(const Expr *E, bool Mod) const {
12298     E = E->IgnoreParenCasts();
12299     if (const UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
12300       if (Mod && (UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreInc || UO->getOpcode() == UO_PreDec))
12301         return getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), Mod);
12302     } else if (const BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
12303       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
12304         return getObject(BO->getRHS(), Mod);
12305       if (Mod && BO->isAssignmentOp())
12306         return getObject(BO->getLHS(), Mod);
12307     } else if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
12308       // FIXME: Check for more interesting cases, like "x.n = ++x.n".
12309       if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts()))
12310         return ME->getMemberDecl();
12311     } else if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
12312       // FIXME: If this is a reference, map through to its value.
12313       return DRE->getDecl();
12314     return nullptr;
12315   }
12316 
12317   /// Note that an object \p O was modified or used by an expression
12318   /// \p UsageExpr with usage kind \p UK. \p UI is the \p UsageInfo for
12319   /// the object \p O as obtained via the \p UsageMap.
12320   void addUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, const Expr *UsageExpr, UsageKind UK) {
12321     // Get the old usage for the given object and usage kind.
12322     Usage &U = UI.Uses[UK];
12323     if (!U.UsageExpr || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq)) {
12324       // If we have a modification as side effect and are in a sequenced
12325       // subexpression, save the old Usage so that we can restore it later
12326       // in SequencedSubexpression::~SequencedSubexpression.
12327       if (UK == UK_ModAsSideEffect && ModAsSideEffect)
12328         ModAsSideEffect->push_back(std::make_pair(O, U));
12329       // Then record the new usage with the current sequencing region.
12330       U.UsageExpr = UsageExpr;
12331       U.Seq = Region;
12332     }
12333   }
12334 
12335   /// Check whether a modification or use of an object \p O in an expression
12336   /// \p UsageExpr conflicts with a prior usage of kind \p OtherKind. \p UI is
12337   /// the \p UsageInfo for the object \p O as obtained via the \p UsageMap.
12338   /// \p IsModMod is true when we are checking for a mod-mod unsequenced
12339   /// usage and false we are checking for a mod-use unsequenced usage.
12340   void checkUsage(Object O, UsageInfo &UI, const Expr *UsageExpr,
12341                   UsageKind OtherKind, bool IsModMod) {
12342     if (UI.Diagnosed)
12343       return;
12344 
12345     const Usage &U = UI.Uses[OtherKind];
12346     if (!U.UsageExpr || !Tree.isUnsequenced(Region, U.Seq))
12347       return;
12348 
12349     const Expr *Mod = U.UsageExpr;
12350     const Expr *ModOrUse = UsageExpr;
12351     if (OtherKind == UK_Use)
12352       std::swap(Mod, ModOrUse);
12353 
12354     SemaRef.DiagRuntimeBehavior(
12355         Mod->getExprLoc(), {Mod, ModOrUse},
12356         SemaRef.PDiag(IsModMod ? diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_mod
12357                                : diag::warn_unsequenced_mod_use)
12358             << O << SourceRange(ModOrUse->getExprLoc()));
12359     UI.Diagnosed = true;
12360   }
12361 
12362   // A note on note{Pre, Post}{Use, Mod}:
12363   //
12364   // (It helps to follow the algorithm with an expression such as
12365   //  "((++k)++, k) = k" or "k = (k++, k++)". Both contain unsequenced
12366   //  operations before C++17 and both are well-defined in C++17).
12367   //
12368   // When visiting a node which uses/modify an object we first call notePreUse
12369   // or notePreMod before visiting its sub-expression(s). At this point the
12370   // children of the current node have not yet been visited and so the eventual
12371   // uses/modifications resulting from the children of the current node have not
12372   // been recorded yet.
12373   //
12374   // We then visit the children of the current node. After that notePostUse or
12375   // notePostMod is called. These will 1) detect an unsequenced modification
12376   // as side effect (as in "k++ + k") and 2) add a new usage with the
12377   // appropriate usage kind.
12378   //
12379   // We also have to be careful that some operation sequences modification as
12380   // side effect as well (for example: || or ,). To account for this we wrap
12381   // the visitation of such a sub-expression (for example: the LHS of || or ,)
12382   // with SequencedSubexpression. SequencedSubexpression is an RAII object
12383   // which record usages which are modifications as side effect, and then
12384   // downgrade them (or more accurately restore the previous usage which was a
12385   // modification as side effect) when exiting the scope of the sequenced
12386   // subexpression.
12387 
12388   void notePreUse(Object O, const Expr *UseExpr) {
12389     UsageInfo &UI = UsageMap[O];
12390     // Uses conflict with other modifications.
12391     checkUsage(O, UI, UseExpr, /*OtherKind=*/UK_ModAsValue, /*IsModMod=*/false);
12392   }
12393 
12394   void notePostUse(Object O, const Expr *UseExpr) {
12395     UsageInfo &UI = UsageMap[O];
12396     checkUsage(O, UI, UseExpr, /*OtherKind=*/UK_ModAsSideEffect,
12397                /*IsModMod=*/false);
12398     addUsage(O, UI, UseExpr, /*UsageKind=*/UK_Use);
12399   }
12400 
12401   void notePreMod(Object O, const Expr *ModExpr) {
12402     UsageInfo &UI = UsageMap[O];
12403     // Modifications conflict with other modifications and with uses.
12404     checkUsage(O, UI, ModExpr, /*OtherKind=*/UK_ModAsValue, /*IsModMod=*/true);
12405     checkUsage(O, UI, ModExpr, /*OtherKind=*/UK_Use, /*IsModMod=*/false);
12406   }
12407 
12408   void notePostMod(Object O, const Expr *ModExpr, UsageKind UK) {
12409     UsageInfo &UI = UsageMap[O];
12410     checkUsage(O, UI, ModExpr, /*OtherKind=*/UK_ModAsSideEffect,
12411                /*IsModMod=*/true);
12412     addUsage(O, UI, ModExpr, /*UsageKind=*/UK);
12413   }
12414 
12415 public:
12416   SequenceChecker(Sema &S, const Expr *E,
12417                   SmallVectorImpl<const Expr *> &WorkList)
12418       : Base(S.Context), SemaRef(S), Region(Tree.root()), WorkList(WorkList) {
12419     Visit(E);
12420     // Silence a -Wunused-private-field since WorkList is now unused.
12421     // TODO: Evaluate if it can be used, and if not remove it.
12422     (void)this->WorkList;
12423   }
12424 
12425   void VisitStmt(const Stmt *S) {
12426     // Skip all statements which aren't expressions for now.
12427   }
12428 
12429   void VisitExpr(const Expr *E) {
12430     // By default, just recurse to evaluated subexpressions.
12431     Base::VisitStmt(E);
12432   }
12433 
12434   void VisitCoroutineSuspendExpr(const CoroutineSuspendExpr *CSE) {
12435     for (auto *Sub : CSE->children()) {
12436       const Expr *ChildExpr = dyn_cast_or_null<Expr>(Sub);
12437       if (!ChildExpr)
12438         continue;
12439 
12440       if (ChildExpr == CSE->getOperand())
12441         // Do not recurse over a CoroutineSuspendExpr's operand.
12442         // The operand is also a subexpression of getCommonExpr(), and
12443         // recursing into it directly could confuse object management
12444         // for the sake of sequence tracking.
12445         continue;
12446 
12447       Visit(Sub);
12448     }
12449   }
12450 
12451   void VisitCastExpr(const CastExpr *E) {
12452     Object O = Object();
12453     if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
12454       O = getObject(E->getSubExpr(), false);
12455 
12456     if (O)
12457       notePreUse(O, E);
12458     VisitExpr(E);
12459     if (O)
12460       notePostUse(O, E);
12461   }
12462 
12463   void VisitSequencedExpressions(const Expr *SequencedBefore,
12464                                  const Expr *SequencedAfter) {
12465     SequenceTree::Seq BeforeRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12466     SequenceTree::Seq AfterRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12467     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12468 
12469     {
12470       SequencedSubexpression SeqBefore(*this);
12471       Region = BeforeRegion;
12472       Visit(SequencedBefore);
12473     }
12474 
12475     Region = AfterRegion;
12476     Visit(SequencedAfter);
12477 
12478     Region = OldRegion;
12479 
12480     Tree.merge(BeforeRegion);
12481     Tree.merge(AfterRegion);
12482   }
12483 
12484   void VisitArraySubscriptExpr(const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE) {
12485     // C++17 [expr.sub]p1:
12486     //   The expression E1[E2] is identical (by definition) to *((E1)+(E2)). The
12487     //   expression E1 is sequenced before the expression E2.
12488     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
12489       VisitSequencedExpressions(ASE->getLHS(), ASE->getRHS());
12490     else {
12491       Visit(ASE->getLHS());
12492       Visit(ASE->getRHS());
12493     }
12494   }
12495 
12496   void VisitBinPtrMemD(const BinaryOperator *BO) { VisitBinPtrMem(BO); }
12497   void VisitBinPtrMemI(const BinaryOperator *BO) { VisitBinPtrMem(BO); }
12498   void VisitBinPtrMem(const BinaryOperator *BO) {
12499     // C++17 [expr.mptr.oper]p4:
12500     //  Abbreviating pm-expression.*cast-expression as E1.*E2, [...]
12501     //  the expression E1 is sequenced before the expression E2.
12502     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
12503       VisitSequencedExpressions(BO->getLHS(), BO->getRHS());
12504     else {
12505       Visit(BO->getLHS());
12506       Visit(BO->getRHS());
12507     }
12508   }
12509 
12510   void VisitBinShl(const BinaryOperator *BO) { VisitBinShlShr(BO); }
12511   void VisitBinShr(const BinaryOperator *BO) { VisitBinShlShr(BO); }
12512   void VisitBinShlShr(const BinaryOperator *BO) {
12513     // C++17 [expr.shift]p4:
12514     //  The expression E1 is sequenced before the expression E2.
12515     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
12516       VisitSequencedExpressions(BO->getLHS(), BO->getRHS());
12517     else {
12518       Visit(BO->getLHS());
12519       Visit(BO->getRHS());
12520     }
12521   }
12522 
12523   void VisitBinComma(const BinaryOperator *BO) {
12524     // C++11 [expr.comma]p1:
12525     //   Every value computation and side effect associated with the left
12526     //   expression is sequenced before every value computation and side
12527     //   effect associated with the right expression.
12528     VisitSequencedExpressions(BO->getLHS(), BO->getRHS());
12529   }
12530 
12531   void VisitBinAssign(const BinaryOperator *BO) {
12532     SequenceTree::Seq RHSRegion;
12533     SequenceTree::Seq LHSRegion;
12534     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
12535       RHSRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12536       LHSRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12537     } else {
12538       RHSRegion = Region;
12539       LHSRegion = Region;
12540     }
12541     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12542 
12543     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
12544     //  [...] the assignment is sequenced after the value computation
12545     //  of the right and left operands, [...]
12546     //
12547     // so check it before inspecting the operands and update the
12548     // map afterwards.
12549     Object O = getObject(BO->getLHS(), /*Mod=*/true);
12550     if (O)
12551       notePreMod(O, BO);
12552 
12553     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
12554       // C++17 [expr.ass]p1:
12555       //  [...] The right operand is sequenced before the left operand. [...]
12556       {
12557         SequencedSubexpression SeqBefore(*this);
12558         Region = RHSRegion;
12559         Visit(BO->getRHS());
12560       }
12561 
12562       Region = LHSRegion;
12563       Visit(BO->getLHS());
12564 
12565       if (O && isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
12566         notePostUse(O, BO);
12567 
12568     } else {
12569       // C++11 does not specify any sequencing between the LHS and RHS.
12570       Region = LHSRegion;
12571       Visit(BO->getLHS());
12572 
12573       if (O && isa<CompoundAssignOperator>(BO))
12574         notePostUse(O, BO);
12575 
12576       Region = RHSRegion;
12577       Visit(BO->getRHS());
12578     }
12579 
12580     // C++11 [expr.ass]p1:
12581     //  the assignment is sequenced [...] before the value computation of the
12582     //  assignment expression.
12583     // C11 6.5.16/3 has no such rule.
12584     Region = OldRegion;
12585     if (O)
12586       notePostMod(O, BO,
12587                   SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
12588                                                   : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
12589     if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
12590       Tree.merge(RHSRegion);
12591       Tree.merge(LHSRegion);
12592     }
12593   }
12594 
12595   void VisitCompoundAssignOperator(const CompoundAssignOperator *CAO) {
12596     VisitBinAssign(CAO);
12597   }
12598 
12599   void VisitUnaryPreInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
12600   void VisitUnaryPreDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPreIncDec(UO); }
12601   void VisitUnaryPreIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
12602     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
12603     if (!O)
12604       return VisitExpr(UO);
12605 
12606     notePreMod(O, UO);
12607     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
12608     // C++11 [expr.pre.incr]p1:
12609     //   the expression ++x is equivalent to x+=1
12610     notePostMod(O, UO,
12611                 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? UK_ModAsValue
12612                                                 : UK_ModAsSideEffect);
12613   }
12614 
12615   void VisitUnaryPostInc(const UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
12616   void VisitUnaryPostDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) { VisitUnaryPostIncDec(UO); }
12617   void VisitUnaryPostIncDec(const UnaryOperator *UO) {
12618     Object O = getObject(UO->getSubExpr(), true);
12619     if (!O)
12620       return VisitExpr(UO);
12621 
12622     notePreMod(O, UO);
12623     Visit(UO->getSubExpr());
12624     notePostMod(O, UO, UK_ModAsSideEffect);
12625   }
12626 
12627   void VisitBinLOr(const BinaryOperator *BO) {
12628     // C++11 [expr.log.or]p2:
12629     //  If the second expression is evaluated, every value computation and
12630     //  side effect associated with the first expression is sequenced before
12631     //  every value computation and side effect associated with the
12632     //  second expression.
12633     SequenceTree::Seq LHSRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12634     SequenceTree::Seq RHSRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12635     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12636 
12637     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
12638     {
12639       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12640       Region = LHSRegion;
12641       Visit(BO->getLHS());
12642     }
12643 
12644     // C++11 [expr.log.or]p1:
12645     //  [...] the second operand is not evaluated if the first operand
12646     //  evaluates to true.
12647     bool EvalResult = false;
12648     bool EvalOK = Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), EvalResult);
12649     bool ShouldVisitRHS = !EvalOK || !EvalResult;
12650     if (ShouldVisitRHS) {
12651       Region = RHSRegion;
12652       Visit(BO->getRHS());
12653     }
12654 
12655     Region = OldRegion;
12656     Tree.merge(LHSRegion);
12657     Tree.merge(RHSRegion);
12658   }
12659 
12660   void VisitBinLAnd(const BinaryOperator *BO) {
12661     // C++11 [expr.log.and]p2:
12662     //  If the second expression is evaluated, every value computation and
12663     //  side effect associated with the first expression is sequenced before
12664     //  every value computation and side effect associated with the
12665     //  second expression.
12666     SequenceTree::Seq LHSRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12667     SequenceTree::Seq RHSRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12668     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12669 
12670     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
12671     {
12672       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12673       Region = LHSRegion;
12674       Visit(BO->getLHS());
12675     }
12676 
12677     // C++11 [expr.log.and]p1:
12678     //  [...] the second operand is not evaluated if the first operand is false.
12679     bool EvalResult = false;
12680     bool EvalOK = Eval.evaluate(BO->getLHS(), EvalResult);
12681     bool ShouldVisitRHS = !EvalOK || EvalResult;
12682     if (ShouldVisitRHS) {
12683       Region = RHSRegion;
12684       Visit(BO->getRHS());
12685     }
12686 
12687     Region = OldRegion;
12688     Tree.merge(LHSRegion);
12689     Tree.merge(RHSRegion);
12690   }
12691 
12692   void VisitAbstractConditionalOperator(const AbstractConditionalOperator *CO) {
12693     // C++11 [expr.cond]p1:
12694     //  [...] Every value computation and side effect associated with the first
12695     //  expression is sequenced before every value computation and side effect
12696     //  associated with the second or third expression.
12697     SequenceTree::Seq ConditionRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12698 
12699     // No sequencing is specified between the true and false expression.
12700     // However since exactly one of both is going to be evaluated we can
12701     // consider them to be sequenced. This is needed to avoid warning on
12702     // something like "x ? y+= 1 : y += 2;" in the case where we will visit
12703     // both the true and false expressions because we can't evaluate x.
12704     // This will still allow us to detect an expression like (pre C++17)
12705     // "(x ? y += 1 : y += 2) = y".
12706     //
12707     // We don't wrap the visitation of the true and false expression with
12708     // SequencedSubexpression because we don't want to downgrade modifications
12709     // as side effect in the true and false expressions after the visition
12710     // is done. (for example in the expression "(x ? y++ : y++) + y" we should
12711     // not warn between the two "y++", but we should warn between the "y++"
12712     // and the "y".
12713     SequenceTree::Seq TrueRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12714     SequenceTree::Seq FalseRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12715     SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12716 
12717     EvaluationTracker Eval(*this);
12718     {
12719       SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12720       Region = ConditionRegion;
12721       Visit(CO->getCond());
12722     }
12723 
12724     // C++11 [expr.cond]p1:
12725     // [...] The first expression is contextually converted to bool (Clause 4).
12726     // It is evaluated and if it is true, the result of the conditional
12727     // expression is the value of the second expression, otherwise that of the
12728     // third expression. Only one of the second and third expressions is
12729     // evaluated. [...]
12730     bool EvalResult = false;
12731     bool EvalOK = Eval.evaluate(CO->getCond(), EvalResult);
12732     bool ShouldVisitTrueExpr = !EvalOK || EvalResult;
12733     bool ShouldVisitFalseExpr = !EvalOK || !EvalResult;
12734     if (ShouldVisitTrueExpr) {
12735       Region = TrueRegion;
12736       Visit(CO->getTrueExpr());
12737     }
12738     if (ShouldVisitFalseExpr) {
12739       Region = FalseRegion;
12740       Visit(CO->getFalseExpr());
12741     }
12742 
12743     Region = OldRegion;
12744     Tree.merge(ConditionRegion);
12745     Tree.merge(TrueRegion);
12746     Tree.merge(FalseRegion);
12747   }
12748 
12749   void VisitCallExpr(const CallExpr *CE) {
12750     // FIXME: CXXNewExpr and CXXDeleteExpr implicitly call functions.
12751 
12752     if (CE->isUnevaluatedBuiltinCall(Context))
12753       return;
12754 
12755     // C++11 [intro.execution]p15:
12756     //   When calling a function [...], every value computation and side effect
12757     //   associated with any argument expression, or with the postfix expression
12758     //   designating the called function, is sequenced before execution of every
12759     //   expression or statement in the body of the function [and thus before
12760     //   the value computation of its result].
12761     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12762     SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(CE->getExprLoc(), [&] {
12763       // C++17 [expr.call]p5
12764       //   The postfix-expression is sequenced before each expression in the
12765       //   expression-list and any default argument. [...]
12766       SequenceTree::Seq CalleeRegion;
12767       SequenceTree::Seq OtherRegion;
12768       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
12769         CalleeRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12770         OtherRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12771       } else {
12772         CalleeRegion = Region;
12773         OtherRegion = Region;
12774       }
12775       SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12776 
12777       // Visit the callee expression first.
12778       Region = CalleeRegion;
12779       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
12780         SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12781         Visit(CE->getCallee());
12782       } else {
12783         Visit(CE->getCallee());
12784       }
12785 
12786       // Then visit the argument expressions.
12787       Region = OtherRegion;
12788       for (const Expr *Argument : CE->arguments())
12789         Visit(Argument);
12790 
12791       Region = OldRegion;
12792       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17) {
12793         Tree.merge(CalleeRegion);
12794         Tree.merge(OtherRegion);
12795       }
12796     });
12797   }
12798 
12799   void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(const CXXOperatorCallExpr *CXXOCE) {
12800     // C++17 [over.match.oper]p2:
12801     //   [...] the operator notation is first transformed to the equivalent
12802     //   function-call notation as summarized in Table 12 (where @ denotes one
12803     //   of the operators covered in the specified subclause). However, the
12804     //   operands are sequenced in the order prescribed for the built-in
12805     //   operator (Clause 8).
12806     //
12807     // From the above only overloaded binary operators and overloaded call
12808     // operators have sequencing rules in C++17 that we need to handle
12809     // separately.
12810     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
12811         (CXXOCE->getNumArgs() != 2 && CXXOCE->getOperator() != OO_Call))
12812       return VisitCallExpr(CXXOCE);
12813 
12814     enum {
12815       NoSequencing,
12816       LHSBeforeRHS,
12817       RHSBeforeLHS,
12818       LHSBeforeRest
12819     } SequencingKind;
12820     switch (CXXOCE->getOperator()) {
12821     case OO_Equal:
12822     case OO_PlusEqual:
12823     case OO_MinusEqual:
12824     case OO_StarEqual:
12825     case OO_SlashEqual:
12826     case OO_PercentEqual:
12827     case OO_CaretEqual:
12828     case OO_AmpEqual:
12829     case OO_PipeEqual:
12830     case OO_LessLessEqual:
12831     case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
12832       SequencingKind = RHSBeforeLHS;
12833       break;
12834 
12835     case OO_LessLess:
12836     case OO_GreaterGreater:
12837     case OO_AmpAmp:
12838     case OO_PipePipe:
12839     case OO_Comma:
12840     case OO_ArrowStar:
12841     case OO_Subscript:
12842       SequencingKind = LHSBeforeRHS;
12843       break;
12844 
12845     case OO_Call:
12846       SequencingKind = LHSBeforeRest;
12847       break;
12848 
12849     default:
12850       SequencingKind = NoSequencing;
12851       break;
12852     }
12853 
12854     if (SequencingKind == NoSequencing)
12855       return VisitCallExpr(CXXOCE);
12856 
12857     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
12858     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12859 
12860     SemaRef.runWithSufficientStackSpace(CXXOCE->getExprLoc(), [&] {
12861       assert(SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12862              "Should only get there with C++17 and above!");
12863       assert((CXXOCE->getNumArgs() == 2 || CXXOCE->getOperator() == OO_Call) &&
12864              "Should only get there with an overloaded binary operator"
12865              " or an overloaded call operator!");
12866 
12867       if (SequencingKind == LHSBeforeRest) {
12868         assert(CXXOCE->getOperator() == OO_Call &&
12869                "We should only have an overloaded call operator here!");
12870 
12871         // This is very similar to VisitCallExpr, except that we only have the
12872         // C++17 case. The postfix-expression is the first argument of the
12873         // CXXOperatorCallExpr. The expressions in the expression-list, if any,
12874         // are in the following arguments.
12875         //
12876         // Note that we intentionally do not visit the callee expression since
12877         // it is just a decayed reference to a function.
12878         SequenceTree::Seq PostfixExprRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12879         SequenceTree::Seq ArgsRegion = Tree.allocate(Region);
12880         SequenceTree::Seq OldRegion = Region;
12881 
12882         assert(CXXOCE->getNumArgs() >= 1 &&
12883                "An overloaded call operator must have at least one argument"
12884                " for the postfix-expression!");
12885         const Expr *PostfixExpr = CXXOCE->getArgs()[0];
12886         llvm::ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args(CXXOCE->getArgs() + 1,
12887                                           CXXOCE->getNumArgs() - 1);
12888 
12889         // Visit the postfix-expression first.
12890         {
12891           Region = PostfixExprRegion;
12892           SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12893           Visit(PostfixExpr);
12894         }
12895 
12896         // Then visit the argument expressions.
12897         Region = ArgsRegion;
12898         for (const Expr *Arg : Args)
12899           Visit(Arg);
12900 
12901         Region = OldRegion;
12902         Tree.merge(PostfixExprRegion);
12903         Tree.merge(ArgsRegion);
12904       } else {
12905         assert(CXXOCE->getNumArgs() == 2 &&
12906                "Should only have two arguments here!");
12907         assert((SequencingKind == LHSBeforeRHS ||
12908                 SequencingKind == RHSBeforeLHS) &&
12909                "Unexpected sequencing kind!");
12910 
12911         // We do not visit the callee expression since it is just a decayed
12912         // reference to a function.
12913         const Expr *E1 = CXXOCE->getArg(0);
12914         const Expr *E2 = CXXOCE->getArg(1);
12915         if (SequencingKind == RHSBeforeLHS)
12916           std::swap(E1, E2);
12917 
12918         return VisitSequencedExpressions(E1, E2);
12919       }
12920     });
12921   }
12922 
12923   void VisitCXXConstructExpr(const CXXConstructExpr *CCE) {
12924     // This is a call, so all subexpressions are sequenced before the result.
12925     SequencedSubexpression Sequenced(*this);
12926 
12927     if (!CCE->isListInitialization())
12928       return VisitExpr(CCE);
12929 
12930     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
12931     SequenceExpressionsInOrder(
12932         llvm::ArrayRef(CCE->getArgs(), CCE->getNumArgs()));
12933   }
12934 
12935   void VisitInitListExpr(const InitListExpr *ILE) {
12936     if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12937       return VisitExpr(ILE);
12938 
12939     // In C++11, list initializations are sequenced.
12940     SequenceExpressionsInOrder(ILE->inits());
12941   }
12942 
12943   void VisitCXXParenListInitExpr(const CXXParenListInitExpr *PLIE) {
12944     // C++20 parenthesized list initializations are sequenced. See C++20
12945     // [decl.init.general]p16.5 and [decl.init.general]p16.6.2.2.
12946     SequenceExpressionsInOrder(PLIE->getInitExprs());
12947   }
12948 
12949 private:
12950   void SequenceExpressionsInOrder(ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExpressionList) {
12951     SmallVector<SequenceTree::Seq, 32> Elts;
12952     SequenceTree::Seq Parent = Region;
12953     for (const Expr *E : ExpressionList) {
12954       if (!E)
12955         continue;
12956       Region = Tree.allocate(Parent);
12957       Elts.push_back(Region);
12958       Visit(E);
12959     }
12960 
12961     // Forget that the initializers are sequenced.
12962     Region = Parent;
12963     for (unsigned I = 0; I < Elts.size(); ++I)
12964       Tree.merge(Elts[I]);
12965   }
12966 };
12967 
12968 SequenceChecker::UsageInfo::UsageInfo() = default;
12969 
12970 } // namespace
12971 
12972 void Sema::CheckUnsequencedOperations(const Expr *E) {
12973   SmallVector<const Expr *, 8> WorkList;
12974   WorkList.push_back(E);
12975   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
12976     const Expr *Item = WorkList.pop_back_val();
12977     SequenceChecker(*this, Item, WorkList);
12978   }
12979 }
12980 
12981 void Sema::CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc,
12982                               bool IsConstexpr) {
12983   llvm::SaveAndRestore ConstantContext(isConstantEvaluatedOverride,
12984                                        IsConstexpr || isa<ConstantExpr>(E));
12985   CheckImplicitConversions(E, CheckLoc);
12986   if (!E->isInstantiationDependent())
12987     CheckUnsequencedOperations(E);
12988   if (!IsConstexpr && !E->isValueDependent())
12989     CheckForIntOverflow(E);
12990   DiagnoseMisalignedMembers();
12991 }
12992 
12993 void Sema::CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc,
12994                                        FieldDecl *BitField,
12995                                        Expr *Init) {
12996   (void) AnalyzeBitFieldAssignment(*this, BitField, Init, InitLoc);
12997 }
12998 
12999 static void diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(Sema &S, QualType PType,
13000                                          SourceLocation Loc) {
13001   if (!PType->isVariablyModifiedType())
13002     return;
13003   if (const auto *PointerTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(PType)) {
13004     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, PointerTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
13005     return;
13006   }
13007   if (const auto *ReferenceTy = dyn_cast<ReferenceType>(PType)) {
13008     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ReferenceTy->getPointeeType(), Loc);
13009     return;
13010   }
13011   if (const auto *ParenTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(PType)) {
13012     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, ParenTy->getInnerType(), Loc);
13013     return;
13014   }
13015 
13016   const ArrayType *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(PType);
13017   if (!AT)
13018     return;
13019 
13020   if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArraySizeModifier::Star) {
13021     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(S, AT->getElementType(), Loc);
13022     return;
13023   }
13024 
13025   S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_star_in_function_definition);
13026 }
13027 
13028 bool Sema::CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters,
13029                                     bool CheckParameterNames) {
13030   bool HasInvalidParm = false;
13031   for (ParmVarDecl *Param : Parameters) {
13032     assert(Param && "null in a parameter list");
13033     // C99 6.7.5.3p4: the parameters in a parameter type list in a
13034     // function declarator that is part of a function definition of
13035     // that function shall not have incomplete type.
13036     //
13037     // C++23 [dcl.fct.def.general]/p2
13038     // The type of a parameter [...] for a function definition
13039     // shall not be a (possibly cv-qualified) class type that is incomplete
13040     // or abstract within the function body unless the function is deleted.
13041     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
13042         (RequireCompleteType(Param->getLocation(), Param->getType(),
13043                              diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) ||
13044          RequireNonAbstractType(Param->getBeginLoc(), Param->getOriginalType(),
13045                                 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13046                                 AbstractParamType))) {
13047       Param->setInvalidDecl();
13048       HasInvalidParm = true;
13049     }
13050 
13051     // C99 6.9.1p5: If the declarator includes a parameter type list, the
13052     // declaration of each parameter shall include an identifier.
13053     if (CheckParameterNames && Param->getIdentifier() == nullptr &&
13054         !Param->isImplicit() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13055       // Diagnose this as an extension in C17 and earlier.
13056       if (!getLangOpts().C23)
13057         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::ext_parameter_name_omitted_c23);
13058     }
13059 
13060     // C99 6.7.5.3p12:
13061     //   If the function declarator is not part of a definition of that
13062     //   function, parameters may have incomplete type and may use the [*]
13063     //   notation in their sequences of declarator specifiers to specify
13064     //   variable length array types.
13065     QualType PType = Param->getOriginalType();
13066     // FIXME: This diagnostic should point the '[*]' if source-location
13067     // information is added for it.
13068     diagnoseArrayStarInParamType(*this, PType, Param->getLocation());
13069 
13070     // If the parameter is a c++ class type and it has to be destructed in the
13071     // callee function, declare the destructor so that it can be called by the
13072     // callee function. Do not perform any direct access check on the dtor here.
13073     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
13074       if (CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = Param->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
13075         if (!ClassDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
13076             !ClassDecl->hasIrrelevantDestructor() &&
13077             !ClassDecl->isDependentContext() &&
13078             ClassDecl->isParamDestroyedInCallee()) {
13079           CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(ClassDecl);
13080           MarkFunctionReferenced(Param->getLocation(), Destructor);
13081           DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Param->getLocation());
13082         }
13083       }
13084     }
13085 
13086     // Parameters with the pass_object_size attribute only need to be marked
13087     // constant at function definitions. Because we lack information about
13088     // whether we're on a declaration or definition when we're instantiating the
13089     // attribute, we need to check for constness here.
13090     if (const auto *Attr = Param->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>())
13091       if (!Param->getType().isConstQualified())
13092         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_pointers_only)
13093             << Attr->getSpelling() << 1;
13094 
13095     // Check for parameter names shadowing fields from the class.
13096     if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && !Param->isInvalidDecl()) {
13097       // The owning context for the parameter should be the function, but we
13098       // want to see if this function's declaration context is a record.
13099       DeclContext *DC = Param->getDeclContext();
13100       if (DC && DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
13101         if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getParent()))
13102           CheckShadowInheritedFields(Param->getLocation(), Param->getDeclName(),
13103                                      RD, /*DeclIsField*/ false);
13104       }
13105     }
13106 
13107     if (!Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
13108         Param->getOriginalType()->isWebAssemblyTableType()) {
13109       Param->setInvalidDecl();
13110       HasInvalidParm = true;
13111       Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_wasm_table_as_function_parameter);
13112     }
13113   }
13114 
13115   return HasInvalidParm;
13116 }
13117 
13118 std::optional<std::pair<
13119     CharUnits, CharUnits>> static getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(const Expr
13120                                                                        *E,
13121                                                                    ASTContext
13122                                                                        &Ctx);
13123 
13124 /// Compute the alignment and offset of the base class object given the
13125 /// derived-to-base cast expression and the alignment and offset of the derived
13126 /// class object.
13127 static std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
13128 getDerivedToBaseAlignmentAndOffset(const CastExpr *CE, QualType DerivedType,
13129                                    CharUnits BaseAlignment, CharUnits Offset,
13130                                    ASTContext &Ctx) {
13131   for (auto PathI = CE->path_begin(), PathE = CE->path_end(); PathI != PathE;
13132        ++PathI) {
13133     const CXXBaseSpecifier *Base = *PathI;
13134     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = Base->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13135     if (Base->isVirtual()) {
13136       // The complete object may have a lower alignment than the non-virtual
13137       // alignment of the base, in which case the base may be misaligned. Choose
13138       // the smaller of the non-virtual alignment and BaseAlignment, which is a
13139       // conservative lower bound of the complete object alignment.
13140       CharUnits NonVirtualAlignment =
13141           Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(BaseDecl).getNonVirtualAlignment();
13142       BaseAlignment = std::min(BaseAlignment, NonVirtualAlignment);
13143       Offset = CharUnits::Zero();
13144     } else {
13145       const ASTRecordLayout &RL =
13146           Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(DerivedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
13147       Offset += RL.getBaseClassOffset(BaseDecl);
13148     }
13149     DerivedType = Base->getType();
13150   }
13151 
13152   return std::make_pair(BaseAlignment, Offset);
13153 }
13154 
13155 /// Compute the alignment and offset of a binary additive operator.
13156 static std::optional<std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>>
13157 getAlignmentAndOffsetFromBinAddOrSub(const Expr *PtrE, const Expr *IntE,
13158                                      bool IsSub, ASTContext &Ctx) {
13159   QualType PointeeType = PtrE->getType()->getPointeeType();
13160 
13161   if (!PointeeType->isConstantSizeType())
13162     return std::nullopt;
13163 
13164   auto P = getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(PtrE, Ctx);
13165 
13166   if (!P)
13167     return std::nullopt;
13168 
13169   CharUnits EltSize = Ctx.getTypeSizeInChars(PointeeType);
13170   if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> IdxRes = IntE->getIntegerConstantExpr(Ctx)) {
13171     CharUnits Offset = EltSize * IdxRes->getExtValue();
13172     if (IsSub)
13173       Offset = -Offset;
13174     return std::make_pair(P->first, P->second + Offset);
13175   }
13176 
13177   // If the integer expression isn't a constant expression, compute the lower
13178   // bound of the alignment using the alignment and offset of the pointer
13179   // expression and the element size.
13180   return std::make_pair(
13181       P->first.alignmentAtOffset(P->second).alignmentAtOffset(EltSize),
13182       CharUnits::Zero());
13183 }
13184 
13185 /// This helper function takes an lvalue expression and returns the alignment of
13186 /// a VarDecl and a constant offset from the VarDecl.
13187 std::optional<std::pair<
13188     CharUnits,
13189     CharUnits>> static getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(const Expr *E,
13190                                                            ASTContext &Ctx) {
13191   E = E->IgnoreParens();
13192   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
13193   default:
13194     break;
13195   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
13196   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
13197   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
13198     auto *CE = cast<CastExpr>(E);
13199     const Expr *From = CE->getSubExpr();
13200     switch (CE->getCastKind()) {
13201     default:
13202       break;
13203     case CK_NoOp:
13204       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(From, Ctx);
13205     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
13206     case CK_DerivedToBase: {
13207       auto P = getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(From, Ctx);
13208       if (!P)
13209         break;
13210       return getDerivedToBaseAlignmentAndOffset(CE, From->getType(), P->first,
13211                                                 P->second, Ctx);
13212     }
13213     }
13214     break;
13215   }
13216   case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
13217     auto *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E);
13218     return getAlignmentAndOffsetFromBinAddOrSub(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(),
13219                                                 false, Ctx);
13220   }
13221   case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
13222     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl())) {
13223       // FIXME: If VD is captured by copy or is an escaping __block variable,
13224       // use the alignment of VD's type.
13225       if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
13226         // Dependent alignment cannot be resolved -> bail out.
13227         if (VD->hasDependentAlignment())
13228           break;
13229         return std::make_pair(Ctx.getDeclAlign(VD), CharUnits::Zero());
13230       }
13231       if (VD->hasInit())
13232         return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(VD->getInit(), Ctx);
13233     }
13234     break;
13235   }
13236   case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
13237     auto *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
13238     auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
13239     if (!FD || FD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
13240         FD->getParent()->isInvalidDecl())
13241       break;
13242     std::optional<std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>> P;
13243     if (ME->isArrow())
13244       P = getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(ME->getBase(), Ctx);
13245     else
13246       P = getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(ME->getBase(), Ctx);
13247     if (!P)
13248       break;
13249     const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(FD->getParent());
13250     uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(FD->getFieldIndex());
13251     return std::make_pair(P->first,
13252                           P->second + CharUnits::fromQuantity(Offset));
13253   }
13254   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
13255     auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
13256     switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
13257     default:
13258       break;
13259     case UO_Deref:
13260       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(UO->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
13261     }
13262     break;
13263   }
13264   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
13265     auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
13266     auto Opcode = BO->getOpcode();
13267     switch (Opcode) {
13268     default:
13269       break;
13270     case BO_Comma:
13271       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(BO->getRHS(), Ctx);
13272     }
13273     break;
13274   }
13275   }
13276   return std::nullopt;
13277 }
13278 
13279 /// This helper function takes a pointer expression and returns the alignment of
13280 /// a VarDecl and a constant offset from the VarDecl.
13281 std::optional<std::pair<
13282     CharUnits, CharUnits>> static getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(const Expr
13283                                                                        *E,
13284                                                                    ASTContext
13285                                                                        &Ctx) {
13286   E = E->IgnoreParens();
13287   switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
13288   default:
13289     break;
13290   case Stmt::CStyleCastExprClass:
13291   case Stmt::CXXStaticCastExprClass:
13292   case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass: {
13293     auto *CE = cast<CastExpr>(E);
13294     const Expr *From = CE->getSubExpr();
13295     switch (CE->getCastKind()) {
13296     default:
13297       break;
13298     case CK_NoOp:
13299       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(From, Ctx);
13300     case CK_ArrayToPointerDecay:
13301       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(From, Ctx);
13302     case CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase:
13303     case CK_DerivedToBase: {
13304       auto P = getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(From, Ctx);
13305       if (!P)
13306         break;
13307       return getDerivedToBaseAlignmentAndOffset(
13308           CE, From->getType()->getPointeeType(), P->first, P->second, Ctx);
13309     }
13310     }
13311     break;
13312   }
13313   case Stmt::CXXThisExprClass: {
13314     auto *RD = E->getType()->getPointeeType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13315     CharUnits Alignment = Ctx.getASTRecordLayout(RD).getNonVirtualAlignment();
13316     return std::make_pair(Alignment, CharUnits::Zero());
13317   }
13318   case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
13319     auto *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
13320     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
13321       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromLValue(UO->getSubExpr(), Ctx);
13322     break;
13323   }
13324   case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
13325     auto *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
13326     auto Opcode = BO->getOpcode();
13327     switch (Opcode) {
13328     default:
13329       break;
13330     case BO_Add:
13331     case BO_Sub: {
13332       const Expr *LHS = BO->getLHS(), *RHS = BO->getRHS();
13333       if (Opcode == BO_Add && !RHS->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13334         std::swap(LHS, RHS);
13335       return getAlignmentAndOffsetFromBinAddOrSub(LHS, RHS, Opcode == BO_Sub,
13336                                                   Ctx);
13337     }
13338     case BO_Comma:
13339       return getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(BO->getRHS(), Ctx);
13340     }
13341     break;
13342   }
13343   }
13344   return std::nullopt;
13345 }
13346 
13347 static CharUnits getPresumedAlignmentOfPointer(const Expr *E, Sema &S) {
13348   // See if we can compute the alignment of a VarDecl and an offset from it.
13349   std::optional<std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>> P =
13350       getBaseAlignmentAndOffsetFromPtr(E, S.Context);
13351 
13352   if (P)
13353     return P->first.alignmentAtOffset(P->second);
13354 
13355   // If that failed, return the type's alignment.
13356   return S.Context.getTypeAlignInChars(E->getType()->getPointeeType());
13357 }
13358 
13359 void Sema::CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange) {
13360   // This is actually a lot of work to potentially be doing on every
13361   // cast; don't do it if we're ignoring -Wcast_align (as is the default).
13362   if (getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_cast_align, TRange.getBegin()))
13363     return;
13364 
13365   // Ignore dependent types.
13366   if (T->isDependentType() || Op->getType()->isDependentType())
13367     return;
13368 
13369   // Require that the destination be a pointer type.
13370   const PointerType *DestPtr = T->getAs<PointerType>();
13371   if (!DestPtr) return;
13372 
13373   // If the destination has alignment 1, we're done.
13374   QualType DestPointee = DestPtr->getPointeeType();
13375   if (DestPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
13376   CharUnits DestAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(DestPointee);
13377   if (DestAlign.isOne()) return;
13378 
13379   // Require that the source be a pointer type.
13380   const PointerType *SrcPtr = Op->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
13381   if (!SrcPtr) return;
13382   QualType SrcPointee = SrcPtr->getPointeeType();
13383 
13384   // Explicitly allow casts from cv void*.  We already implicitly
13385   // allowed casts to cv void*, since they have alignment 1.
13386   // Also allow casts involving incomplete types, which implicitly
13387   // includes 'void'.
13388   if (SrcPointee->isIncompleteType()) return;
13389 
13390   CharUnits SrcAlign = getPresumedAlignmentOfPointer(Op, *this);
13391 
13392   if (SrcAlign >= DestAlign) return;
13393 
13394   Diag(TRange.getBegin(), diag::warn_cast_align)
13395     << Op->getType() << T
13396     << static_cast<unsigned>(SrcAlign.getQuantity())
13397     << static_cast<unsigned>(DestAlign.getQuantity())
13398     << TRange << Op->getSourceRange();
13399 }
13400 
13401 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
13402                             const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE,
13403                             bool AllowOnePastEnd, bool IndexNegated) {
13404   // Already diagnosed by the constant evaluator.
13405   if (isConstantEvaluatedContext())
13406     return;
13407 
13408   IndexExpr = IndexExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13409   if (IndexExpr->isValueDependent())
13410     return;
13411 
13412   const Type *EffectiveType =
13413       BaseExpr->getType()->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
13414   BaseExpr = BaseExpr->IgnoreParenCasts();
13415   const ConstantArrayType *ArrayTy =
13416       Context.getAsConstantArrayType(BaseExpr->getType());
13417 
13418   LangOptions::StrictFlexArraysLevelKind
13419     StrictFlexArraysLevel = getLangOpts().getStrictFlexArraysLevel();
13420 
13421   const Type *BaseType =
13422       ArrayTy == nullptr ? nullptr : ArrayTy->getElementType().getTypePtr();
13423   bool IsUnboundedArray =
13424       BaseType == nullptr || BaseExpr->isFlexibleArrayMemberLike(
13425                                  Context, StrictFlexArraysLevel,
13426                                  /*IgnoreTemplateOrMacroSubstitution=*/true);
13427   if (EffectiveType->isDependentType() ||
13428       (!IsUnboundedArray && BaseType->isDependentType()))
13429     return;
13430 
13431   Expr::EvalResult Result;
13432   if (!IndexExpr->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context, Expr::SE_AllowSideEffects))
13433     return;
13434 
13435   llvm::APSInt index = Result.Val.getInt();
13436   if (IndexNegated) {
13437     index.setIsUnsigned(false);
13438     index = -index;
13439   }
13440 
13441   if (IsUnboundedArray) {
13442     if (EffectiveType->isFunctionType())
13443       return;
13444     if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
13445       const auto &ASTC = getASTContext();
13446       unsigned AddrBits = ASTC.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(
13447           EffectiveType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().getAddressSpace());
13448       if (index.getBitWidth() < AddrBits)
13449         index = index.zext(AddrBits);
13450       std::optional<CharUnits> ElemCharUnits =
13451           ASTC.getTypeSizeInCharsIfKnown(EffectiveType);
13452       // PR50741 - If EffectiveType has unknown size (e.g., if it's a void
13453       // pointer) bounds-checking isn't meaningful.
13454       if (!ElemCharUnits || ElemCharUnits->isZero())
13455         return;
13456       llvm::APInt ElemBytes(index.getBitWidth(), ElemCharUnits->getQuantity());
13457       // If index has more active bits than address space, we already know
13458       // we have a bounds violation to warn about.  Otherwise, compute
13459       // address of (index + 1)th element, and warn about bounds violation
13460       // only if that address exceeds address space.
13461       if (index.getActiveBits() <= AddrBits) {
13462         bool Overflow;
13463         llvm::APInt Product(index);
13464         Product += 1;
13465         Product = Product.umul_ov(ElemBytes, Overflow);
13466         if (!Overflow && Product.getActiveBits() <= AddrBits)
13467           return;
13468       }
13469 
13470       // Need to compute max possible elements in address space, since that
13471       // is included in diag message.
13472       llvm::APInt MaxElems = llvm::APInt::getMaxValue(AddrBits);
13473       MaxElems = MaxElems.zext(std::max(AddrBits + 1, ElemBytes.getBitWidth()));
13474       MaxElems += 1;
13475       ElemBytes = ElemBytes.zextOrTrunc(MaxElems.getBitWidth());
13476       MaxElems = MaxElems.udiv(ElemBytes);
13477 
13478       unsigned DiagID =
13479           ASE ? diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_max_addressable_bounds
13480               : diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_max_addressable_bounds;
13481 
13482       // Diag message shows element size in bits and in "bytes" (platform-
13483       // dependent CharUnits)
13484       DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), BaseExpr,
13485                           PDiag(DiagID)
13486                               << toString(index, 10, true) << AddrBits
13487                               << (unsigned)ASTC.toBits(*ElemCharUnits)
13488                               << toString(ElemBytes, 10, false)
13489                               << toString(MaxElems, 10, false)
13490                               << (unsigned)MaxElems.getLimitedValue(~0U)
13491                               << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
13492 
13493       const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
13494       // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
13495       while (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
13496         BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
13497       if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
13498         ND = DRE->getDecl();
13499       if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
13500         ND = ME->getMemberDecl();
13501 
13502       if (ND)
13503         DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getBeginLoc(), BaseExpr,
13504                             PDiag(diag::note_array_declared_here) << ND);
13505     }
13506     return;
13507   }
13508 
13509   if (index.isUnsigned() || !index.isNegative()) {
13510     // It is possible that the type of the base expression after
13511     // IgnoreParenCasts is incomplete, even though the type of the base
13512     // expression before IgnoreParenCasts is complete (see PR39746 for an
13513     // example). In this case we have no information about whether the array
13514     // access exceeds the array bounds. However we can still diagnose an array
13515     // access which precedes the array bounds.
13516     if (BaseType->isIncompleteType())
13517       return;
13518 
13519     llvm::APInt size = ArrayTy->getSize();
13520 
13521     if (BaseType != EffectiveType) {
13522       // Make sure we're comparing apples to apples when comparing index to
13523       // size.
13524       uint64_t ptrarith_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(EffectiveType);
13525       uint64_t array_typesize = Context.getTypeSize(BaseType);
13526 
13527       // Handle ptrarith_typesize being zero, such as when casting to void*.
13528       // Use the size in bits (what "getTypeSize()" returns) rather than bytes.
13529       if (!ptrarith_typesize)
13530         ptrarith_typesize = Context.getCharWidth();
13531 
13532       if (ptrarith_typesize != array_typesize) {
13533         // There's a cast to a different size type involved.
13534         uint64_t ratio = array_typesize / ptrarith_typesize;
13535 
13536         // TODO: Be smarter about handling cases where array_typesize is not a
13537         // multiple of ptrarith_typesize.
13538         if (ptrarith_typesize * ratio == array_typesize)
13539           size *= llvm::APInt(size.getBitWidth(), ratio);
13540       }
13541     }
13542 
13543     if (size.getBitWidth() > index.getBitWidth())
13544       index = index.zext(size.getBitWidth());
13545     else if (size.getBitWidth() < index.getBitWidth())
13546       size = size.zext(index.getBitWidth());
13547 
13548     // For array subscripting the index must be less than size, but for pointer
13549     // arithmetic also allow the index (offset) to be equal to size since
13550     // computing the next address after the end of the array is legal and
13551     // commonly done e.g. in C++ iterators and range-based for loops.
13552     if (AllowOnePastEnd ? index.ule(size) : index.ult(size))
13553       return;
13554 
13555     // Suppress the warning if the subscript expression (as identified by the
13556     // ']' location) and the index expression are both from macro expansions
13557     // within a system header.
13558     if (ASE) {
13559       SourceLocation RBracketLoc = SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(
13560           ASE->getRBracketLoc());
13561       if (SourceMgr.isInSystemHeader(RBracketLoc)) {
13562         SourceLocation IndexLoc =
13563             SourceMgr.getSpellingLoc(IndexExpr->getBeginLoc());
13564         if (SourceMgr.isWrittenInSameFile(RBracketLoc, IndexLoc))
13565           return;
13566       }
13567     }
13568 
13569     unsigned DiagID = ASE ? diag::warn_array_index_exceeds_bounds
13570                           : diag::warn_ptr_arith_exceeds_bounds;
13571     unsigned CastMsg = (!ASE || BaseType == EffectiveType) ? 0 : 1;
13572     QualType CastMsgTy = ASE ? ASE->getLHS()->getType() : QualType();
13573 
13574     DiagRuntimeBehavior(
13575         BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), BaseExpr,
13576         PDiag(DiagID) << toString(index, 10, true) << ArrayTy->desugar()
13577                       << CastMsg << CastMsgTy << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
13578   } else {
13579     unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_array_index_precedes_bounds;
13580     if (!ASE) {
13581       DiagID = diag::warn_ptr_arith_precedes_bounds;
13582       if (index.isNegative()) index = -index;
13583     }
13584 
13585     DiagRuntimeBehavior(BaseExpr->getBeginLoc(), BaseExpr,
13586                         PDiag(DiagID) << toString(index, 10, true)
13587                                       << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
13588   }
13589 
13590   const NamedDecl *ND = nullptr;
13591   // Try harder to find a NamedDecl to point at in the note.
13592   while (const auto *ASE = dyn_cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(BaseExpr))
13593     BaseExpr = ASE->getBase()->IgnoreParenCasts();
13594   if (const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BaseExpr))
13595     ND = DRE->getDecl();
13596   if (const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(BaseExpr))
13597     ND = ME->getMemberDecl();
13598 
13599   if (ND)
13600     DiagRuntimeBehavior(ND->getBeginLoc(), BaseExpr,
13601                         PDiag(diag::note_array_declared_here) << ND);
13602 }
13603 
13604 void Sema::CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *expr) {
13605   int AllowOnePastEnd = 0;
13606   while (expr) {
13607     expr = expr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13608     switch (expr->getStmtClass()) {
13609       case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
13610         const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(expr);
13611         CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getIdx(), ASE,
13612                          AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
13613         expr = ASE->getBase();
13614         break;
13615       }
13616       case Stmt::MemberExprClass: {
13617         expr = cast<MemberExpr>(expr)->getBase();
13618         break;
13619       }
13620       case Stmt::ArraySectionExprClass: {
13621         const ArraySectionExpr *ASE = cast<ArraySectionExpr>(expr);
13622         // FIXME: We should probably be checking all of the elements to the
13623         // 'length' here as well.
13624         if (ASE->getLowerBound())
13625           CheckArrayAccess(ASE->getBase(), ASE->getLowerBound(),
13626                            /*ASE=*/nullptr, AllowOnePastEnd > 0);
13627         return;
13628       }
13629       case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
13630         // Only unwrap the * and & unary operators
13631         const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(expr);
13632         expr = UO->getSubExpr();
13633         switch (UO->getOpcode()) {
13634           case UO_AddrOf:
13635             AllowOnePastEnd++;
13636             break;
13637           case UO_Deref:
13638             AllowOnePastEnd--;
13639             break;
13640           default:
13641             return;
13642         }
13643         break;
13644       }
13645       case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
13646         const ConditionalOperator *cond = cast<ConditionalOperator>(expr);
13647         if (const Expr *lhs = cond->getLHS())
13648           CheckArrayAccess(lhs);
13649         if (const Expr *rhs = cond->getRHS())
13650           CheckArrayAccess(rhs);
13651         return;
13652       }
13653       case Stmt::CXXOperatorCallExprClass: {
13654         const auto *OCE = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(expr);
13655         for (const auto *Arg : OCE->arguments())
13656           CheckArrayAccess(Arg);
13657         return;
13658       }
13659       default:
13660         return;
13661     }
13662   }
13663 }
13664 
13665 static bool checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13666                                      Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
13667   // Check if RHS is an Objective-C object literal, which also can get
13668   // immediately zapped in a weak reference.  Note that we explicitly
13669   // allow ObjCStringLiterals, since those are designed to never really die.
13670   RHS = RHS->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13671 
13672   // This enum needs to match with the 'select' in
13673   // warn_objc_arc_literal_assign (off-by-1).
13674   SemaObjC::ObjCLiteralKind Kind = S.ObjC().CheckLiteralKind(RHS);
13675   if (Kind == SemaObjC::LK_String || Kind == SemaObjC::LK_None)
13676     return false;
13677 
13678   S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_literal_assign)
13679     << (unsigned) Kind
13680     << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
13681     << RHS->getSourceRange();
13682 
13683   return true;
13684 }
13685 
13686 static bool checkUnsafeAssignObject(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
13687                                     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT,
13688                                     Expr *RHS, bool isProperty) {
13689   // Strip off any implicit cast added to get to the one ARC-specific.
13690   while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
13691     if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
13692       S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_assign)
13693         << (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
13694         << (isProperty ? 0 : 1)
13695         << RHS->getSourceRange();
13696       return true;
13697     }
13698     RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
13699   }
13700 
13701   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak &&
13702       checkUnsafeAssignLiteral(S, Loc, RHS, isProperty))
13703     return true;
13704 
13705   return false;
13706 }
13707 
13708 bool Sema::checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
13709                               QualType LHS, Expr *RHS) {
13710   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHS.getObjCLifetime();
13711 
13712   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_Weak && LT != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone)
13713     return false;
13714 
13715   if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, LT, RHS, false))
13716     return true;
13717 
13718   return false;
13719 }
13720 
13721 void Sema::checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc,
13722                               Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
13723   QualType LHSType;
13724   // PropertyRef on LHS type need be directly obtained from
13725   // its declaration as it has a PseudoType.
13726   ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE
13727     = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(LHS->IgnoreParens());
13728   if (PRE && !PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
13729     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
13730     if (PD)
13731       LHSType = PD->getType();
13732   }
13733 
13734   if (LHSType.isNull())
13735     LHSType = LHS->getType();
13736 
13737   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime LT = LHSType.getObjCLifetime();
13738 
13739   if (LT == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) {
13740     if (!Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, Loc))
13741       getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(LHS);
13742   }
13743 
13744   if (checkUnsafeAssigns(Loc, LHSType, RHS))
13745     return;
13746 
13747   // FIXME. Check for other life times.
13748   if (LT != Qualifiers::OCL_None)
13749     return;
13750 
13751   if (PRE) {
13752     if (PRE->isImplicitProperty())
13753       return;
13754     const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PRE->getExplicitProperty();
13755     if (!PD)
13756       return;
13757 
13758     unsigned Attributes = PD->getPropertyAttributes();
13759     if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign) {
13760       // when 'assign' attribute was not explicitly specified
13761       // by user, ignore it and rely on property type itself
13762       // for lifetime info.
13763       unsigned AsWrittenAttr = PD->getPropertyAttributesAsWritten();
13764       if (!(AsWrittenAttr & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_assign) &&
13765           LHSType->isObjCRetainableType())
13766         return;
13767 
13768       while (ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHS)) {
13769         if (cast->getCastKind() == CK_ARCConsumeObject) {
13770           Diag(Loc, diag::warn_arc_retained_property_assign)
13771           << RHS->getSourceRange();
13772           return;
13773         }
13774         RHS = cast->getSubExpr();
13775       }
13776     } else if (Attributes & ObjCPropertyAttribute::kind_weak) {
13777       if (checkUnsafeAssignObject(*this, Loc, Qualifiers::OCL_Weak, RHS, true))
13778         return;
13779     }
13780   }
13781 }
13782 
13783 //===--- CHECK: Empty statement body (-Wempty-body) ---------------------===//
13784 
13785 static bool ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(const SourceManager &SourceMgr,
13786                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
13787                                         const NullStmt *Body) {
13788   // Do not warn if the body is a macro that expands to nothing, e.g:
13789   //
13790   // #define CALL(x)
13791   // if (condition)
13792   //   CALL(0);
13793   if (Body->hasLeadingEmptyMacro())
13794     return false;
13795 
13796   // Get line numbers of statement and body.
13797   bool StmtLineInvalid;
13798   unsigned StmtLine = SourceMgr.getPresumedLineNumber(StmtLoc,
13799                                                       &StmtLineInvalid);
13800   if (StmtLineInvalid)
13801     return false;
13802 
13803   bool BodyLineInvalid;
13804   unsigned BodyLine = SourceMgr.getSpellingLineNumber(Body->getSemiLoc(),
13805                                                       &BodyLineInvalid);
13806   if (BodyLineInvalid)
13807     return false;
13808 
13809   // Warn if null statement and body are on the same line.
13810   if (StmtLine != BodyLine)
13811     return false;
13812 
13813   return true;
13814 }
13815 
13816 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
13817                                  const Stmt *Body,
13818                                  unsigned DiagID) {
13819   // Since this is a syntactic check, don't emit diagnostic for template
13820   // instantiations, this just adds noise.
13821   if (CurrentInstantiationScope)
13822     return;
13823 
13824   // The body should be a null statement.
13825   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
13826   if (!NBody)
13827     return;
13828 
13829   // Do the usual checks.
13830   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
13831     return;
13832 
13833   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
13834   Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
13835 }
13836 
13837 void Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
13838                                  const Stmt *PossibleBody) {
13839   assert(!CurrentInstantiationScope); // Ensured by caller
13840 
13841   SourceLocation StmtLoc;
13842   const Stmt *Body;
13843   unsigned DiagID;
13844   if (const ForStmt *FS = dyn_cast<ForStmt>(S)) {
13845     StmtLoc = FS->getRParenLoc();
13846     Body = FS->getBody();
13847     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_for_body;
13848   } else if (const WhileStmt *WS = dyn_cast<WhileStmt>(S)) {
13849     StmtLoc = WS->getRParenLoc();
13850     Body = WS->getBody();
13851     DiagID = diag::warn_empty_while_body;
13852   } else
13853     return; // Neither `for' nor `while'.
13854 
13855   // The body should be a null statement.
13856   const NullStmt *NBody = dyn_cast<NullStmt>(Body);
13857   if (!NBody)
13858     return;
13859 
13860   // Skip expensive checks if diagnostic is disabled.
13861   if (Diags.isIgnored(DiagID, NBody->getSemiLoc()))
13862     return;
13863 
13864   // Do the usual checks.
13865   if (!ShouldDiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceMgr, StmtLoc, NBody))
13866     return;
13867 
13868   // `for(...);' and `while(...);' are popular idioms, so in order to keep
13869   // noise level low, emit diagnostics only if for/while is followed by a
13870   // CompoundStmt, e.g.:
13871   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
13872   //    {
13873   //      a(i);
13874   //    }
13875   // or if for/while is followed by a statement with more indentation
13876   // than for/while itself:
13877   //    for (int i = 0; i < n; i++);
13878   //      a(i);
13879   bool ProbableTypo = isa<CompoundStmt>(PossibleBody);
13880   if (!ProbableTypo) {
13881     bool BodyColInvalid;
13882     unsigned BodyCol = SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(
13883         PossibleBody->getBeginLoc(), &BodyColInvalid);
13884     if (BodyColInvalid)
13885       return;
13886 
13887     bool StmtColInvalid;
13888     unsigned StmtCol =
13889         SourceMgr.getPresumedColumnNumber(S->getBeginLoc(), &StmtColInvalid);
13890     if (StmtColInvalid)
13891       return;
13892 
13893     if (BodyCol > StmtCol)
13894       ProbableTypo = true;
13895   }
13896 
13897   if (ProbableTypo) {
13898     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), DiagID);
13899     Diag(NBody->getSemiLoc(), diag::note_empty_body_on_separate_line);
13900   }
13901 }
13902 
13903 //===--- CHECK: Warn on self move with std::move. -------------------------===//
13904 
13905 void Sema::DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
13906                              SourceLocation OpLoc) {
13907   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_sizeof_pointer_expr_memaccess, OpLoc))
13908     return;
13909 
13910   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13911     return;
13912 
13913   // Strip parens and casts away.
13914   LHSExpr = LHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13915   RHSExpr = RHSExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
13916 
13917   // Check for a call to std::move or for a static_cast<T&&>(..) to an xvalue
13918   // which we can treat as an inlined std::move
13919   if (const auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(RHSExpr);
13920       CE && CE->getNumArgs() == 1 && CE->isCallToStdMove())
13921     RHSExpr = CE->getArg(0);
13922   else if (const auto *CXXSCE = dyn_cast<CXXStaticCastExpr>(RHSExpr);
13923            CXXSCE && CXXSCE->isXValue())
13924     RHSExpr = CXXSCE->getSubExpr();
13925   else
13926     return;
13927 
13928   const DeclRefExpr *LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSExpr);
13929   const DeclRefExpr *RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSExpr);
13930 
13931   // Two DeclRefExpr's, check that the decls are the same.
13932   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
13933     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
13934       return;
13935     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
13936         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
13937       return;
13938 
13939     auto D = Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move)
13940              << LHSExpr->getType() << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
13941              << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
13942     if (const FieldDecl *F =
13943             getSelfAssignmentClassMemberCandidate(RHSDeclRef->getDecl()))
13944       D << 1 << F
13945         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LHSDeclRef->getBeginLoc(), "this->");
13946     else
13947       D << 0;
13948     return;
13949   }
13950 
13951   // Member variables require a different approach to check for self moves.
13952   // MemberExpr's are the same if every nested MemberExpr refers to the same
13953   // Decl and that the base Expr's are DeclRefExpr's with the same Decl or
13954   // the base Expr's are CXXThisExpr's.
13955   const Expr *LHSBase = LHSExpr;
13956   const Expr *RHSBase = RHSExpr;
13957   const MemberExpr *LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSExpr);
13958   const MemberExpr *RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSExpr);
13959   if (!LHSME || !RHSME)
13960     return;
13961 
13962   while (LHSME && RHSME) {
13963     if (LHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
13964         RHSME->getMemberDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
13965       return;
13966 
13967     LHSBase = LHSME->getBase();
13968     RHSBase = RHSME->getBase();
13969     LHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(LHSBase);
13970     RHSME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(RHSBase);
13971   }
13972 
13973   LHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSBase);
13974   RHSDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSBase);
13975   if (LHSDeclRef && RHSDeclRef) {
13976     if (!LHSDeclRef->getDecl() || !RHSDeclRef->getDecl())
13977       return;
13978     if (LHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl() !=
13979         RHSDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl())
13980       return;
13981 
13982     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move)
13983         << LHSExpr->getType() << 0 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
13984         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
13985     return;
13986   }
13987 
13988   if (isa<CXXThisExpr>(LHSBase) && isa<CXXThisExpr>(RHSBase))
13989     Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_move)
13990         << LHSExpr->getType() << 0 << LHSExpr->getSourceRange()
13991         << RHSExpr->getSourceRange();
13992 }
13993 
13994 //===--- Layout compatibility ----------------------------------------------//
13995 
13996 static bool isLayoutCompatible(const ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2);
13997 
13998 /// Check if two enumeration types are layout-compatible.
13999 static bool isLayoutCompatible(const ASTContext &C, const EnumDecl *ED1,
14000                                const EnumDecl *ED2) {
14001   // C++11 [dcl.enum] p8:
14002   // Two enumeration types are layout-compatible if they have the same
14003   // underlying type.
14004   return ED1->isComplete() && ED2->isComplete() &&
14005          C.hasSameType(ED1->getIntegerType(), ED2->getIntegerType());
14006 }
14007 
14008 /// Check if two fields are layout-compatible.
14009 /// Can be used on union members, which are exempt from alignment requirement
14010 /// of common initial sequence.
14011 static bool isLayoutCompatible(const ASTContext &C, const FieldDecl *Field1,
14012                                const FieldDecl *Field2,
14013                                bool AreUnionMembers = false) {
14014   [[maybe_unused]] const Type *Field1Parent =
14015       Field1->getParent()->getTypeForDecl();
14016   [[maybe_unused]] const Type *Field2Parent =
14017       Field2->getParent()->getTypeForDecl();
14018   assert(((Field1Parent->isStructureOrClassType() &&
14019            Field2Parent->isStructureOrClassType()) ||
14020           (Field1Parent->isUnionType() && Field2Parent->isUnionType())) &&
14021          "Can't evaluate layout compatibility between a struct field and a "
14022          "union field.");
14023   assert(((!AreUnionMembers && Field1Parent->isStructureOrClassType()) ||
14024           (AreUnionMembers && Field1Parent->isUnionType())) &&
14025          "AreUnionMembers should be 'true' for union fields (only).");
14026 
14027   if (!isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1->getType(), Field2->getType()))
14028     return false;
14029 
14030   if (Field1->isBitField() != Field2->isBitField())
14031     return false;
14032 
14033   if (Field1->isBitField()) {
14034     // Make sure that the bit-fields are the same length.
14035     unsigned Bits1 = Field1->getBitWidthValue(C);
14036     unsigned Bits2 = Field2->getBitWidthValue(C);
14037 
14038     if (Bits1 != Bits2)
14039       return false;
14040   }
14041 
14042   if (Field1->hasAttr<clang::NoUniqueAddressAttr>() ||
14043       Field2->hasAttr<clang::NoUniqueAddressAttr>())
14044     return false;
14045 
14046   if (!AreUnionMembers &&
14047       Field1->getMaxAlignment() != Field2->getMaxAlignment())
14048     return false;
14049 
14050   return true;
14051 }
14052 
14053 /// Check if two standard-layout structs are layout-compatible.
14054 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p17)
14055 static bool isLayoutCompatibleStruct(const ASTContext &C, const RecordDecl *RD1,
14056                                      const RecordDecl *RD2) {
14057   // Get to the class where the fields are declared
14058   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D1CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD1))
14059     RD1 = D1CXX->getStandardLayoutBaseWithFields();
14060 
14061   if (const CXXRecordDecl *D2CXX = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD2))
14062     RD2 = D2CXX->getStandardLayoutBaseWithFields();
14063 
14064   // Check the fields.
14065   return llvm::equal(RD1->fields(), RD2->fields(),
14066                      [&C](const FieldDecl *F1, const FieldDecl *F2) -> bool {
14067                        return isLayoutCompatible(C, F1, F2);
14068                      });
14069 }
14070 
14071 /// Check if two standard-layout unions are layout-compatible.
14072 /// (C++11 [class.mem] p18)
14073 static bool isLayoutCompatibleUnion(const ASTContext &C, const RecordDecl *RD1,
14074                                     const RecordDecl *RD2) {
14075   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const FieldDecl *, 8> UnmatchedFields;
14076   for (auto *Field2 : RD2->fields())
14077     UnmatchedFields.insert(Field2);
14078 
14079   for (auto *Field1 : RD1->fields()) {
14080     auto I = UnmatchedFields.begin();
14081     auto E = UnmatchedFields.end();
14082 
14083     for ( ; I != E; ++I) {
14084       if (isLayoutCompatible(C, Field1, *I, /*IsUnionMember=*/true)) {
14085         bool Result = UnmatchedFields.erase(*I);
14086         (void) Result;
14087         assert(Result);
14088         break;
14089       }
14090     }
14091     if (I == E)
14092       return false;
14093   }
14094 
14095   return UnmatchedFields.empty();
14096 }
14097 
14098 static bool isLayoutCompatible(const ASTContext &C, const RecordDecl *RD1,
14099                                const RecordDecl *RD2) {
14100   if (RD1->isUnion() != RD2->isUnion())
14101     return false;
14102 
14103   if (RD1->isUnion())
14104     return isLayoutCompatibleUnion(C, RD1, RD2);
14105   else
14106     return isLayoutCompatibleStruct(C, RD1, RD2);
14107 }
14108 
14109 /// Check if two types are layout-compatible in C++11 sense.
14110 static bool isLayoutCompatible(const ASTContext &C, QualType T1, QualType T2) {
14111   if (T1.isNull() || T2.isNull())
14112     return false;
14113 
14114   // C++20 [basic.types] p11:
14115   // Two types cv1 T1 and cv2 T2 are layout-compatible types
14116   // if T1 and T2 are the same type, layout-compatible enumerations (9.7.1),
14117   // or layout-compatible standard-layout class types (11.4).
14118   T1 = T1.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
14119   T2 = T2.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
14120 
14121   if (C.hasSameType(T1, T2))
14122     return true;
14123 
14124   const Type::TypeClass TC1 = T1->getTypeClass();
14125   const Type::TypeClass TC2 = T2->getTypeClass();
14126 
14127   if (TC1 != TC2)
14128     return false;
14129 
14130   if (TC1 == Type::Enum) {
14131     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
14132                               cast<EnumType>(T1)->getDecl(),
14133                               cast<EnumType>(T2)->getDecl());
14134   } else if (TC1 == Type::Record) {
14135     if (!T1->isStandardLayoutType() || !T2->isStandardLayoutType())
14136       return false;
14137 
14138     return isLayoutCompatible(C,
14139                               cast<RecordType>(T1)->getDecl(),
14140                               cast<RecordType>(T2)->getDecl());
14141   }
14142 
14143   return false;
14144 }
14145 
14146 bool Sema::IsLayoutCompatible(QualType T1, QualType T2) const {
14147   return isLayoutCompatible(getASTContext(), T1, T2);
14148 }
14149 
14150 //===-------------- Pointer interconvertibility ----------------------------//
14151 
14152 bool Sema::IsPointerInterconvertibleBaseOf(const TypeSourceInfo *Base,
14153                                            const TypeSourceInfo *Derived) {
14154   QualType BaseT = Base->getType()->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
14155   QualType DerivedT = Derived->getType()->getCanonicalTypeUnqualified();
14156 
14157   if (BaseT->isStructureOrClassType() && DerivedT->isStructureOrClassType() &&
14158       getASTContext().hasSameType(BaseT, DerivedT))
14159     return true;
14160 
14161   if (!IsDerivedFrom(Derived->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), DerivedT, BaseT))
14162     return false;
14163 
14164   // Per [basic.compound]/4.3, containing object has to be standard-layout.
14165   if (DerivedT->getAsCXXRecordDecl()->isStandardLayout())
14166     return true;
14167 
14168   return false;
14169 }
14170 
14171 //===--- CHECK: pointer_with_type_tag attribute: datatypes should match ----//
14172 
14173 /// Given a type tag expression find the type tag itself.
14174 ///
14175 /// \param TypeExpr Type tag expression, as it appears in user's code.
14176 ///
14177 /// \param VD Declaration of an identifier that appears in a type tag.
14178 ///
14179 /// \param MagicValue Type tag magic value.
14180 ///
14181 /// \param isConstantEvaluated whether the evalaution should be performed in
14182 
14183 /// constant context.
14184 static bool FindTypeTagExpr(const Expr *TypeExpr, const ASTContext &Ctx,
14185                             const ValueDecl **VD, uint64_t *MagicValue,
14186                             bool isConstantEvaluated) {
14187   while(true) {
14188     if (!TypeExpr)
14189       return false;
14190 
14191     TypeExpr = TypeExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->IgnoreParenCasts();
14192 
14193     switch (TypeExpr->getStmtClass()) {
14194     case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
14195       const UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
14196       if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf || UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) {
14197         TypeExpr = UO->getSubExpr();
14198         continue;
14199       }
14200       return false;
14201     }
14202 
14203     case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass: {
14204       const DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(TypeExpr);
14205       *VD = DRE->getDecl();
14206       return true;
14207     }
14208 
14209     case Stmt::IntegerLiteralClass: {
14210       const IntegerLiteral *IL = cast<IntegerLiteral>(TypeExpr);
14211       llvm::APInt MagicValueAPInt = IL->getValue();
14212       if (MagicValueAPInt.getActiveBits() <= 64) {
14213         *MagicValue = MagicValueAPInt.getZExtValue();
14214         return true;
14215       } else
14216         return false;
14217     }
14218 
14219     case Stmt::BinaryConditionalOperatorClass:
14220     case Stmt::ConditionalOperatorClass: {
14221       const AbstractConditionalOperator *ACO =
14222           cast<AbstractConditionalOperator>(TypeExpr);
14223       bool Result;
14224       if (ACO->getCond()->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Result, Ctx,
14225                                                      isConstantEvaluated)) {
14226         if (Result)
14227           TypeExpr = ACO->getTrueExpr();
14228         else
14229           TypeExpr = ACO->getFalseExpr();
14230         continue;
14231       }
14232       return false;
14233     }
14234 
14235     case Stmt::BinaryOperatorClass: {
14236       const BinaryOperator *BO = cast<BinaryOperator>(TypeExpr);
14237       if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
14238         TypeExpr = BO->getRHS();
14239         continue;
14240       }
14241       return false;
14242     }
14243 
14244     default:
14245       return false;
14246     }
14247   }
14248 }
14249 
14250 /// Retrieve the C type corresponding to type tag TypeExpr.
14251 ///
14252 /// \param TypeExpr Expression that specifies a type tag.
14253 ///
14254 /// \param MagicValues Registered magic values.
14255 ///
14256 /// \param FoundWrongKind Set to true if a type tag was found, but of a wrong
14257 ///        kind.
14258 ///
14259 /// \param TypeInfo Information about the corresponding C type.
14260 ///
14261 /// \param isConstantEvaluated whether the evalaution should be performed in
14262 /// constant context.
14263 ///
14264 /// \returns true if the corresponding C type was found.
14265 static bool GetMatchingCType(
14266     const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, const Expr *TypeExpr,
14267     const ASTContext &Ctx,
14268     const llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue, Sema::TypeTagData>
14269         *MagicValues,
14270     bool &FoundWrongKind, Sema::TypeTagData &TypeInfo,
14271     bool isConstantEvaluated) {
14272   FoundWrongKind = false;
14273 
14274   // Variable declaration that has type_tag_for_datatype attribute.
14275   const ValueDecl *VD = nullptr;
14276 
14277   uint64_t MagicValue;
14278 
14279   if (!FindTypeTagExpr(TypeExpr, Ctx, &VD, &MagicValue, isConstantEvaluated))
14280     return false;
14281 
14282   if (VD) {
14283     if (TypeTagForDatatypeAttr *I = VD->getAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
14284       if (I->getArgumentKind() != ArgumentKind) {
14285         FoundWrongKind = true;
14286         return false;
14287       }
14288       TypeInfo.Type = I->getMatchingCType();
14289       TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible = I->getLayoutCompatible();
14290       TypeInfo.MustBeNull = I->getMustBeNull();
14291       return true;
14292     }
14293     return false;
14294   }
14295 
14296   if (!MagicValues)
14297     return false;
14298 
14299   llvm::DenseMap<Sema::TypeTagMagicValue,
14300                  Sema::TypeTagData>::const_iterator I =
14301       MagicValues->find(std::make_pair(ArgumentKind, MagicValue));
14302   if (I == MagicValues->end())
14303     return false;
14304 
14305   TypeInfo = I->second;
14306   return true;
14307 }
14308 
14309 void Sema::RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
14310                                       uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
14311                                       bool LayoutCompatible,
14312                                       bool MustBeNull) {
14313   if (!TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)
14314     TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.reset(
14315         new llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>);
14316 
14317   TypeTagMagicValue Magic(ArgumentKind, MagicValue);
14318   (*TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues)[Magic] =
14319       TypeTagData(Type, LayoutCompatible, MustBeNull);
14320 }
14321 
14322 static bool IsSameCharType(QualType T1, QualType T2) {
14323   const BuiltinType *BT1 = T1->getAs<BuiltinType>();
14324   if (!BT1)
14325     return false;
14326 
14327   const BuiltinType *BT2 = T2->getAs<BuiltinType>();
14328   if (!BT2)
14329     return false;
14330 
14331   BuiltinType::Kind T1Kind = BT1->getKind();
14332   BuiltinType::Kind T2Kind = BT2->getKind();
14333 
14334   return (T1Kind == BuiltinType::SChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
14335          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::UChar  && T2Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U) ||
14336          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_U && T2Kind == BuiltinType::UChar) ||
14337          (T1Kind == BuiltinType::Char_S && T2Kind == BuiltinType::SChar);
14338 }
14339 
14340 void Sema::CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
14341                                     const ArrayRef<const Expr *> ExprArgs,
14342                                     SourceLocation CallSiteLoc) {
14343   const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind = Attr->getArgumentKind();
14344   bool IsPointerAttr = Attr->getIsPointer();
14345 
14346   // Retrieve the argument representing the 'type_tag'.
14347   unsigned TypeTagIdxAST = Attr->getTypeTagIdx().getASTIndex();
14348   if (TypeTagIdxAST >= ExprArgs.size()) {
14349     Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::err_tag_index_out_of_range)
14350         << 0 << Attr->getTypeTagIdx().getSourceIndex();
14351     return;
14352   }
14353   const Expr *TypeTagExpr = ExprArgs[TypeTagIdxAST];
14354   bool FoundWrongKind;
14355   TypeTagData TypeInfo;
14356   if (!GetMatchingCType(ArgumentKind, TypeTagExpr, Context,
14357                         TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues.get(), FoundWrongKind,
14358                         TypeInfo, isConstantEvaluatedContext())) {
14359     if (FoundWrongKind)
14360       Diag(TypeTagExpr->getExprLoc(),
14361            diag::warn_type_tag_for_datatype_wrong_kind)
14362         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
14363     return;
14364   }
14365 
14366   // Retrieve the argument representing the 'arg_idx'.
14367   unsigned ArgumentIdxAST = Attr->getArgumentIdx().getASTIndex();
14368   if (ArgumentIdxAST >= ExprArgs.size()) {
14369     Diag(CallSiteLoc, diag::err_tag_index_out_of_range)
14370         << 1 << Attr->getArgumentIdx().getSourceIndex();
14371     return;
14372   }
14373   const Expr *ArgumentExpr = ExprArgs[ArgumentIdxAST];
14374   if (IsPointerAttr) {
14375     // Skip implicit cast of pointer to `void *' (as a function argument).
14376     if (const ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgumentExpr))
14377       if (ICE->getType()->isVoidPointerType() &&
14378           ICE->getCastKind() == CK_BitCast)
14379         ArgumentExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
14380   }
14381   QualType ArgumentType = ArgumentExpr->getType();
14382 
14383   // Passing a `void*' pointer shouldn't trigger a warning.
14384   if (IsPointerAttr && ArgumentType->isVoidPointerType())
14385     return;
14386 
14387   if (TypeInfo.MustBeNull) {
14388     // Type tag with matching void type requires a null pointer.
14389     if (!ArgumentExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
14390                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull)) {
14391       Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(),
14392            diag::warn_type_safety_null_pointer_required)
14393           << ArgumentKind->getName()
14394           << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
14395           << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
14396     }
14397     return;
14398   }
14399 
14400   QualType RequiredType = TypeInfo.Type;
14401   if (IsPointerAttr)
14402     RequiredType = Context.getPointerType(RequiredType);
14403 
14404   bool mismatch = false;
14405   if (!TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible) {
14406     mismatch = !Context.hasSameType(ArgumentType, RequiredType);
14407 
14408     // C++11 [basic.fundamental] p1:
14409     // Plain char, signed char, and unsigned char are three distinct types.
14410     //
14411     // But we treat plain `char' as equivalent to `signed char' or `unsigned
14412     // char' depending on the current char signedness mode.
14413     if (mismatch)
14414       if ((IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
14415                                            RequiredType->getPointeeType())) ||
14416           (!IsPointerAttr && IsSameCharType(ArgumentType, RequiredType)))
14417         mismatch = false;
14418   } else
14419     if (IsPointerAttr)
14420       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context,
14421                                      ArgumentType->getPointeeType(),
14422                                      RequiredType->getPointeeType());
14423     else
14424       mismatch = !isLayoutCompatible(Context, ArgumentType, RequiredType);
14425 
14426   if (mismatch)
14427     Diag(ArgumentExpr->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_type_safety_type_mismatch)
14428         << ArgumentType << ArgumentKind
14429         << TypeInfo.LayoutCompatible << RequiredType
14430         << ArgumentExpr->getSourceRange()
14431         << TypeTagExpr->getSourceRange();
14432 }
14433 
14434 void Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers(Expr *E, RecordDecl *RD, ValueDecl *MD,
14435                                          CharUnits Alignment) {
14436   MisalignedMembers.emplace_back(E, RD, MD, Alignment);
14437 }
14438 
14439 void Sema::DiagnoseMisalignedMembers() {
14440   for (MisalignedMember &m : MisalignedMembers) {
14441     const NamedDecl *ND = m.RD;
14442     if (ND->getName().empty()) {
14443       if (const TypedefNameDecl *TD = m.RD->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
14444         ND = TD;
14445     }
14446     Diag(m.E->getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_taking_address_of_packed_member)
14447         << m.MD << ND << m.E->getSourceRange();
14448   }
14449   MisalignedMembers.clear();
14450 }
14451 
14452 void Sema::DiscardMisalignedMemberAddress(const Type *T, Expr *E) {
14453   E = E->IgnoreParens();
14454   if (!T->isPointerType() && !T->isIntegerType() && !T->isDependentType())
14455     return;
14456   if (isa<UnaryOperator>(E) &&
14457       cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf) {
14458     auto *Op = cast<UnaryOperator>(E)->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
14459     if (isa<MemberExpr>(Op)) {
14460       auto *MA = llvm::find(MisalignedMembers, MisalignedMember(Op));
14461       if (MA != MisalignedMembers.end() &&
14462           (T->isDependentType() || T->isIntegerType() ||
14463            (T->isPointerType() && (T->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteType() ||
14464                                    Context.getTypeAlignInChars(
14465                                        T->getPointeeType()) <= MA->Alignment))))
14466         MisalignedMembers.erase(MA);
14467     }
14468   }
14469 }
14470 
14471 void Sema::RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
14472     Expr *E,
14473     llvm::function_ref<void(Expr *, RecordDecl *, FieldDecl *, CharUnits)>
14474         Action) {
14475   const auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E);
14476   if (!ME)
14477     return;
14478 
14479   // No need to check expressions with an __unaligned-qualified type.
14480   if (E->getType().getQualifiers().hasUnaligned())
14481     return;
14482 
14483   // For a chain of MemberExpr like "a.b.c.d" this list
14484   // will keep FieldDecl's like [d, c, b].
14485   SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> ReverseMemberChain;
14486   const MemberExpr *TopME = nullptr;
14487   bool AnyIsPacked = false;
14488   do {
14489     QualType BaseType = ME->getBase()->getType();
14490     if (BaseType->isDependentType())
14491       return;
14492     if (ME->isArrow())
14493       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
14494     RecordDecl *RD = BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
14495     if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
14496       return;
14497 
14498     ValueDecl *MD = ME->getMemberDecl();
14499     auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MD);
14500     // We do not care about non-data members.
14501     if (!FD || FD->isInvalidDecl())
14502       return;
14503 
14504     AnyIsPacked =
14505         AnyIsPacked || (RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() || MD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
14506     ReverseMemberChain.push_back(FD);
14507 
14508     TopME = ME;
14509     ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ME->getBase()->IgnoreParens());
14510   } while (ME);
14511   assert(TopME && "We did not compute a topmost MemberExpr!");
14512 
14513   // Not the scope of this diagnostic.
14514   if (!AnyIsPacked)
14515     return;
14516 
14517   const Expr *TopBase = TopME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
14518   const auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(TopBase);
14519   // TODO: The innermost base of the member expression may be too complicated.
14520   // For now, just disregard these cases. This is left for future
14521   // improvement.
14522   if (!DRE && !isa<CXXThisExpr>(TopBase))
14523       return;
14524 
14525   // Alignment expected by the whole expression.
14526   CharUnits ExpectedAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(E->getType());
14527 
14528   // No need to do anything else with this case.
14529   if (ExpectedAlignment.isOne())
14530     return;
14531 
14532   // Synthesize offset of the whole access.
14533   CharUnits Offset;
14534   for (const FieldDecl *FD : llvm::reverse(ReverseMemberChain))
14535     Offset += Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(Context.getFieldOffset(FD));
14536 
14537   // Compute the CompleteObjectAlignment as the alignment of the whole chain.
14538   CharUnits CompleteObjectAlignment = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(
14539       ReverseMemberChain.back()->getParent()->getTypeForDecl());
14540 
14541   // The base expression of the innermost MemberExpr may give
14542   // stronger guarantees than the class containing the member.
14543   if (DRE && !TopME->isArrow()) {
14544     const ValueDecl *VD = DRE->getDecl();
14545     if (!VD->getType()->isReferenceType())
14546       CompleteObjectAlignment =
14547           std::max(CompleteObjectAlignment, Context.getDeclAlign(VD));
14548   }
14549 
14550   // Check if the synthesized offset fulfills the alignment.
14551   if (Offset % ExpectedAlignment != 0 ||
14552       // It may fulfill the offset it but the effective alignment may still be
14553       // lower than the expected expression alignment.
14554       CompleteObjectAlignment < ExpectedAlignment) {
14555     // If this happens, we want to determine a sensible culprit of this.
14556     // Intuitively, watching the chain of member expressions from right to
14557     // left, we start with the required alignment (as required by the field
14558     // type) but some packed attribute in that chain has reduced the alignment.
14559     // It may happen that another packed structure increases it again. But if
14560     // we are here such increase has not been enough. So pointing the first
14561     // FieldDecl that either is packed or else its RecordDecl is,
14562     // seems reasonable.
14563     FieldDecl *FD = nullptr;
14564     CharUnits Alignment;
14565     for (FieldDecl *FDI : ReverseMemberChain) {
14566       if (FDI->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
14567           FDI->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>()) {
14568         FD = FDI;
14569         Alignment = std::min(
14570             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getType()),
14571             Context.getTypeAlignInChars(FD->getParent()->getTypeForDecl()));
14572         break;
14573       }
14574     }
14575     assert(FD && "We did not find a packed FieldDecl!");
14576     Action(E, FD->getParent(), FD, Alignment);
14577   }
14578 }
14579 
14580 void Sema::CheckAddressOfPackedMember(Expr *rhs) {
14581   using namespace std::placeholders;
14582 
14583   RefersToMemberWithReducedAlignment(
14584       rhs, std::bind(&Sema::AddPotentialMisalignedMembers, std::ref(*this), _1,
14585                      _2, _3, _4));
14586 }
14587 
14588 bool Sema::PrepareBuiltinElementwiseMathOneArgCall(CallExpr *TheCall) {
14589   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
14590     return true;
14591 
14592   ExprResult A = UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(0));
14593   if (A.isInvalid())
14594     return true;
14595 
14596   TheCall->setArg(0, A.get());
14597   QualType TyA = A.get()->getType();
14598 
14599   if (checkMathBuiltinElementType(*this, A.get()->getBeginLoc(), TyA, 1))
14600     return true;
14601 
14602   TheCall->setType(TyA);
14603   return false;
14604 }
14605 
14606 bool Sema::BuiltinElementwiseMath(CallExpr *TheCall, bool FPOnly) {
14607   QualType Res;
14608   if (BuiltinVectorMath(TheCall, Res, FPOnly))
14609     return true;
14610   TheCall->setType(Res);
14611   return false;
14612 }
14613 
14614 bool Sema::BuiltinVectorToScalarMath(CallExpr *TheCall) {
14615   QualType Res;
14616   if (BuiltinVectorMath(TheCall, Res))
14617     return true;
14618 
14619   if (auto *VecTy0 = Res->getAs<VectorType>())
14620     TheCall->setType(VecTy0->getElementType());
14621   else
14622     TheCall->setType(Res);
14623 
14624   return false;
14625 }
14626 
14627 bool Sema::BuiltinVectorMath(CallExpr *TheCall, QualType &Res, bool FPOnly) {
14628   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 2))
14629     return true;
14630 
14631   ExprResult A = TheCall->getArg(0);
14632   ExprResult B = TheCall->getArg(1);
14633   // Do standard promotions between the two arguments, returning their common
14634   // type.
14635   Res = UsualArithmeticConversions(A, B, TheCall->getExprLoc(), ACK_Comparison);
14636   if (A.isInvalid() || B.isInvalid())
14637     return true;
14638 
14639   QualType TyA = A.get()->getType();
14640   QualType TyB = B.get()->getType();
14641 
14642   if (Res.isNull() || TyA.getCanonicalType() != TyB.getCanonicalType())
14643     return Diag(A.get()->getBeginLoc(),
14644                 diag::err_typecheck_call_different_arg_types)
14645            << TyA << TyB;
14646 
14647   if (FPOnly) {
14648     if (checkFPMathBuiltinElementType(*this, A.get()->getBeginLoc(), TyA, 1))
14649       return true;
14650   } else {
14651     if (checkMathBuiltinElementType(*this, A.get()->getBeginLoc(), TyA, 1))
14652       return true;
14653   }
14654 
14655   TheCall->setArg(0, A.get());
14656   TheCall->setArg(1, B.get());
14657   return false;
14658 }
14659 
14660 bool Sema::BuiltinElementwiseTernaryMath(CallExpr *TheCall,
14661                                          bool CheckForFloatArgs) {
14662   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 3))
14663     return true;
14664 
14665   Expr *Args[3];
14666   for (int I = 0; I < 3; ++I) {
14667     ExprResult Converted = UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(I));
14668     if (Converted.isInvalid())
14669       return true;
14670     Args[I] = Converted.get();
14671   }
14672 
14673   if (CheckForFloatArgs) {
14674     int ArgOrdinal = 1;
14675     for (Expr *Arg : Args) {
14676       if (checkFPMathBuiltinElementType(*this, Arg->getBeginLoc(),
14677                                         Arg->getType(), ArgOrdinal++))
14678         return true;
14679     }
14680   } else {
14681     int ArgOrdinal = 1;
14682     for (Expr *Arg : Args) {
14683       if (checkMathBuiltinElementType(*this, Arg->getBeginLoc(), Arg->getType(),
14684                                       ArgOrdinal++))
14685         return true;
14686     }
14687   }
14688 
14689   for (int I = 1; I < 3; ++I) {
14690     if (Args[0]->getType().getCanonicalType() !=
14691         Args[I]->getType().getCanonicalType()) {
14692       return Diag(Args[0]->getBeginLoc(),
14693                   diag::err_typecheck_call_different_arg_types)
14694              << Args[0]->getType() << Args[I]->getType();
14695     }
14696 
14697     TheCall->setArg(I, Args[I]);
14698   }
14699 
14700   TheCall->setType(Args[0]->getType());
14701   return false;
14702 }
14703 
14704 bool Sema::PrepareBuiltinReduceMathOneArgCall(CallExpr *TheCall) {
14705   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
14706     return true;
14707 
14708   ExprResult A = UsualUnaryConversions(TheCall->getArg(0));
14709   if (A.isInvalid())
14710     return true;
14711 
14712   TheCall->setArg(0, A.get());
14713   return false;
14714 }
14715 
14716 bool Sema::BuiltinNonDeterministicValue(CallExpr *TheCall) {
14717   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
14718     return true;
14719 
14720   ExprResult Arg = TheCall->getArg(0);
14721   QualType TyArg = Arg.get()->getType();
14722 
14723   if (!TyArg->isBuiltinType() && !TyArg->isVectorType())
14724     return Diag(TheCall->getArg(0)->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
14725            << 1 << /*vector, integer or floating point ty*/ 0 << TyArg;
14726 
14727   TheCall->setType(TyArg);
14728   return false;
14729 }
14730 
14731 ExprResult Sema::BuiltinMatrixTranspose(CallExpr *TheCall,
14732                                         ExprResult CallResult) {
14733   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 1))
14734     return ExprError();
14735 
14736   ExprResult MatrixArg = DefaultLvalueConversion(TheCall->getArg(0));
14737   if (MatrixArg.isInvalid())
14738     return MatrixArg;
14739   Expr *Matrix = MatrixArg.get();
14740 
14741   auto *MType = Matrix->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
14742   if (!MType) {
14743     Diag(Matrix->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
14744         << 1 << /* matrix ty*/ 1 << Matrix->getType();
14745     return ExprError();
14746   }
14747 
14748   // Create returned matrix type by swapping rows and columns of the argument
14749   // matrix type.
14750   QualType ResultType = Context.getConstantMatrixType(
14751       MType->getElementType(), MType->getNumColumns(), MType->getNumRows());
14752 
14753   // Change the return type to the type of the returned matrix.
14754   TheCall->setType(ResultType);
14755 
14756   // Update call argument to use the possibly converted matrix argument.
14757   TheCall->setArg(0, Matrix);
14758   return CallResult;
14759 }
14760 
14761 // Get and verify the matrix dimensions.
14762 static std::optional<unsigned>
14763 getAndVerifyMatrixDimension(Expr *Expr, StringRef Name, Sema &S) {
14764   SourceLocation ErrorPos;
14765   std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Value =
14766       Expr->getIntegerConstantExpr(S.Context, &ErrorPos);
14767   if (!Value) {
14768     S.Diag(Expr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_matrix_scalar_unsigned_arg)
14769         << Name;
14770     return {};
14771   }
14772   uint64_t Dim = Value->getZExtValue();
14773   if (!ConstantMatrixType::isDimensionValid(Dim)) {
14774     S.Diag(Expr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_matrix_invalid_dimension)
14775         << Name << ConstantMatrixType::getMaxElementsPerDimension();
14776     return {};
14777   }
14778   return Dim;
14779 }
14780 
14781 ExprResult Sema::BuiltinMatrixColumnMajorLoad(CallExpr *TheCall,
14782                                               ExprResult CallResult) {
14783   if (!getLangOpts().MatrixTypes) {
14784     Diag(TheCall->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_matrix_disabled);
14785     return ExprError();
14786   }
14787 
14788   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 4))
14789     return ExprError();
14790 
14791   unsigned PtrArgIdx = 0;
14792   Expr *PtrExpr = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgIdx);
14793   Expr *RowsExpr = TheCall->getArg(1);
14794   Expr *ColumnsExpr = TheCall->getArg(2);
14795   Expr *StrideExpr = TheCall->getArg(3);
14796 
14797   bool ArgError = false;
14798 
14799   // Check pointer argument.
14800   {
14801     ExprResult PtrConv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PtrExpr);
14802     if (PtrConv.isInvalid())
14803       return PtrConv;
14804     PtrExpr = PtrConv.get();
14805     TheCall->setArg(0, PtrExpr);
14806     if (PtrExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
14807       TheCall->setType(Context.DependentTy);
14808       return TheCall;
14809     }
14810   }
14811 
14812   auto *PtrTy = PtrExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
14813   QualType ElementTy;
14814   if (!PtrTy) {
14815     Diag(PtrExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
14816         << PtrArgIdx + 1 << /*pointer to element ty*/ 2 << PtrExpr->getType();
14817     ArgError = true;
14818   } else {
14819     ElementTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
14820 
14821     if (!ConstantMatrixType::isValidElementType(ElementTy)) {
14822       Diag(PtrExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
14823           << PtrArgIdx + 1 << /* pointer to element ty*/ 2
14824           << PtrExpr->getType();
14825       ArgError = true;
14826     }
14827   }
14828 
14829   // Apply default Lvalue conversions and convert the expression to size_t.
14830   auto ApplyArgumentConversions = [this](Expr *E) {
14831     ExprResult Conv = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
14832     if (Conv.isInvalid())
14833       return Conv;
14834 
14835     return tryConvertExprToType(Conv.get(), Context.getSizeType());
14836   };
14837 
14838   // Apply conversion to row and column expressions.
14839   ExprResult RowsConv = ApplyArgumentConversions(RowsExpr);
14840   if (!RowsConv.isInvalid()) {
14841     RowsExpr = RowsConv.get();
14842     TheCall->setArg(1, RowsExpr);
14843   } else
14844     RowsExpr = nullptr;
14845 
14846   ExprResult ColumnsConv = ApplyArgumentConversions(ColumnsExpr);
14847   if (!ColumnsConv.isInvalid()) {
14848     ColumnsExpr = ColumnsConv.get();
14849     TheCall->setArg(2, ColumnsExpr);
14850   } else
14851     ColumnsExpr = nullptr;
14852 
14853   // If any part of the result matrix type is still pending, just use
14854   // Context.DependentTy, until all parts are resolved.
14855   if ((RowsExpr && RowsExpr->isTypeDependent()) ||
14856       (ColumnsExpr && ColumnsExpr->isTypeDependent())) {
14857     TheCall->setType(Context.DependentTy);
14858     return CallResult;
14859   }
14860 
14861   // Check row and column dimensions.
14862   std::optional<unsigned> MaybeRows;
14863   if (RowsExpr)
14864     MaybeRows = getAndVerifyMatrixDimension(RowsExpr, "row", *this);
14865 
14866   std::optional<unsigned> MaybeColumns;
14867   if (ColumnsExpr)
14868     MaybeColumns = getAndVerifyMatrixDimension(ColumnsExpr, "column", *this);
14869 
14870   // Check stride argument.
14871   ExprResult StrideConv = ApplyArgumentConversions(StrideExpr);
14872   if (StrideConv.isInvalid())
14873     return ExprError();
14874   StrideExpr = StrideConv.get();
14875   TheCall->setArg(3, StrideExpr);
14876 
14877   if (MaybeRows) {
14878     if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Value =
14879             StrideExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
14880       uint64_t Stride = Value->getZExtValue();
14881       if (Stride < *MaybeRows) {
14882         Diag(StrideExpr->getBeginLoc(),
14883              diag::err_builtin_matrix_stride_too_small);
14884         ArgError = true;
14885       }
14886     }
14887   }
14888 
14889   if (ArgError || !MaybeRows || !MaybeColumns)
14890     return ExprError();
14891 
14892   TheCall->setType(
14893       Context.getConstantMatrixType(ElementTy, *MaybeRows, *MaybeColumns));
14894   return CallResult;
14895 }
14896 
14897 ExprResult Sema::BuiltinMatrixColumnMajorStore(CallExpr *TheCall,
14898                                                ExprResult CallResult) {
14899   if (checkArgCount(TheCall, 3))
14900     return ExprError();
14901 
14902   unsigned PtrArgIdx = 1;
14903   Expr *MatrixExpr = TheCall->getArg(0);
14904   Expr *PtrExpr = TheCall->getArg(PtrArgIdx);
14905   Expr *StrideExpr = TheCall->getArg(2);
14906 
14907   bool ArgError = false;
14908 
14909   {
14910     ExprResult MatrixConv = DefaultLvalueConversion(MatrixExpr);
14911     if (MatrixConv.isInvalid())
14912       return MatrixConv;
14913     MatrixExpr = MatrixConv.get();
14914     TheCall->setArg(0, MatrixExpr);
14915   }
14916   if (MatrixExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
14917     TheCall->setType(Context.DependentTy);
14918     return TheCall;
14919   }
14920 
14921   auto *MatrixTy = MatrixExpr->getType()->getAs<ConstantMatrixType>();
14922   if (!MatrixTy) {
14923     Diag(MatrixExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
14924         << 1 << /*matrix ty */ 1 << MatrixExpr->getType();
14925     ArgError = true;
14926   }
14927 
14928   {
14929     ExprResult PtrConv = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(PtrExpr);
14930     if (PtrConv.isInvalid())
14931       return PtrConv;
14932     PtrExpr = PtrConv.get();
14933     TheCall->setArg(1, PtrExpr);
14934     if (PtrExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
14935       TheCall->setType(Context.DependentTy);
14936       return TheCall;
14937     }
14938   }
14939 
14940   // Check pointer argument.
14941   auto *PtrTy = PtrExpr->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
14942   if (!PtrTy) {
14943     Diag(PtrExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_invalid_arg_type)
14944         << PtrArgIdx + 1 << /*pointer to element ty*/ 2 << PtrExpr->getType();
14945     ArgError = true;
14946   } else {
14947     QualType ElementTy = PtrTy->getPointeeType();
14948     if (ElementTy.isConstQualified()) {
14949       Diag(PtrExpr->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_builtin_matrix_store_to_const);
14950       ArgError = true;
14951     }
14952     ElementTy = ElementTy.getUnqualifiedType().getCanonicalType();
14953     if (MatrixTy &&
14954         !Context.hasSameType(ElementTy, MatrixTy->getElementType())) {
14955       Diag(PtrExpr->getBeginLoc(),
14956            diag::err_builtin_matrix_pointer_arg_mismatch)
14957           << ElementTy << MatrixTy->getElementType();
14958       ArgError = true;
14959     }
14960   }
14961 
14962   // Apply default Lvalue conversions and convert the stride expression to
14963   // size_t.
14964   {
14965     ExprResult StrideConv = DefaultLvalueConversion(StrideExpr);
14966     if (StrideConv.isInvalid())
14967       return StrideConv;
14968 
14969     StrideConv = tryConvertExprToType(StrideConv.get(), Context.getSizeType());
14970     if (StrideConv.isInvalid())
14971       return StrideConv;
14972     StrideExpr = StrideConv.get();
14973     TheCall->setArg(2, StrideExpr);
14974   }
14975 
14976   // Check stride argument.
14977   if (MatrixTy) {
14978     if (std::optional<llvm::APSInt> Value =
14979             StrideExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
14980       uint64_t Stride = Value->getZExtValue();
14981       if (Stride < MatrixTy->getNumRows()) {
14982         Diag(StrideExpr->getBeginLoc(),
14983              diag::err_builtin_matrix_stride_too_small);
14984         ArgError = true;
14985       }
14986     }
14987   }
14988 
14989   if (ArgError)
14990     return ExprError();
14991 
14992   return CallResult;
14993 }
14994 
14995 void Sema::CheckTCBEnforcement(const SourceLocation CallExprLoc,
14996                                const NamedDecl *Callee) {
14997   // This warning does not make sense in code that has no runtime behavior.
14998   if (isUnevaluatedContext())
14999     return;
15000 
15001   const NamedDecl *Caller = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
15002 
15003   if (!Caller || !Caller->hasAttr<EnforceTCBAttr>())
15004     return;
15005 
15006   // Search through the enforce_tcb and enforce_tcb_leaf attributes to find
15007   // all TCBs the callee is a part of.
15008   llvm::StringSet<> CalleeTCBs;
15009   for (const auto *A : Callee->specific_attrs<EnforceTCBAttr>())
15010     CalleeTCBs.insert(A->getTCBName());
15011   for (const auto *A : Callee->specific_attrs<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>())
15012     CalleeTCBs.insert(A->getTCBName());
15013 
15014   // Go through the TCBs the caller is a part of and emit warnings if Caller
15015   // is in a TCB that the Callee is not.
15016   for (const auto *A : Caller->specific_attrs<EnforceTCBAttr>()) {
15017     StringRef CallerTCB = A->getTCBName();
15018     if (CalleeTCBs.count(CallerTCB) == 0) {
15019       this->Diag(CallExprLoc, diag::warn_tcb_enforcement_violation)
15020           << Callee << CallerTCB;
15021     }
15022   }
15023 }
15024